21380081EP12LC86CB822022-01-012022-12-31iso4217:GBP21380081EP12LC86CB822021-01-012021-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-3121380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-31hbuk:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-31hbuk:GroupReorganizationReserveMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-31hbuk:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-31hbuk:GroupReorganizationReserveMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822022-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-31hbuk:IssuedCapitalAndSharePremiumMember21380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-31ifrs-full:OtherEquityInterestMember21380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-31hbuk:GroupReorganizationReserveMember21380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822020-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfGainsAndLossesOnFinancialAssetsMeasuredAtFairValueThroughOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember21380081EP12LC86CB822021-01-012021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember21380081EP12LC86CB822023-02-142023-02-14
HSBC UK Bank plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Contents
Page
Strategic report
About us
2
Financial highlights
3
Key financial metrics
4
Our purpose and values
5
Our core strengths
5
Our strategy
5
Stakeholder engagement
8
Business performance and KPIs
9
Economic background and outlook
10
Financial summary
10
Risk overview
14
Risk environment
15
Report of the Directors
Risk review
17
Corporate Governance Report
65
Directors' Report Disclosures table
70
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the financial
statements
71
Financial statements
Independent auditors' report to the member of HSBC UK Bank plc
72
Financial statements
78
Notes on the financial statements
87
Other information
Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
126
Abbreviations
127
Presentation of information
This document comprises the Annual Report and Accounts 2022
for HSBC UK Bank plc (‘the bank’ or 'the Company') and its
subsidiaries (together ‘HSBC UK’ or ‘the group’). ’We’, ‘us’ and
‘our’ refer to HSBC UK Bank plc together with its subsidiaries. It
contains the Strategic Report, the Report of the Directors, the
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities and Financial Statements,
together with the Independent Auditors’ Report, as required by the
UK Companies Act 2006. References to ‘HSBC Group’ or ‘the
Group’ within this document mean HSBC Holdings plc together
with its subsidiaries.
A full list of abbreviations is provided on page 127.
HSBC UK is exempt from publishing information required by The
Capital Requirements Country-by-Country Reporting Regulations
2013, as this information is published by its ultimate parent, HSBC
Holdings plc. This information is available on the Group's website:
www.hsbc.com
Pillar 3 disclosures for HSBC UK are also available on
www.hsbc.com, under Investor Relations.
All narrative disclosures, tables and graphs within the Strategic
Report and Report of the Directors are unaudited unless otherwise
stated.
Our reporting currency is £ sterling. Unless otherwise specified, all
£ symbols represent £ sterling and $ symbols represent US dollars.
The abbreviations '£m' and '£bn' represents millions and billions
(thousands of millions) of £ sterling.
This Annual Report and Accounts 2022 contains certain forward-
looking statements with respect to the financial condition, ESG
related matters, results of operations and business of the group.
Statements that are not historical facts, including statements
about the group’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking
statements. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’,
‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably
possible’, variations of these words and similar expressions are
intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements
are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and
therefore no undue reliance should be placed on them. Forward-
looking statements apply only as of the date they are made. HSBC
UK makes no commitment to revise or update any forward-looking
statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring or existing
after the date of any forward-looking statement.
Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and
uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors,
including ESG related factors, could cause actual results to differ,
in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in
any forward-looking statement.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
1
About us
HSBC UK Bank plc is a public limited company with debt
securities traded on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is
a ring-fenced bank and wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC
Holdings plc.
HSBC UK, headquartered in Birmingham, has over 14 million
active customers, with over 18,500 FTE employees across the
country, supported by a further 5,000 FTE based in our service
company HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited, who provide
services to HSBC UK and the wider HSBC Group.
HSBC UK is intrinsically linked to the rest of the HSBC Group and
leverages this network to support customers and grow revenue
across key trade corridors around the world. HSBC UK provides
products and services to customers through three businesses,
supported by a corporate centre.
Wealth and Personal Banking
Customers
WPB helps our customers manage their day-to-day finances and
manage, protect and grow their wealth. We serve over 13.5 million
active customers under three brands: HSBC UK, including our
Private Bank, first direct and M&S Bank. In 2022, we exited our
partnership with John Lewis.
Products and services
We offer a comprehensive set of banking products and services to
support customers' banking needs including: current and savings
accounts, mortgages, unsecured lending, wealth solutions and 
insurance services.
Commercial Banking
Customers
CMB serves over 700,000 active customers across the UK, ranging
from start-ups to multi-national corporates: Business Banking
(which incorporates Small Business Banking); Mid-Market
Enterprises; and Large Corporates.
Products and services
We support customers with tailored financial products and
services to allow them to operate efficiently and grow. These
include credit and lending, global payments solutions, and global
trade and receivables finance.
Global Banking and Markets
A restricted Global Banking and Markets business offering
restricted FX products and cash management services to our
customer base and also making available other products from
HSBC Bank plc.
Corporate Centre
Corporate Centre supports central operations of the HSBC UK
business lines and comprises Markets Treasury, interests in a joint
venture, and stewardship costs.
The Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December
2022 outline our business and financial performance aligned to our
key strategic pillars.
Our strategy
Our UK strategy comprises the following four pillars:
Focus on our strengths
We seek to use our strengths as a major UK bank to play a vital
role in the future of the UK economy, supporting our customers
and the communities in which we operate, including through the
cost of living crisis; and focusing on those areas where we have
opportunities to grow.
Digitise at scale
We aim to use technology to deliver fast, easy and secure
banking.
Energise for growth
We seek to inspire an inclusive and customer-focused culture
where employees can learn, develop and grow.
Transition to net zero
HSBC Group is targeting a transition to net zero for financed
emissions from the portfolio of customers by 2050, and operations
and supply chain by 2030.
Our strategy, setting out further details of our four strategic pillars,
can be found on pages 5 to 6.
Stakeholder engagement
Building strong relationships with our stakeholders helps us to
deliver our strategy in line with our long-term values, and operate
the business in a sustainable way. Our stakeholders are the people
who work for us, bank with us, own us, regulate us, and live in the
societies we serve and the planet we all inhabit. These human
connections are complex and overlap. Many of our employees are
customers and shareholders of our Group, while our business
customers are often suppliers. We aim to serve, creating value for
our customers and shareholders. Our size and global reach mean
our actions can have significant impact. We aim to do business
responsibly, and thinking for the long term. This is key to
delivering our strategy.
Our section 172 statement, detailing our Directors’ responsibility
to stakeholders, can be found on pages 8 to 9.
Financial performance
We delivered reported profit before tax of £3,638m, £158m higher
than 2021, driven by higher revenue, offset by higher ECL and
operating expenses. Adjusted profit before tax increased 7%
compared with 2021, to £4,036m.
Reported revenue increased 27% to £7,952m due to higher base
interest rates increasing net interest margin by 36bps from 2021 to
1.89%, balance sheet growth and increased activity.
ECL increased by £1,471m from a £989m release in 2021 driven
by post Covid-19 releases of allowances built up in 2020 to a
charge of £482m in 2022 due to the deterioration in the economic
outlook.
Reported operating expenses increased by £73m, including
restructuring programme costs. On an adjusted basis, operating
expenses were 1% lower than 2021 as we continue to actively
manage our cost base, despite continued investment in
technology, inflationary pressures and one-off cost of living
payments made to staff.
Our 2022 reported RoTE of 16.3% was 2.8% higher than the 2021
reported RoTE of 13.5%, driven by higher profit before tax.
Our Financial summary, containing further details of our financial
performance, can be found on page 10.
Risk overview
We use an established risk management framework underpinned
by a strong culture to enable effective risk governance and an
understanding of the risks that apply to HSBC UK. All our people
are responsible for the management of risk, with the ultimate
accountability residing with the Board.
Full details of our top and emerging risks and areas of key interest
are included on page 19.
Strategic report
2
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Financial highlights
For the year ended 31 December 2022
Reported profit before tax
£3.6bn       
(2021: £3.5bn)
Reported revenue
£8.0bn           
(2021: £6.3bn)
Loans and advances to customers
£204.1bn       
(2021: £195.5bn)
Risk-weighted assets
£92.4bn           
(2021: £83.7bn)
Adjusted profit before tax
£4.0bn         
(2021: £3.8bn)
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges /
(releases)
£0.5bn       
(2021: £(1.0)bn)
Customer accounts
£281.1bn       
(2021: £281.9bn)
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
13.5%                     
(2021: 15.3%)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
3
Key financial metrics
Year ended
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
Reported results
Reported revenue (£m)
7,952
6,250
Reported profit before tax (£m)2
3,638
3,480
Reported profit after tax (£m)
2,876
2,368
Profit attributable to the shareholders of the parent company (£m)
2,871
2,363
Return on average tangible equity (%)2
16.3
13.5
Net interest margin (%)
1.89
1.53
Expected credit losses/(releases) as % of average gross loans and advances to customers (%)
0.24
(0.51)
Adjusted results
Adjusted revenue (£m)
7,944
6,239
Adjusted profit before tax (£m)2
4,036
3,764
Cost efficiency ratio (%)2
43.1
55.5
Adjusted return on average tangible equity (%)1,2
17.9
14.7
Balance sheet
Total assets (£m)
342,441
346,063
Net loans and advances to customers (£m)
204,143
195,526
Customer accounts (£m)
281,095
281,870
Average interest-earning assets (£m)
327,840
303,151
Loans and advances to customers as % of customer accounts (%)
72.6
69.4
Total shareholders' equity (£m)
22,166
23,745
Tangible ordinary shareholders equity (£m)
15,699
17,332
Capital, leverage and liquidity
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (%)2,3
13.5
15.3
Total capital ratio (%)3
19.3
21.6
Risk-weighted assets3 (£m)
92,413
83,723
Leverage ratio3 (%)
5.9
4.2
High-quality liquid assets (liquidity value) (£m)4
110,722
103,943
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)4
226
222
1  In the event that the current IAS 19 pension fund surplus was zero adjusted RoTE would be 19.7%. Further detail is on page 126.
2  These metrics are tracked as KPIs of the group.
3  Unless otherwise stated, regulatory capital ratios and requirements are based on the transitional arrangements of the Capital Requirements
Regulation in force at the time. These include the regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' which are explained
further on page 59. Leverage ratios are reported based on the disclosure rules in force at that time, and include claims on central banks. Current
period leverage metrics exclude central bank claims in accordance with the UK leverage rules that were implemented on 1 January 2022.
References to EU regulations and directives (including technical standards) should, as applicable, be read as a reference to the UK's version of
such regulation and/or directive, as onshored into UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and as may be subsequently
amended under UK law.
4  The LCR and HQLA are based on the average value of the preceding 12 months. Prior period numbers have been restated for consistency.
Presentation of alternative performance measures (non-GAAP financial measures)
In measuring our performance, the financial measures that we use include those derived from our reported results to eliminate factors
that distort period-on-period comparisons. Such measures are referred to as adjusted performance. A reconciliation of reported to
adjusted performance is provided on pages 12 to 13.
RoTE is computed by adjusting the reported equity for goodwill and intangibles. A reconciliation is provided on page 126, which details
the adjustments made to the reported results and equity in calculating RoTE.
Strategic report
4
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Our purpose and values
Our purpose
Opening up a world of opportunity.
Our values
•We value difference: Seeking out different perspectives.
•We succeed together: Collaborating across boundaries.
•We take responsibility: Holding ourselves accountable and
taking the long view.
•We get it done: Moving at pace and making things happen.
Our core strengths
Full banking capability
We serve customers ranging from personal customers through to
multi-national corporates with the support of our three businesses.
Our full banking capability assists us in seeking to meet our
customers’ diverse financial needs, reduce our risk profile and
volatility, and generate returns for shareholders.
Value of our network
Within the UK we provide products and services digitally, by
phone and face-to-face through our branches, bureaux and
offices, and commercial centres. We are also supported by our
Global Service Centres.
Access to HSBC Group's global network and
business synergies
For customers with international interests, we are intrinsically
connected with the HSBC Group’s wider global network, enabling
our customers to seize international growth opportunities. This
helps us build deeper and more enduring relationships with
businesses and individuals. HSBC Group’s geographic reach and
network of customers also allows greater insight into the trade
and capital flows across supply chains. We share resources and
product capabilities across our businesses and leverage these
synergies when serving our customers.
Our strategy
Our UK strategy comprises the following four pillars:
Focus on our strengths
Supporting our customers
Throughout the year in WPB, we have taken a number of
measures to support our customers through the current cost of
living challenges. We have reached out to over 5.5m customers
via email and phone to make them aware of the information and
tools available to support with the cost of living. We launched the
‘Rising Cost of Living Hub’ on our website which offers guidance
on where to go for additional support and provide money saving
tips. We also gave customers with an existing overdraft the
opportunity to request an increased interest-free buffer of £500 for
a 12-month period.
We have enhanced support for our vulnerable customers as we
focused on financial accessibility and inclusion. We turned all of
our UK branches into Safe Spaces, to be used by anyone trying to
escape domestic violence. As at 31 December 2022, we have
opened 9,219 accounts for Ukrainian settlers and 371 for Afghan
settlers. Additionally, the success of our past work continues as
we have supported 4,209 individuals through our No Fixed
Address service since 2018 and 2,125 through our Survivor Bank
service, supporting survivors of human trafficking and modern
slavery.
During the extreme market volatility in September 2022, we
worked hard to support our mortgage customers. We simplified
our online mortgage rate switching journey, with customers able
to complete in less than 10 minutes. We also extended our rate
switching window from 90 to 120 days, enabling customers to
lock in their go-forward rate with more certainty.
In CMB, we have proactively engaged and supported our business
customers to navigate rising inflation and supply chain pressures.
We supported Small and Medium-sized Enterprises with Financial
Health Checks and focused cost of living webinars combining
economic updates with showcasing of the support available to
businesses. We support global multi-banked corporates with
requirements across all HSBC Group's product range including
capital financing structures, financial sponsor shareholding and
acquisition debt. In UK Global Trade & Receivables Finance, we
launched a new iteration of the government's Recovery Loan
Scheme Invoice Finance Facility which aims to improve the terms
on offer to borrowers, extending the funding up to 100% of the
value of invoices notified to HSBC UK.
Despite the uncertain environment, we continued to provide
support to help British businesses grow. This year we launched a
£250m ‘Growth Lending’ fund to help high-growth tech firms
scale up and achieve their global ambitions and we have received
business introductions to various sub sectors including FemTech,
Climatech, Edtech and Insurtech looking to use the fund. In
addition, we increased our total support for UK SMEs to £90bn
since it was first launched in 2018. The fund is split into regional
pots and funds for key sectors such as International, Technology,
Agriculture and Franchise.
Improving customer service
Our strategic NPS benchmarking survey, that runs twice a year,
saw first direct ranked joint 1st across all retail providers. For
HSBC UK WPB, our score increased to +11, ranking us joint 10th
vs. our peers.
In CMB, we have seen a decline in our overall score to -19 vs. -15
FY21 as measured by Savanta. Our MME segment overall ranking
reduced to 3rd; BB improved to 4th and SBB remains at 8th but
with improved customer digital satisfaction. Our LC segment
remains #1 in the market for overall penetration and strategic
advice in the Coalition Greenwich Survey.
We recognise that there is more work to be done to consistently
meet and exceed customer needs. We have invested in additional
contact centre training and resources to improve customer service
which fell below our expected standards in 2022.
In 2022, we closed 70 branches and have 114 planned closures for
2023. We are cognisant of the impact our branch closures will
have on some customers, and are digitising customer journeys at
scale, while investing in our go-forward branch network. In 2022,
we provided 918 community tablets to support our customers
where digital servicing will support them to access banking
services. HSBC UK is a member of Cash Access UK Limited, a
company whose members are a group of banks and building
societies. The company aims to preserve access to cash for
consumers and businesses over the long-term. 
Growing our business
Through focusing on the areas where we have distinctive
capabilities, we continued to attract new customers. In 2022, we
saw 190,000 personal customers switch to one of our brands from
another provider, the highest ever; with first direct being the top
bank for most switched to bank in the UK and winning
MoneyFacts Consumer Awards Current Account Switching
Provider of the year. Meanwhile HSBC Kinetic, our digital SME
bank, had onboarded c.53,000 customers since launching in 2021
and has been recognised with several industry awards including
Best Digital Customer Experience for account opening and
onboarding by The Digital Banker 2022.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
5
In 2022, we have helped first time buyers purchase c.12,000
properties, doing so by expanding our intermediary coverage to
870 brokers. As a result, we provided £27.9bn of gross new
mortgage lending (FY21: £27.6bn) and increased our mortgage
stock market share to 7.7% (FY21: 7.5%)1.
Across the Private Bank we have increased our bespoke
investment opportunities for clients – broadening our discretionary
proposition with new equity strategies launched. In 2022, we
acquired £3.0bn in net new money (FY21: £2.2bn).
In CMB, we were recognised in the market as Lender of the Year
for 2022 at the Unquote British Private Equity Awards and our UK
Global Payments Solutions team was named as Best in Service
and Market Leader in the 2022 Euromoney Cash Management
Survey. Our enhanced Global Payments Solutions proposition and
optimisation activities drove a strong performance in 2022
achieving +62% revenue year on year. In GTRF, we were rated #1
Trade Finance Bank in the UK for the 6th year running at the
Euromoney Awards for Excellence and assets are at record levels,
near £7bn on a period end basis reflecting +25% growth on prior
year. Furthermore, commercial lending (loans and overdrafts)2 has
increased 7% vs. FY21 despite the roll-off of government loan
scheme balances. Through supporting our customers expand
internationally we achieved double digit international revenue
growth rates.
1  Bank of England – Gross Lending, Net Lending & Stock, DEC 22.
2  Total Loans & Advances less GTRF and Covid lending.
Digitise at scale
As part of our ambition to make banking simpler for our
customers, we have opened 377,000 current accounts digitally
and more than 780,000 unsecured lending products. This means
that more than 95% of our unsecured lending originates through a
digital channel.
In WPB, we launched Global Money, offering UK customers fee-
free spending overseas; or for sending money abroad across 65
currencies covering at least 200 countries. As at 31 December
2022 we have onboarded 124,000 customers. This year we
overhauled account applications on the first direct mobile app,
reducing the time it takes to apply to 8 minutes. In M&S we
launched Sparks Pay, the first product built on HSBC Group's new
Global Lending platform using a cloud-based decision engine to
support a faster journey.
Leveraging the foundations built in 2021, we continue to optimise
our mobile wealth services, including the ability to make regular
payments and invest in new low-cost sustainable funds. In 2022,
69% of all new non-advised fund acquisitions on Global
Investment Centre has come through mobile channel.
We aim to use technology to deliver secure banking and that is
why this year we introduced our first ever machine learning model
to help detect payment fraud and scams. Since deployment, this
model has increased detection cases by 21%.
In CMB, we have enhanced functionalities in our digital channels
such as the Digital Business Banking payment tracker giving
customers transparency over the end-to-end journey of cross-
border payments. Following customer feedback, customers in
HSBCnet can now download a payment message online to use as
proof that funds have been sent to allow the release of goods and
services. In Global Wallet, our award winning multi-currency
virtual wallet, we increased our customer base by five times
compared to 2021 with transaction values also rising tenfold.
Digital adoption in CMB continues on a forward trajectory with
76% of customers now digitally active.
We launched new technologies to further support customers with
our HSBC Trade Solutions platform helping to process
transactions for clients that trade internationally with Guarantees
and Standby Documentary Credits. Our new Dynamic Risk
Assessment transaction monitoring system uses artificial
intelligence and machine learning models to help detect financial
crime risk and protect customers.
Energise for growth
Supporting our employees
Our ambition is to transform our culture to one that is truly
customer-centric and high performing, becoming an organisation
that is widely recognised by our customers and employees for
providing world-class service and propositions. By bringing the
voice of the customer into the running of our business, we will
enable employees to better understand customers’ situations,
perceptions and expectations.
Employee engagement
Our employees’ health, well-being and engagement continues to
be a priority. We have provided extensive support through the
launch of a new Digital GP Service giving employees, their
partners and dependants quick and easy access to primary care at
the time of need.
We gave a one-off payment of £1,500 to almost 17,000
employees, to support them with rising cost of living pressures. In
partnership with the Bank Workers Charity, we have continued the
HSBC Support Fund to provide short-term financial support to
current and former employees who find themselves in financial
hardship. Since launch in May 2021, 130 grants have been
awarded for an aggregate amount of £190k.
We have seen employee engagement improve in 2022, with 75%
of employees taking part in our internal Snapshot survey vs. 60%
in 2021. 63% of employees would recommend HSBC UK as a
great place to work, an +8 increase from last year; and the overall
engagement index that shows how employees feel about the
organisation is at 65%, +6 higher than in 2021.
We have provided guidance and structure to our people, to enable
us to embed hybrid working in a sustainable way, while
supporting our customers. We also launched Talent Marketplace,
enabling people to undertake short-term assignments to help gain
relevant hands-on experience within a specific discipline.
Speak-up culture
Empowering a speak up culture where our employees feel able to
raise issues is critical. Multiple channels are available to our
employees, including our confidential whistleblowing helpline and
our Human Resources Direct platform. Our HSBC Confidential
whistleblowing helpline enables employees to raise concerns in
confidence and anonymously if they wish, without fear of
retaliation and reprisal. Concerns are investigated thoroughly and
independently and HSBC UK does not condone or tolerate any
acts of retaliation against concern raisers.
Diversity and Inclusion
In 2022, we continued the delivery of our '3 Rs' inclusion strategy:
•Representation: We entered into a three-year partnership with
MOBOLISE, a Black Talent programme; and, recruited five
people with complex disabilities into bespoke Head Office
roles. By year end our senior leadership was 37.9% female,
2.6% black heritage, and our new recruits included 10.9% with
a disability. For further details, please visit HSBC Group's
gender and ethnicity disclosures available online.
•Respect: We continued to integrate inclusion messaging within
standard communications and training and our employee
survey scores show that we are making a difference, with
overall inclusion scores increasing by 4 points this year.
•Reputation: HSBC UK was named a top 10 employer by the
Ethnicity Awards, ranked 32nd in the Stonewall LGBTQ+ Index,
and was recognised as a Gold Standard employer following an
assessment by the Business Disability Forum, with a score of
95.8%, the highest score awarded.
Strategic report
6
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Supporting our community
Community partnerships
Employability: The Prince's Trust
This year we celebrated a decade of impact across our
partnership. Since 2012, we have reached more than 55,000
young people not in education or employment. In 2022, over 2,180
young people benefited from the Prince's Trust Employability
programmes with HSBC UK's support.
Youth Financial Capability
In 2022, HSBC UK have supported over 445,000 children and
young people to learn about money through our programmes and
partnerships with Young Money, The Scouts Association, our
Education team and volunteer network.
Charity Finance Group
In partnership with the Charity Finance Group we created a
Modern Banking Customer Guide to help charities, voluntary
organisations, faith and community groups meet their banking
needs in an evolving world and raise awareness of digital banking
options.
Community support
In 2022, HSBC UK donated £8.3m to charities and non-profit
organisations running programmes and projects in the UK.
Additionally, our employees fundraised over £1m, supported with
an additional £1.1m contribution from HSBC UK through our
employee Pound for Pound scheme. Our employee led projects
supported over 15,000 vulnerable people across 58 local charities
and 3,315 employees took paid volunteering leave to support their
local communities.
Transition to net zero
HSBC Group continues to take steps to implement its climate
ambition to become net zero in its operations and supply chain by
2030, and align financed emissions to net zero by 2050. HSBC
Group expanded the coverage of sectors for on-balance sheet
financed emissions targets, recognising the challenge of evolving
methodologies and data limitations.
The transition to net zero is one of the biggest challenges for our
generation. Success will require governments, customers and
finance providers to work together. HSBC Group's global footprint
means that many of its clients operate in high-emitting sectors and
regions that face the greatest challenge in reducing emissions.
This means that HSBC Group's transition will be challenging but is
an opportunity to make an impact.
HSBC Group recognises that to achieve its climate ambition it
needs to be transparent on the opportunities, challenges, related
risks and progress it makes. To deliver on HSBC Group's ambition,
it requires enhanced processes and controls, and new sources of
data. HSBC Group continues to invest in climate resources and
skills, and develop its business management process to integrate
climate impacts. Until systems, processes, controls and
governance are fully developed, certain aspects of HSBC Group's
reporting will rely on manual sourcing and categorisation of data.
In 2023, HSBC Group will continue to expand its disclosures, with
our reporting needing to evolve to keep pace with market
developments.
In December 2022, HSBC Group published its updated energy
policy and an update on the Group's thermal coal phase-out
policy.  These policies were drafted in consultation with leading
independent scientific and international bodies and investors. For
further details, please refer to the ESG review in the HSBC
Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022.
HSBC Group is committed to a science-aligned phase-down of
fossil fuel finance in line with the Paris Agreement and have
committed to publish its own Group-wide Climate Transition Plan
in 2023.
More information about HSBC Group's assessment of climate risk
can be found in the HSBC Holdings plc Annual Report and
Accounts 2022.
Supporting our customers
Sustainable finance and investment ambition
HSBC Group is supporting customers through the transition to net
zero and a sustainable future with an ambition to provide and
facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by
20302. HSBC Group currently finances a number of industries that
make a significant contribution to greenhouse gas emissions,
where many customers operate in the high-emitting sectors and
regions that face the greatest challenge in reducing emissions.
HSBC Group's approach is rooted in engaging with customers to
help them diversify and decarbonise.
In 2022, HSBC UK provided more than £4.7bn of sustainable
finance, which includes green loans, sustainability linked loans
and sustainable bonds2. Examples include:
HSBC UK Green SME Fund
Launched in January 2022, our Green SME Fund provides
structured lending to support businesses' green initiatives. We
supported 146 customers with £40m of financing, with loans
starting from £7,000.
Hornsea 2
HSBC UK supported a consortium on the acquisition of a 50%
stake in the world’s largest operating offshore windfarm, Hornsea
2.
JDR Cables
HSBC UK in collaboration with HSBC Group supported a £1bn
Green Loan under the UK Export Finance Export Development
Guarantee Scheme for JDR Cables. The proceeds will support a
new sub-sea cable manufacturing facility for the renewable energy
sector. HSBC UK acted as a sole sustainability coordinator plus
other roles on this transaction.
2  Detailed definitions can be found in HSBC Group's Sustainable
Finance Data Dictionary. See https://www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/
esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
We also continue to grow our Sustainable Finance Ambassador
network, which now has over 1,000 members, with the aim of
deepening our employees' understanding of the opportunities and
risks faced by our clients as a result of the transition to net-zero.
Thought leadership
We partnered with the Climate Action For Associations collective
to publish a series of practical guides on our Business Banking
Sustainability Hub, for small businesses navigating the transition
to net-zero. We have published climate thought-leadership
research on our Centre for Sustainable Finance, including our SME
Emissions Framework Scoping Exercise and Retrofit Conundrum
Reports.
Unlocking climate solutions
Through our philanthropic partners we are unlocking barriers to
finance companies and projects to tackle climate change. Since
the start of our partnership with the National Trust in 2021,
579,000 native trees have been planted across England, Wales
and Northern Ireland, creating 674 hectares of woodland and
wood pasture. In addition, HSBC UK has funded ‘Access to
Nature’ education sessions at National Trust properties, providing
transport and nature-connection activities to over 6,500 children
with the least access.
Working together with the National Trust for Scotland, we have
supported a pioneering landscape restoration project in Dumfries
and Galloway. Since the start of the partnership in 2021,
restoration work has been carried out across 45 hectares of
wetland and woodland, and a no fence technology has been
introduced to trial how sustainable livestock management can be
balanced with nature recovery.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
7
Our partnerships with the University of Birmingham and Imperial
College London have enabled us to support over 86 climate
innovation ventures since 2021 that are developing services,
products or technologies with potential to positively impact on
climate change and the environment.
Stakeholder engagement
This section forms our section 172 statement and addresses the
requirements of the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting)
Regulations 2018. The first part, 'Engaging with our key
stakeholders', sets out information about the stakeholders we
view as critical to the bank and its prospects, including how the
Board had regard for them in its discussions and decision-making
throughout the year. The second part, 'Board engagement and
governance', provides two examples of principal discussions and
decisions taken by the Board in 2022 when discharging their
responsibility. These show how the Directors and Board
respectively discharged their individual and collective
responsibility for promoting the long-term success of the bank and
took different stakeholder considerations into account in reaching
a decision or forming a view. More detailed information on the
activities of the Board during 2022 are set out in the Corporate
Governance Report on page 65.
Engaging with our key stakeholders
With the easing of Covid restrictions, a broad range of events,
offering direct engagement with customers and employees, were
attended by members of the Board during 2022 to help them
understand what really mattered to these stakeholders and
validate that the bank's current strategy continued to support
them in the particularly challenging current environment.
Customers
Customer needs are central to the bank's business and must be
understood so that we can appropriately support them. How we
have served and supported our customers during 2022 is covered
in the 'Our strategy' section on page 5 in the Strategic report.
Examples of how the Board has engaged with customers during
2022 include:
•CEO Reports to the Board provided key customer-related
metrics and performance indicators, such as customer survey
feedback and net promoter scores, which allowed the Board to
monitor the bank's approach to supporting customers and the
performance and impact of associated activities.
•Reports to the Board on complaints, the impact of cost of living
pressures, supporting vulnerable customers and our branch
strategy, enabled the Board to assess whether the
improvement of customer service and outcomes were
prioritised appropriately to deliver the bank's determination to
be a truly customer-centric organisation.
•Direct customer interactions reinforced the Board's views about
what is required to improve customer experience.
Representatives of Large Corporate customers met with the
Board to share their views on areas of focus and concern and
the service they expect from the bank. The Board was
immersed in the Retail customer experience during a day spent
with colleagues at first direct when Directors listened to
customer phone calls and heard about digital journey
developments.
Employees
Employees are critical to the successful operation of the bank and
its long-term future. Understanding how our employees feel helps
us to give them the right support to thrive and serve our
customers. How we engage with employees in different ways, as
well as our focus on improving diversity and inclusion in HSBC
UK, is detailed on page 6.
Examples of how the Board has engaged with employees include:
•CEO Reports to the Board provided updates on employee
related activities and events, metrics on employee attrition,
gender diversity and personal conduct cases and the internal
employee survey ('Snapshot'). This allowed the Board to
understand employee sentiment, health and well-being
throughout 2022. When the Board considered management's
update on its People Strategy it was able to assess whether the
areas of focus and prioritisation remain appropriate in the
rapidly changing external environment.
•The Board used the Culture Dashboard developed in 2021 to
assess whether actions being taken are effective in energising
colleagues to put the customer first, own their careers and
build skills for the future.
•Individual Directors met with colleagues from across the bank
to understand and hear their perspectives of what it is like to
work for HSBC UK, whether they trust their leaders, feel HSBC
UK is making a difference for its customers and are proud of its
role in society, and what more can be done to improve their
own experiences in the workplace.
Shareholder and investors
The bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc and
therefore the Board and its executive management consider the
impact and implications of their decisions in relation to its
shareholder and debt security investors during these
engagements. Examples of how the Board did this include:
•The Board Chairman and Committee Chairs engaged with their
Group counterparts and attended Group forums and Board
Committee meetings, together with Executive Directors, to
engage on common issues and strategic priorities.
•Reviewing and approving HSBC UK specific components of
Group programmes.
•Evaluating the strength of the bank's balance sheet to ensure
that the ability to pay principal or interest on its listed debt
securities was not at risk.
•Supporting a successful investor day led by the bank's
executive team to provide investors in the Group with a better
understanding of the bank and its growth prospects in the UK.
Suppliers
Suppliers provide critical support to help us operate our business
effectively. We work with our suppliers to ensure mutually
beneficial relationships, which includes our commitment to the
Prompt Payment Code. Examples of Board engagement during
2022 include:
•The Chief Operating Officer’s regular reports on third-party
supplier matters such as the operating model, relationship
management, material outsourcing, performance and
operational resilience.
•Management reporting on how the bank oversees the quality of
the services provided by our critical third-party suppliers and
how we work together with our suppliers to mitigate impacts to
customers.
This allowed the Board to assess whether the bank had met the
Operational Resiliency regulatory requirements for outsourcing
and third party risk management and the effectiveness of our
relationships with third party suppliers and the bank's processes in
providing adequate oversight and control of supplier risk. It also
enabled the Board to remain alert to pressure points and oversee
how the bank managed risk relating to its third, fourth and fifth
party suppliers. Further detail on third party risk management is
included in the Risk section in the Report of Directors on page 24.
Communities
HSBC UK has an important role in supporting the communities in
which it operates and is dependent on those communities for the
majority of our workforce. We have established a number of
community partnerships which are detailed in the ‘Supporting our
Community’ section on page 7. In 2021, the Board had assessed
HSBC UK’s existing social impact, profile and narrative, and
supported the intention to focus the bank’s social and community
projects on financial inclusion, resilience, capability and
Strategic report
8
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
opportunity. This work on HSBC UK's societal purpose has
continued in 2022 with the Board:
•Agreeing the appropriate governance model and funding;
•Understanding how our societal purpose would be embedded
within the business to deliver: long-term sustainable success
and meaningful change, particularly in the current challenging
economic environment; and engagement with the brand by
improving customer perception of HSBC UK; and
•Examining the approach being taken to align partnerships
across HSBC UK to the societal purpose, including the exit
plans for any incompatible partnerships.
The Board also received an update on the bank's progress against
its Climate Strategy and Plan, acknowledging that there remained
work to be done in developing product propositions. The Board
encouraged management to consider how risk appetite metrics
could be enhanced to measure clients’ transition from brown to
green activities.
Regulators and Government
As a UK bank, the government and regulators in the UK are key
stakeholders with whom we maintain constructive dialogue and
relations. Examples of Board engagement with them during 2022
include:
•Meetings between Directors and regulators, both as part of
continuous assessment and on specific issues such as the
FCA’s annual Firm Evaluation and the PRA's periodic summary
review.
•Participation by Directors in government and regulatory
consultations, industry forums and round table events.
Board engagement and governance
Below are two examples of principal decisions and discussions
during the year where the Directors had regard to their statutory
duties under section 172(1) (a)-(f) of the Companies Act 2006:
Managing the Cost of Living Challenges
The Board has considered the bank’s response to cost of living
challenges on customers, particularly lower-income households,
smaller businesses, and our employees. Supporting our customers
remains a priority, with the bank continually evaluating initiatives
and relief measures that could be taken. During the second half of
the year the Board considered the actions being taken by our WPB
and CMB businesses. These included:
•enhanced forbearance tools, including tailored forbearance
strategies for CMB customers;
•the ability to modify terms and conditions applying to an
existing facility, or the restructuring of an existing contract, that
would not ordinarily be granted were a customer not
experiencing financial difficulty;
•online resources for both WPB and CMB customers, including
dedicated self-help tools and webinars, with more targeted
intervention towards customers identified as more likely to be
financially stretched;
•increased capacity in the WPB Financial Support Team, as well
as the establishment of the CMB Financial Support Team
dedicated to supporting our commercial clients experiencing
financial difficulty; and
•an increase to charge-free buffers for retail customers on an
opt-in basis for 12 months.
The pressures on employees caused by rising inflation and energy
prices have been closely tracked and regularly discussed by the
Board. As these inflationary pressures rose, the Board agreed to
make a one-off payment of £1,500 to our more junior employees
to underpin their financial security. In reaching its decision, the
Board was mindful of the need to avoid embedding inflationary
pressure into the economy but was keen to provide immediate
relief to those employees experiencing cash flow pressures.
Proactive steps have also been taken to increase fixed pay for over
90% of HSBC UK colleagues. The Board was also updated about
the additional steps taken to support employees, including:
•Face-to-face financial health checks offered to all employees
and financial wellbeing support tools;
•HSBC UK's Support Fund for those colleagues who are in
financial distress; and
•Ongoing education about HSBC UK's benefit options.
Branch Network Transformation
Planning the future shape and size of the Branch Network is
crucial, given the pace of change in customer behaviours. During
2022, the Board reviewed and evaluated options for the Branch
Network Transformation (the ‘transformation plans’) to achieve an
optimal end-state Branch Network over the medium term. In
particular, the Board considered an opportunity (arising from the
timing of lease-breaks) to accelerate the transformation plans in
2023. During its discussions, the Board considered whether the
impacts to, and outcomes for, our stakeholders were appropriate.
The Board examined, in particular, whether the transformation
plans:
•safeguarded the provision of critical services for customers
(such as access to cash, vulnerable customer support, advice,
and the broader customer digital /financial education agenda)
whilst creating a more efficient operating model;
•were sufficiently customer centric, given branches remain
valuable to customers – even in a digital age – by providing the
human touch in the moments that matter and whether this was
consistent with the bank’s wider holistic strategy to improve
customer outcomes;
•would, in parallel, deliver new and simplified customer journeys
from enhanced technology;
•adhered to all aspects of regulatory guidance and reflected
feedback from engagement with our regulators;
•had taken appropriate account of the direct and indirect
impacts to colleagues. The Board was keen to ensure that
communications were open and transparent on proposed
closures and the funding to invest in other areas of the Branch
Network was secured; and
•conflicted with HSBC UK’s strategic ambition to be at the heart
of local communities, if there was no longer a direct physical
presence.
The Board concluded that the data supported an optimum end
state Branch Network, based on the shift in customer demand and
behaviours. The Board acknowledged that the transformation
plans would enable a greater proportion of the bank's investment
spend and running costs to be focused on enhancing the service
that the bank was able to offer to its wider customer base. The
proposal to accelerate the branch closures was supported,
conditional upon ensuring the outcome for vulnerable and
impacted customers was acceptable.
Business performance and KPIs
The Board tracks the bank’s progress in implementing its strategy
with a range of financial and non-financial measures or KPIs.
Progress is assessed by comparison with the group strategic
priorities, operating plan targets and historical performance.
Management and the Board review its KPIs regularly in light of its
strategic objectives and may adopt new or refined measures to
better align the KPIs to HSBC Group’s strategy and strategic
priorities. We monitor a range of non-financial KPIs focusing on
customers, people, culture and values including customer service
satisfaction, employee engagement and diversity and
sustainability.
For details on customer service and satisfaction please refer to
page 5; for supporting our employees and diversity and inclusion
refer to page 6; for sustainability refer to page 7 and for other non-
financial KPIs refer to the Corporate Governance section on pages
65 to 69.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
9
Economic background and
outlook
UK economic outlook
HSBC Global Research forecasts UK GDP to fall 0.4% in 2023,
followed by a rise of 1.5% in 2024. While GDP was flat in Q4 2022,
meaning a recession at that point was avoided, UK household real
incomes are still set to fall by 1.1% in 2023, and the impact of
higher interest rates poses an additional headwind. Fiscal support
and lower oil and gas prices mean this squeeze is less intense than
it might have been, but companies face the end of government
energy support, higher labour and borrowing costs and – for larger
businesses – a rise in corporation tax in April.
The UK labour market has continued to outperform. The
unemployment rate stood at 3.7% in December 2022 (close to the
multi-decade low of 3.5% in August), with private sector pay
growth rising to 7.3% 3m/yr – the fastest rate on record, excluding
pandemic-related erratics. Widespread strikes across the public
and private sectors are adding to pressures on pay. That said,
there are signs that the imbalances have begun to unwind:
vacancies have fallen, redundancies are up, and surveys point to
improving supply and waning demand for labour. HSBC Global
Research forecasts unemployment averaging 4.2% in 2023 and
then 4.9% in 2024, but with total pay growth staying relatively
high, at 5.4% in 2023 and 4.7% in 2023.
UK CPI inflation rose to 11.1% Y-o-Y in October 2022, but fell back
to 10.1% in January 2023. HSBC Global Research believes that the
October rate was the peak, and that the annual rate will continue
to decline, largely thanks to lower energy and durable goods price
pressures. However, food and core inflation remain elevated, and
high labour costs are expected to keep CPI inflation above the
BoE’s 2% target through 2023 and 2024.
HSBC Global Research expects CPI inflation to average 7.1% in
2023 and then 3.5% in 2024. However, inflation expectations have
started to fall, reducing the risk of a wage-price spiral.
As a consequence of the rise in inflation, the BoE has now raised
Bank Rate ten times, taking it to 4.00%, and launched a
programme of quantitative tightening – including active gilt sales.
HSBC Global Research forecasts just one further rate rise, of
25bps, taking Bank Rate to 4.25%. This is in line with market
expectations. However, the market then expects rates to start to
fall back in 2024, whereas HSBC Global Research expects inflation
still to be too high to allow this.
Financial summary
Summary consolidated income statement for the year ended
Year ended
Audited
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
£m
£m
Net interest income
6,203
4,650
Net fee income
1,245
1,080
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
384
318
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
36
15
Gains less losses from financial investments
37
101
Other operating income
47
86
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
7,952
6,250
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
(482)
989
Net operating income
7,470
7,239
Total operating expenses
(3,832)
(3,759)
Operating profit
3,638
3,480
Profit before tax
3,638
3,480
Tax expense
(762)
(1,112)
Profit for the year
2,876
2,368
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company
2,871
2,363
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
5
5
Reported performance
2022 reported profit before tax of £3,638m is £158m, or 5%,
higher than 2021 reported profit before tax of £3,480m, driven by
higher revenue, offset by higher ECL and operating expenses.
Net interest income increased by £1,553m or 33%, mainly due
to the impact of higher base interest rates on customer deposit
spreads offset by mortgage margin compression due to
competitive market conditions in 2022.
Net fee income increased by £165m or 15%, due to growth
across both CMB and WPB products as the market recovers
following the Covid-19 pandemic.
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or
managed on a fair value basis increased by £66m or 21%,
principally due to foreign exchange income as market conditions
impacting commercial customer foreign exchange payment
volumes and demand for foreign currency from retail customers
improved following the lifting of Covid-19 travel restrictions.
Change in fair value of other financial instruments
mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
increased by £21m, primarily due to higher fair value gains in 2022
following the revaluation of equity investments.
Gains less losses from financial investments decreased by
£64m due to lower disposal gains realised by the Markets Treasury
desk due to the volatile market conditions in 2022.
Other operating income decreased by £39m, driven by gains on
derecognition in CMB in 2021, notably in the context of the Libor
transition.
ECL increased by £1,471m from a £989m release in 2021 to a
charge of £482m in 2022. The 2022 charge included additional
stage 1 and stage 2 allowances in respect of the impacts of the
Russia-Ukraine war and heightened economic uncertainty and
inflationary pressures. This compared with a net release in 2021
primarily relating to Covid-19-related allowances previously built
up in 2020.
Strategic report
10
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Total operating expenses increased by £73m. Restructuring
programmes and technology investment costs were partially offset
by front and back office cost reductions across the business as we
continue to actively manage our cost base.
Tax expense The effective tax rate is 20.9% (2021: 32.0%). The
effective tax rate is reduced by 4.7% in 2022 by a credit arising
from the remeasurement of the group's deferred tax balances
following the substantive enactment of legislation to reduce the
UK banking surcharge rate from 8% to 3%, with effect from 1 April
2023. 2021 effective tax rate was higher than the UK rate of
corporation tax for banking entities of 27% due to the main rate of
UK corporation tax increasing from 19% to 25% impacting
deferred tax balances.
Net interest income
Year ended
At
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2021
£m
£m
Interest income
7,592
5,072
Interest expense
(1,389)
(422)
Net interest income
6,203
4,650
Average interest-earning assets
327,840
303,151
%
%
Gross interest yield1
2.32
1.67
Less: Gross interest payable1
(0.55)
(0.18)
Net interest spread2
1.77
1.49
Net interest margin3
1.89
1.53
1Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on
AIEA. Gross interest payable is the average annualised interest cost
as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities.
2Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised
interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan
fees, and the average annualised interest rate payable on average
interest-bearing funds.
3Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised
percentage of AIEA.
Net interest margin increased from 1.53% in 2021 to 1.89% in
2022. This was driven by the UK interest rate increases in 2022,
with increased yields on cash at central banks and customer
lending, partly offset by an increase in interest expense on
customer accounts.
Return on average tangible equity
RoTE is measured as the profit attributable to ordinary
shareholders divided by the reported equity adjusted for goodwill
and intangibles. The 2022 RoTE of 16.3% was 2.8% higher than
the 2021 RoTE of 13.5%, driven by higher reported profit before
tax. Average tangible equity has remained in line with 2021.
Alternative performance measures
Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs, as
detailed in the financial statements starting on page 79. In
measuring our performance, the financial measures that we use
include those derived from our reported results to eliminate factors
that distort YoY comparisons. These are considered alternative
performance measures (non-GAAP financial measures).
Within the Strategic report we present performance on an
adjusted basis, which is our segment measure for our reportable
segments under IFRS 8 but constitutes alternative performance
measures when otherwise presented.
Adjusted performance
Adjusted performance is computed by adjusting reported results
for the effects of significant items that distort YoY comparisons.
We use significant items to describe collectively the group of
individual adjustments excluded from the results when arriving at
adjusted performance. An item might be deemed significant if the
item is not incurred as part of the normal operational activities of
the individual segment, separate identification and explanation of
the item is necessary for users to gain a proper understanding of
the performance of the business, and it is quantitatively and
qualitatively material to the group’s consolidated financial
statements.
Customer remediation and redress programmes, are considered
and assessed separately against the above criteria prior to
recognition as a significant item. Significant items, which are
detailed on page 12 , are ones that management and investors
would ordinarily identify and consider separately when assessing
performance to understand better the underlying trends in the
business.
We consider adjusted performance to provide useful information
for investors by aligning internal and external reporting, identifying
and quantifying items management believes to be significant and
providing insight into how management assesses YoY
performance.
Segmental reporting
Global businesses are our reportable segments under IFRS 8.
The HSBC Group Chief Executive, supported by the rest of the
Group Executive Committee, is considered the CODM for the
purposes of identifying the HSBC Group's, and therefore HSBC
UK's, reportable segments. HSBC UK's CODM is the HSBC UK
Chief Executive, supported by the HSBC UK Executive Committee.
The global business results are assessed by the CODM on the
basis of adjusted performance that removes the effects of
significant items from results. We therefore present HSBC UK
global business results on an adjusted basis as required by IFRS.
Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the
presentation of data includes internal allocations of certain items
of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of
certain support services and global functions to the extent that
they can be meaningfully attributed to global businesses. While
such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent
basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity. Costs
which are not allocated to global businesses are included in
Corporate Centre.
Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include
the results of inter-segment funding along with inter-company and
inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are
undertaken on arm’s length terms. The intra-group elimination
items are presented in the Corporate Centre.
A description of the global businesses is provided in the Strategic
report, page 2.
Changes to presentation from 1 January 2023
Notable items
From 1 January 2023, ‘adjusted performance’ will no longer
exclude the impact of significant items. We will separately
disclose 'notable items', which are components of our income
statement which management would consider as outside the
normal course of business and generally non-recurring in nature.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
11
Adjusted profit before tax and balance sheet data for the year ended
At 31 Dec 2022
WPB
CMB
GBM
Corporate
Centre
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other
credit impairment charges
4,321
3,509
151
(37)
7,944
–  external
4,146
3,308
394
96
7,944
–  inter-segment
175
201
(243)
(133)
—
–  of which: net interest income
3,655
2,533
(1)
10
6,197
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
(287)
(195)
—
—
(482)
Net operating income/(expense)
4,034
3,314
151
(37)
7,462
Total operating income/(expenses)
(2,267)
(1,132)
(34)
7
(3,426)
Operating profit/(loss)
1,767
2,182
117
(30)
4,036
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax
1,767
2,182
117
(30)
4,036
%
%
%
%
%
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio
52.5
32.3
22.5
18.9
43.1
Balance sheet information
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers (net)
138,927
65,408
—
(192)
204,143
Customer accounts
181,785
99,622
—
(312)
281,095
At 31 Dec 2021
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other
credit impairment charges
3,369
2,748
124
(2)
6,239
–  external
3,271
2,642
327
(1)
6,239
–  inter-segment
98
106
(203)
(1)
—
–  of which: net interest income/(expense)
2,774
1,858
—
10
4,642
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
439
550
—
—
989
Net operating income/(expense)
3,808
3,298
124
(2)
7,228
Total operating expenses
(2,219)
(1,174)
(32)
(39)
(3,464)
Operating profit/(loss)
1,589
2,124
92
(41)
3,764
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax
1,589
2,124
92
(41)
3,764
%
%
%
%
%
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio (%)
65.9
42.7
25.8
(1,950.0)
55.5
Balance sheet information
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers (net)
131,700
63,784
—
42
195,526
Customer accounts
178,685
103,375
—
(190)
281,870
Significant revenue items by business segment – (gains)/losses for the year ended
WPB
CMB
GBM
Corporate
Centre
Total
At 31 Dec 2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Revenue
4,331
3,507
151
(37)
7,952
Significant revenue items
(10)
2
—
—
(8)
–  customer remediation and related matters
(9)
2
—
—
(7)
–  restructuring and other related revenue
(1)
—
—
—
(1)
Adjusted revenue/(expense)
4,321
3,509
151
(37)
7,944
At 31 Dec 2021
Revenue
3,364
2,759
124
3
6,250
Significant revenue items
5
(11)
—
(5)
(11)
–  customer remediation and related matters
5
(13)
—
—
(8)
–  restructuring and other related revenue
—
2
—
(5)
(3)
Adjusted revenue/(expense)
3,369
2,748
124
(2)
6,239
Significant cost items by business segment – recoveries/(charges) for the year ended
WPB
CMB
GBM
Corporate
Centre
Total
At 31 Dec 2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Operating expenses
(2,309)
(1,170)
(35)
(318)
(3,832)
Significant cost items
42
38
1
325
406
–  restructuring and other related costs1
70
39
1
319
429
–  customer remediation and related matters
(28)
(1)
—
6
(23)
Adjusted operating expenses
(2,267)
(1,132)
(34)
7
(3,426)
At 31 Dec 2021
Operating expenses
(2,311)
(1,181)
(32)
(235)
(3,759)
Significant cost items
92
7
—
196
295
–  restructuring and other related costs1
63
6
—
190
259
–  customer remediation and related matters
29
1
—
6
36
Adjusted operating (expenses)/income
(2,219)
(1,174)
(32)
(39)
(3,464)
1Restructuring costs include charges received from HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited, which do not form part of the balance sheet provision
movement.
Strategic report
12
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Net impact on profit before tax by business segment for the year ended
WPB
CMB
GBM
Corporate
Centre
Total
At 31 Dec 2022
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Profit/(loss) before tax
1,735
2,142
116
(355)
3,638
Net impact on reported profit and loss
32
40
1
325
398
–  significant revenue items
(10)
2
—
—
(8)
–  significant cost items
42
38
1
325
406
Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax
1,767
2,182
117
(30)
4,036
At 31 Dec 2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Profit/(loss) before tax
1,492
2,128
92
(232)
3,480
Net impact on reported profit and loss
97
(4)
—
191
284
–  significant revenue items
5
(11)
—
(5)
(11)
–  significant cost items
92
7
—
196
295
Adjusted profit before tax
1,589
2,124
92
(41)
3,764
Adjusted performance
Our adjusted profit before tax in 2022 increased by £272m, or 7%,
compared with 2021, to a profit of £4,036m. This reflected higher
revenue across all businesses and lower operating expenses,
offset by higher ECL.
Adjusted revenue increased by £1,705m or 27%, with increases in
WPB and CMB due to the impact of higher base interest rates on
net interest margins, increased customer deposit balances in WPB
and increased activity as the market recovers from the Covid-19
pandemic.
ECL increased by £1,471m, as described on page 10 'Reported
Performance'.
Adjusted operating expenses decreased by £38m or 1%, due to
ongoing cost management discipline, partially offset by increased
technology investment costs and one-off cost of living payments
made to staff.
The 2022 adjusted RoTE of 17.9% was 3.2% higher than the 2021
adjusted RoTE of 14.7% driven by higher adjusted profit before
tax, with average tangible equity in line with 2021.
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio is measured as total adjusted
operating expenses divided by adjusted net operating income
before ECL. The adjusted cost efficiency ratio in 2022 improved by
12.4% vs. 2021, from 55.5% to 43.1%.
Wealth and Personal Banking
Adjusted profit before tax was £1,767m, 11% (£178m) higher than
2021 driven by higher revenue, offset by higher ECL and higher
operating costs.
Revenue increased by £952m or 28%. Higher customer deposit
margins were partially offset by mortgage margin compression. 
There has been continued balance sheet growth and increased
customer spending levels post-Covid-19 pandemic.
ECL increased by £726m from a release of £439m in 2021 to a
charge of £287m in 2022, as described on page 10 'Reported
performance'.
Operating expenses increased by £48m or 2%, due to increased
technology investment costs and one-off cost of living payments
made to staff, partially offset by ongoing cost management
actions.
Commercial Banking
Adjusted profit before tax was £2,182m, 3% (£58m) higher than
2021 due to higher revenue and lower operating expenses, offset
by higher ECL.
Revenue increased by £761m or 28% due to higher net interest
margin from customer loans and deposits, growth in fee-based
revenue, higher lending balances, and higher fair value gains in
2022 following the revaluation of equity investments.
ECL have increased by £745m from a release of £550m in 2021 to
a charge of £195m in 2022, as described on page 10 'Reported
Performance'.
Operating expenses decreased by £42m or 4% driven by lower
back-office operations costs and fraud losses, partially offset by
increased technology investment costs.
Global Banking and Markets
GBM in HSBC UK reflects the transacting of foreign currency
exchange for WPB and CMB customers.
The majority of the foreign exchange revenue is transferred to
WPB and CMB, with an element retained in GBM.
Adjusted profit before tax was £25m, or 27%, higher than 2021,
driven by stronger underlying foreign exchange payment
revenues.
Corporate Centre
Adjusted loss before tax of £30m in 2022 was £11m lower than
the loss before tax of £41m in 2021, driven by lower operating
expenses due to the increased benefit arising from our material
pension surplus as discount rates improved.
Dividends
The consolidated reported profit for the year attributable to the
shareholders of the bank was £2,871m.
Total interim dividends of £1,787m, were paid on the ordinary
share capital during the year, of which £491m relates to the
previous year and £1,296m relates to the current year. £142m of
dividends were paid in respect of our additional tier 1 capital
instruments.
On 14 February 2023, the Directors resolved to pay an interim
dividend of £539m to the ordinary shareholder in respect of the
financial year ending 31 December 2022.
Further information regarding dividends is given in Note 6.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
13
Summary consolidated balance sheet as at
31 Dec
31 Dec
2022
2021
£m
£m
Total assets
342,441
346,063
–  cash and balances at central banks
94,407
112,478
–  financial assets mandatory measured at fair value through profit and loss
108
79
–  derivative assets
546
64
–  loans and advances to banks
6,357
1,914
–  loans and advances to customers
204,143
195,526
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
7,988
–  financial investments
16,092
14,377
–  other assets
13,382
13,637
Total liabilities
320,215
322,258
–  deposits by banks
10,721
11,180
–  customer accounts
281,095
281,870
–  repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,333
10,438
–  derivative liabilities
304
292
–  debt securities in issue
1,299
900
–  other liabilities
17,463
17,578
Total equity
22,226
23,805
–  total shareholders’ equity1
22,166
23,745
–  non-controlling interests
60
60
1Total shareholders' equity includes share capital, share premium, additional Tier 1 instruments and reserves.
The group maintained a strong and liquid balance sheet. The ratio
of customer advances to customer accounts increased to 72.6%
compared to 69.4% at 31 December 2021 driven by a 4.4%
increase in loans and advances to customers.
Impact of Climate Risk
We have assessed the impact of climate risk on our balance sheet
and have concluded that there is no material impact on the
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022. We
considered the impact on a number of areas of our balance sheet
including expected credit losses, classification and measurement
of financial instruments, goodwill and other intangible assets, our
owned properties, our pension plan, as well as our going concern.
For further detail on how climate risk can impact HSBC UK in the
medium to long-term see page 62 and on credit risk see page 26.
Additionally, for further disclosure on how management has
considered the impact of climate-related risks on its financial
position and performance see critical accounting estimates and
judgements, detailed in Note 1 ‘Basis of preparation and
significant accounting policies’ from page 87.
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks decreased by £18bn due to
continued growth in customer lending and reclassification of cash
encumbrance for net settlement schemes to loans and advances
to banks.
Loans and advances to customers increased by £8.6bn, mainly
driven by growth in retail mortgage lending by £7.4bn due to
HSBC's competitive pricing and growth strategy and increase in
trade import loans by £0.7bn.
Liabilities
Customer accounts have marginally decreased by £0.8bn due to
higher customer expenditure (decrease in CMB deposits by £4bn
partially offset by increase in WPB deposits by £3bn).
Repurchase agreements – non-trading have decreased by £1bn as
part of activities to manage liquidity and margin and subordinated
liabilities broadly remained flat, in line with capital management
requirements.
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity, including non-controlling interests,
decreased by £1.6bn or 7% compared with 31 December 2021.
This reflected the effects of profits generated of £2.9bn, offset by
dividend payments of £1.9bn and reduction in OCI of £2.6bn.
The reduction in OCI included adverse movement of £1.3bn on
cash flow hedges driven by the impact of increasing interest rates
on fixed swap hedges, remeasurement of the defined benefit
pension assets and obligations of £1bn, adverse movement of
£0.3bn on financial instruments designated as hold-to-collect and
sell, which are held as hedges to our exposure to interest rate
movements, as a result of the increase in term market yield curves
in 2022.
Risk overview
Difficult economic conditions in the UK, including significant
increases in the cost of living have impacted our customers and
our organisation in 2022. The macroeconomic, trade and
regulatory environment has become increasingly fragmented, 
which alongside geopolitical factors continue to disrupt supply
chains in several industries globally, including commercial real
estate. The mismatch between supply and demand, worsened by 
repercussions from the Russia-Ukraine war, has pushed up
commodity and other prices in the UK, particularly energy,
creating further challenges for the BoE and our customers. Against
a recessionary backdrop and increasing inflationary pressures,
interest rates have continued to rise. The economic outlook is
described in more detail in the 'Description of consensus
economic scenarios' section of the Report. See page 34.
Our balance sheet and liquidity remained strong which helped us
to support our customers as the economic slowdown has
developed. Increased pressure has been seen on our business
operations and customer support centres as our people, processes
and systems have responded to meet the current challenges of the
UK economy.
We continue our increased focus on the quality and timeliness of
the data used to inform management decisions and for regulatory
reporting, through measures such as early warning indicators,
prudent active risk management of our risk appetite, and ensuring
regular communication with our Board and key stakeholders.
Strategic report
14
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Risk environment
We continuously identify, assess, manage and monitor risks. This
process, which is informed by our risk factors and the results of
the stress testing programme, gives rise to the classification of
certain financial and non-financial banking risks. Changes in the
assessment of these risks may result in adjustments to our
business strategy and, potentially, our risk appetite.
Our material banking risks include credit risk, treasury risk, market
risk, climate risk, resilience risk, regulatory compliance risk,
financial crime and fraud risk and model risk. See pages 26 to 64.
In addition to these banking risks, we have identified top and
emerging risks with the potential to have a material impact on our
financial results or reputation and the sustainability of our long-
term business model. See pages 19 to 24.
The exposure to our risks and risk management of these are
explained in more detail in the Risk section of the Report of the
Directors on pages 17 to 70.
During 2022, we have reviewed our list of top and emerging risks
and made changes to reflect the revised assessment of their effect
on HSBC UK. We have removed Covid-19 as it is considered to
have been absorbed into business as usual risk management
practices. Credit risk has been added to reflect the current
economic environment.
Risk
Description
Externally driven
Geopolitical and
macroeconomic
risk
p
Our operations and portfolios are subject to risks associated with political instability, civil unrest and military conflict, which
could lead to disruption of our operations, physical risk to our staff and/or physical damage to our assets. Heightened
geopolitical tensions, alongside other factors, have also disrupted supply chains globally. Inflation and rising interest rates in
the UK have contributed to the current economic slowdown that will affect our customers and our business.
Credit risk
●
We regularly undertake detailed reviews of our portfolios and proactively manage credit facilities to customers and sectors
likely to come under stress as a result of current macroeconomic and geopolitical events, including UK recessionary pressures
and second order impacts from the Russia-Ukraine war. We remain focused on assessing and managing the impacts of the
cost of living crisis and higher interest rates on our customers, including those that will need to refinance their mortgage onto
increased rate loans. Sector deep dives and stress tests are regularly conducted with particular focus on the Automotive,
Construction and Contracting, Commercial Real Estate, Hospitality, Hotels, Oil and Gas and Retail industry sectors. We have
increased the frequency and depth of our monitoring activities with stress tests and other sectoral reviews performed to
identify portfolios or customers who are likely to experience financial difficulty.
Evolving
regulatory
environment risk
p
The regulatory risk environment continues to be complex. There has been increased regulatory focus on the protection of
consumers, particularly those that are vulnerable; sanctions; operational resilience; cyber threats; crypto-asset related risks;
wider anti-money laundering controls; and diversity and inclusion. These, alongside other regulatory priorities, may result in
change requirements across HSBC UK in the short to medium term. We continue to monitor regulatory and wider industry
developments closely and engage with regulators, as appropriate.
Cyber threat and
unauthorised
access to systems
u
HSBC UK faces a risk of service disruption from external and internal malicious activity. In response to the recent geopolitical
events, including the Russia-Ukraine war, we have further strengthened our monitoring approach. HSBC UK operates a
continuous improvement programme to protect our technology operations and to counter a hostile and fast evolving cyber
threat environment.
Ibor transition
q
We remain exposed to regulatory compliance, legal and resilience risks as contracts transition away from demising Ibor
benchmarks to new reference rates. As a result, we continue to consider the fairness of client outcomes, our compliance with
regulatory expectations and the operation of our systems and processes. We have transitioned all but a small number of
contracts in demised Ibors and are well progressed in transitioning contracts in remaining demising Ibors, specifically US dollar
Libor. HSBC UK has significantly fewer US dollar Libor facilities to transition, versus the number transitioned for GBP Libor and
the nature of our good progress means we consider the risk to have decreased versus 2021.
Environmental,
social and
governance risk
p
We are subject to ESG risks relating to climate change; greenwashing; nature; and human rights. This risk has increased owing
to the pace and volume of regulatory developments globally and stakeholders placing more emphasis on financial institutions’
actions and investment decisions in respect of ESG matters. Failure to meet these evolving expectations may result in financial
and non-financial risks for HSBC UK, including adverse reputational consequences.
Digital currencies
and
disintermediation
risk
u
With the increasing attention of the public, governments, regulatory bodies and central banks on digital assets, including
cryptocurrencies, the banking landscape has the potential to move significantly to a more direct linkage between currency
providers and payment participants, to the possible detriment of intermediaries, such as HSBC UK. We continue to monitor
digital asset consultations, pilots and issuances, the state of the market and the impact on participants and evolution in use of
digital assets to understand how changes may impact our customers and business. We also closely observe and assess the
potential for consequential financial crime and the resulting impact on payment transparency and architecture.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
15
Risk
Description
Internally driven
People risk
p
HSBC UK is exposed to risks associated with employee retention, talent availability and compliance with employment laws and
regulations. Heightened demand for talent in the UK labour market, coupled with the cost of living crisis have led to increased
attrition and employee attraction challenges, and continuing pressure on our people. There is additional focus on actively
embedding hybrid working to maintain employee engagement.
IT systems
infrastructure and
operational
resilience
p
We continue to monitor and improve IT systems and network resilience to minimise service disruption and improve HSBC UK
customer experience, through for example, our Operational Resilience programme. The significant volume of change and the
complexity of our IT environment increases the risk of service interruption which we work to mitigate through change
management controls. We are seeing increased demand on customer support centres and our business operations as a result
of the current economic environment and there is additional focus on operational resilience. To support the business strategy,
we have continued to strengthen our end-to-end management, build and deployment controls and system monitoring
capabilities.
Model risk
p
Model risk has heightened with increased regulatory requirements driving material changes to models across the banking
industry in the UK. Currently there is a particular focus on capital models, however this focus is expected to be extended to all
models based on the Consultation Paper (CP 6/22) published by the PRA in June 2022.The macroeconomic environment and
new technologies such as machine learning continue to drive changes to the model risk landscape. A key area of focus is
ensuring our standards, processes and controls are adequate to identify, measure and manage the resulting model risks.
Financial crime
and fraud risk
u
We continue to support our customers against a backdrop of complex geopolitical, socioeconomic, and technological
challenges, including the Russia-Ukraine war. We are monitoring the impacts of the Russia-Ukraine war on HSBC UK, and
using our sanctions compliance capabilities to respond to evolving sanctions regulations, noting the challenges that arise in
implementing the unprecedented volume and diverse set of sanctions and trade restrictions. Fraud, particularly first-party
payment fraud, continues to be a key area of focus for HSBC UK. We are investing in new fraud detection technologies, in
order to limit losses and protect customers to within agreed tolerance levels.
Conduct and
customer
detriment
u
HSBC UK has fully integrated the Global Purpose-Led Conduct Approach into our Risk Management Framework; our business
activities; and our governance, ensuring we consider and act on the impact our actions and decisions have on our customers
and society. This integration to a higher standard of identification and reporting has enabled further simplification to processes,
ensuring our approach to conduct is more meaningful to colleagues. Throughout 2022, HSBC UK has been working towards
meeting new Consumer Duty regulation requirements, and a new Code of Conduct rule, ensuring we deliver good customer
outcomes and act consistently to support customers. With the expected rise in vulnerable customers and those in financial
difficulty due to the cost of living crisis, the standards that we have sustained and enhanced throughout 2022 have contributed
to HSBC UK being well positioned to support these customers in 2023 and mitigate foreseeable new potential conduct risks.
Data risk
p
We use data to serve our customers and run our internal operations, often in real-time within digital experiences and
processes. If this data is not accurate and timely, our ability to serve customers, operate with resilience, or meet regulatory
requirements could be impacted. We need to further invest in controls to ensure data is kept confidential, and that we comply
with the growing number of laws and increasing expectations from regulators concerning data privacy controls and the cross-
border movement of data.
Third-party risk
u
We procure services and goods from a range of third parties. It is critical that we have appropriate risk management policies
and processes over the selection and governance of third parties. This includes third parties’ supply networks, particularly for
key activities that could affect our operational resilience. Any deficiency in the management of risks associated with our third
parties could affect our ability to support our customers and meet regulatory expectations.
Execution risk
p
Failure to effectively prioritise, manage and/or deliver transformation across the organisation impacts our ability to achieve our
strategic objectives. Given the increased scale, complexity and pace of strategic change at HSBC UK, we must monitor,
manage and oversee change execution risk to ensure our change portfolios and initiatives continue to deliver the right
outcomes for our customers, people, investors and communities.
●
New risk introduced in 2022
p
Risk has heightened during 2022
u
Risk remains at the same level as 2021
q
Risk has decreased during 2022
The Strategic report comprising pages 2 to 16 was approved by the Board on 20 February 2023 and is signed on its behalf by:
John David Stuart
Director
HSBC UK Bank plc
Registered number: 9928412
Strategic report
16
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Risk review
Page
How we manage our risks
17
Risk management
18
What are our principal risks and uncertainties
19
Top and emerging risks
19
Externally driven
19
Internally driven
23
Our material banking risks
25
Credit risk
26
Treasury risk
55
Market risk
61
Climate risk
62
Resilience risk
62
Regulatory compliance risk
63
Financial crime risk
64
Model risk
64
How we manage our risks
Our risk appetite
We recognise the importance of a strong culture, which refers to
our shared attitudes, values and standards that shape behaviours
related to risk awareness, risk taking and risk management. All our
people are responsible for the management of risk, with the
ultimate accountability residing with the Board.
We seek to build our business for the long term by balancing
social, environmental and economic considerations in the
decisions we make. Our strategic priorities are underpinned by our
endeavours to operate in a sustainable way. This helps us to carry
out our social responsibility and manage the risk profile of the
business. We are committed to managing and mitigating climate-
related risks, both physical and transition, and continue to
incorporate consideration of these into how we manage and
oversee risks internally and with our customers.
The following principles guide HSBC UK's overarching risk
appetite and determine how its businesses and risks are managed.
Financial position
•We aim to maintain a strong capital position, defined by
regulatory and internal capital ratios.
•We carry out liquidity and funding management for each
operating entity, on a stand-alone basis.
Operating model
•We seek to generate returns in line with a conservative risk
appetite and strong risk management capability.
•We aim to deliver sustainable earnings and consistent returns
for shareholders.
Business practice
•We have zero tolerance for any of our people knowingly
engaging in any business, activity or association where
foreseeable reputational risk or damage has not been
considered and/or mitigated.
•We have no appetite for deliberately or knowingly causing
detriment to consumers, or incurring a breach of the letter or
spirit of regulatory requirements.
•We have no appetite for inappropriate market conduct by any
member of staff or by any HSBC UK business.
Enterprise-wide application
Our risk appetite encapsulates the consideration of financial and
non-financial risks. We define financial risk as the risk of a
financial loss as a result of business activities. We actively take
these types of risks to maximise shareholder value and profits.
Non-financial risk is defined as the risk to achieving our strategy or
objectives as a result of inadequate or failed internal processes,
people and systems, or from external events.
Our Risk Management Framework
An established risk governance framework and ownership
structure ensures oversight of, and accountability for, the effective
management of risk. Our Risk Management Framework fosters the
continuous monitoring of the risk environment and an integrated
evaluation of risks and their interactions. Integral to our Risk
Management Framework are risk appetite, stress testing and the
identification of emerging risks.
Our Risk Committee focuses on risk governance and provides a
forward-looking view of risks and their mitigation. The Risk
Committee is a committee of the Board and has responsibility for
oversight and advice to the Board on, amongst other things, the
bank’s risk appetite, tolerance and strategy, systems of risk
management, internal control and compliance. Additionally,
members of the Risk Committee attend meetings of the
Chairman’s Nominations and Remuneration Committee at which
the alignment of the reward structures to risk appetite is
considered.
In carrying out its responsibilities, the Risk Committee is closely
supported by the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Head of Internal Audit and the Head of Compliance, together with
other business functions on risks within their respective areas of
responsibility.
Responsibility for managing both financial and non-financial risk
lies with our people. They are required to manage the risks of the
business and operational activities for which they are responsible.
We maintain oversight of our risks through our various specialist
Risk Stewards, as well as the accountability held by the Chief Risk
Officer.
Non-financial risk includes some of the most material risks HSBC
UK faces, such as cyber-attacks, poor customer outcomes, loss of
data and the current geopolitical risks. Actively managing non-
financial risks is crucial to serving our customers effectively and
having a positive impact on society. During 2022, we continued to
strengthen the control environment and our approach to the
management of non-financial risks, as broadly set out in our Risk
Management Framework. The management of non-financial risk
focuses on governance and risk appetite, providing a single view
of the non-financial risks that matter most, and associated
controls. It incorporates a risk management system designed to
enable the active management of non-financial risk. Our ongoing
focus is on simplifying our approach to non-financial risk
management, while driving more effective oversight and better
end-to-end identification and management of risks. This is
overseen by the Operational and Resilience Risk function, headed
by the HSBC UK Head of Operational and Resilience Risk.
Three lines of defence
All our people are responsible for identifying and managing risk
within the scope of their roles. Roles are defined using the three
lines of defence model, which takes into account our business and
functional structures.
To create a robust control environment to manage risks, we use
an activity-based three lines of defence model. This model
delineates management accountabilities and responsibilities for
risk management and the control environment.
The model underpins our approach to risk management by
clarifying responsibility and encouraging collaboration, as well as
enabling efficient coordination of risk and control activities. The
three lines of defence are summarised below:
•The first line of defence owns the risks and is responsible
for identifying, recording, reporting and managing them in line
with risk appetite, and ensuring that the right controls and
assessments are in place to mitigate them.
•The second line of defence challenges the first line of defence
on effective risk management, and provides advice and
guidance in relation to the risk.
•The third line of defence is our Internal Audit function, which
provides independent assurance that our risk management
approach and processes are designed and operating effectively.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
17
Risk appetite
We formally articulate our risk appetite through our Risk Appetite
Statement, which is approved by the Board on the
recommendation of the Risk Committee. Setting out our risk
appetite ensures that planned business activities provide an
appropriate balance of return for the risk we are taking, and that
we agree a suitable level of risk for our strategy. In this way, risk
appetite informs our financial planning process and helps senior
management to allocate capital to business activities, services and
products.
The RAS consists of qualitative statements and quantitative
metrics, covering financial and non-financial risks. It is
fundamental to the development of business line strategies,
strategic and business planning and senior management balanced
scorecards. Performance against the RAS is reported to the Risk
Management Meeting so that any actual performance that falls
outside the approved risk appetite is discussed and appropriate
mitigating actions are determined. This reporting allows risks to be
promptly identified and mitigated, and informs risk-adjusted
remuneration to drive a strong risk culture.
Our RAS and business activities are guided and underpinned by
qualitative principles and/or quantitative metrics. 
Stress testing
Stress testing is an important tool for banks and regulators to
assess vulnerabilities in individual banks and/or the financial
banking sector under hypothetical adverse scenarios. The results
of stress testing are used to assess banks’ resilience and capital
adequacy to a range of adverse shocks.
A number of internal macroeconomic and event-driven stress
scenarios specific to the UK or the global economy were
considered and reported to senior management during the course
of the year. These stress scenarios included the impact of the
Russia-Ukraine war and the impact of increasing inflation in the
UK.
Furthermore, HSBC UK is subject to regulatory stress testing and
the requirements are increasing in frequency and granularity. The
assessment by the regulators is on both a quantitative and
qualitative basis, the latter focusing on our portfolio quality, data
provision, stress testing capability and capital planning processes.
During 2022, HSBC UK prepared its first standalone BoE Annual
Concurrent Stress Test exercise. The exercise subjects the major
UK banks to hypothetical deep simultaneous recessions in the UK
and global economies, large falls in asset prices and higher global
interest rates, and a separate stress of misconduct costs.
The BoE will publish the results of the 2022 Annual Cyclical Stress
in summer 2023.
The 2022 internal stress tests confirm that HSBC UK is well
positioned to withstand potential shocks.
Risk management
We recognise that the primary role of risk management is to
protect our customers, business, employees, shareholders and the
communities that we serve, while ensuring we are able to support
our strategy and provide sustainable growth. This is supported
through our three lines of defence model.
We use a comprehensive Risk Management Framework across the
organisation and across all risk types, underpinned by the HSBC
Group’s culture and values. This outlines the key principles,
policies and practices that we employ in managing material risks,
both financial and non-financial.
The framework fosters continual monitoring, promotes risk
awareness and encourages sound operational and strategic
decision making. It also ensures a consistent approach to
identifying, assessing, managing and reporting the risks we accept
and incur in our activities.
Internal control
We have:
•Established policies to ensure compliance with the PRA
Rulebook for Ring-fenced bodies. These include an over-
arching Ring-fenced bodies policy, together with additional
policies covering Exceptions, Arm's Length Transactions and
Distributions. 
•Implemented the HSBC Group Risk Management Framework
and other HSBC Group policies and procedures. These are
designed to: safeguard assets against unauthorised use or
disposal; maintain proper accounting records; and ensure the
reliability and usefulness of financial information.
Policies and procedures are designed to provide effective internal
control within the group but can only provide reasonable
assurance against mitigating material misstatement, errors, losses
or fraud.
The key risk management and internal control procedures, that
have been in place throughout the year ended 31 December 2022
and up to the date of approval of this report, include:
•Global Principles: The HSBC Group's Global Principles set an
overarching standard for all other policies and procedures and
are fundamental to the Group’s risk management structure.
They inform and connect our purpose, values, strategy and risk
management principles, guiding us to do the right thing and
treat our customers and employees fairly at all times.
•The HSBC Group Risk Management Framework: see 'Our Risk
Management Framework' section of the report on page 17.
•Delegations of authority: Subject to certain matters reserved to
the Board, the Board has delegated powers and authority to
manage the day-to-day running of the Company within certain
limits to the CEO and its Executive Committee. The CEO is
permitted to sub-delegate such powers and authorities, within
those limits, as he sees fit.
•Strategic plans: Strategic plans are prepared annually for each
of the lines of business that make up the group, within the
framework of the HSBC Group’s overall strategy. The relevant
lines of business strategic plans are incorporated into the five
year HSBC UK Country Strategic Plan, which is refreshed every
three years, and approved by the Company’s Board. Progress
against the Country Strategic Plan is reported regularly to the
Executive Committee, Board and the HSBC Group Executive
Committee.
We also approve an annual Financial Resource Plan, which is
informed by detailed analysis of risk appetite, stress-testing
exercises, and the types and quantum of risk that the Company is
prepared to take, within the parameters set by the HSBC Group, to
execute its strategy, and also sets out the key business initiatives
and the financial impact of those initiatives in order to determine
the most appropriate use of the Company’s resources. The key risk
management and internal control procedures over financial
reporting include the following:
•Financial reporting: The financial reporting process for
preparing the consolidated Annual Report and Accounts 2022 is
controlled using documented accounting policies and reporting
formats, supported by detailed instructions and guidance on
reporting requirements. These are issued by the HSBC Group to
HSBC UK that are cascaded to all reporting entities within the
group in advance of each reporting period end. The submission
of the Company's financial information is subject to
certification by the CFO, and analytical review procedures
undertaken at reporting entity and group levels.
•Disclosure Committee: The Disclosure Committee comprises
certain executive management and supports the discharge of
the Company’s obligations in relation to its debt securities
traded on the London Stock Exchange. In particular, it
considers whether a new event or circumstance constitutes
inside information, reviews all material disclosures and
considers and advises upon any requests and reports to be
Report of the Directors | Risk
18
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
made by any subsidiaries or affiliates of its group with regard to
inside information.
•Audit Committee: The Board’s Audit Committee reviews the
internal financial controls and reporting disclosures for any
material errors, misstatements or omissions with regard to the
integrity of financial statements and disclosures and provides
oversight over internal financial controls. It is supported by
structures and processes within the group’s Finance and Risk
functions that provide analytical review of financial reporting
and the maintenance of accounting records, and seek the
committee’s support regarding material accounting policies
and practices before they are agreed with the External
Auditors.
•Risk Committee: The Board’s Risk Committee provides
oversight over internal controls systems and the status of
principal risks, and considers whether the mitigating actions
put in place are appropriate. In addition, when unexpected
losses have arisen or incidents have occurred which indicate
gaps in the control framework or in adherence to policies, the
committee reviews reports prepared by management that
analyse the cause of the issue, any lessons learned and actions
proposed to address the issue.
During the year, the Risk Committee and Audit Committee kept
under review the effectiveness of this system of internal controls
and reported regularly to the Board. In carrying out their respective
reviews, the committees receive regular reports from: business
and operational risk assessments; heads of key risk functions
covering all internal controls, both financial and non-financial;
internal audit reports; external audit reports; prudential reviews;
and regulatory reports. More details on the committee’s
responsibilities and activities during the year are set out in the
'Board Committees' section on page 67.
What are our principal risks and uncertainties
Key developments in 2022
We actively managed the risks related to the cost of living crisis in
the UK and broader macroeconomic and geopolitical uncertainties,
including the Russia-Ukraine war, and other key risks described in
this section. In addition, we enhanced our risk management in the
following areas:
•We have continued to improve our risk governance decision
making, particularly with regard to the governance of treasury
risk to ensure senior executives have appropriate oversight and
visibility of macroeconomic trends around inflation and interest
rates.
•We enhanced our enterprise risk reporting processes to place a
greater focus on our emerging risks, including by capturing the
materiality, oversight and individual monitoring of these risks.
•We have commenced activity to review and strengthen both
our Risk Culture and our financial risk control environment as
part of ongoing work to enhance our Risk Management
Framework.
•We have further strengthened our third-party risk policy and
processes to improve control and oversight of our material third
parties that are key to maintaining our operational resilience,
and to meet new and evolving regulatory requirements.
•We have continued to embed, the governance and oversight
around model adjustments and related processes for IFRS 9
models and financial reporting processes.
•Through our dedicated climate risk programme we have
continued to embed climate considerations throughout the
firm, including updating the scope of our programme to cover
all risk types, expanding the scope of climate related training
and developing new climate risk metrics to monitor and
manage exposures.
•We continued to improve the effectiveness of our financial
crime controls, using advanced analytics capabilities. We are
refreshing our financial crime policies, seeking to ensure they
remain up-to-date and address changing and emerging risks.
We continue to monitor regulatory changes.
Top and emerging risks
We use a top and emerging risks process to provide a forward-
looking view of issues with the potential to threaten the execution
of our strategy or operations over the medium to long term.
We proactively assess the internal and external risk environment,
as well as review the themes identified across HSBC UK
businesses for any risks that may require escalation. We update
our top and emerging risks as necessary.
Our current top and emerging risks are as follows.
Externally driven
Geopolitical and macroeconomic risk
This risk has heightened in 2022 as the UK economy faced a
number of challenges, including rising inflation, increased interest
rates and a period of significant market volatility that followed
changes to the policies announced by the UK Government.
Against this backdrop, the recovery has stalled, with GDP still
below its pre-Covid-19 pandemic level. Consumer confidence has
fallen as the cost of living crisis has deepened, partly driven by the
sharp rise in energy prices, and with real incomes falling, the
economy is expected to go into recession in 2023.
Global commodity markets have been significantly impacted by
the Russia-Ukraine war and localised Covid-19 outbreaks, leading
to continued supply chain disruptions. These disruptions have
resulted in UK product shortages and increased prices for both
energy and non-energy commodities, such as food. The increased
rate of inflation in the UK has been exacerbated by these
pressures albeit some easing of disruptions has been seen in the
second half of 2022. The BoE may be close to the end of its
monetary tightening cycle. However, should interest rates need to
rise beyond what is currently expected, a realignment of market
expectations could cause turbulence in financial asset prices.
Higher inflationary and interest rate expectations in the UK, and
the resulting economic environment, have had an impact on ECL
and could increase the uncertainty of our modelled ECL estimates.
The combined pressure of higher inflation and interest rates may
impact the ability of our customers to repay debt. In line with
existing practice we have continued to carry out enhanced
monitoring of model outputs and the use of model overlays,
including management adjustments. These adjustments are based
on the expert judgement of senior credit risk managers to reflect
current market inflation and interest rate conditions where they
have not been incorporated in the underlying macroeconomic
scenarios. Inflation and rising interest rates have been considered
both directly in certain models, and assessed via adjustments
where not directly considered. Whilst UK government
programmes implemented during the Covid-19 pandemic to
support businesses and individuals have ceased, these have
impacted the level of credit losses, which in turn may have
impacted the longer-term reliability of loss and capital models.
Second order impacts from the Russia-Ukraine war remain
uncertain. These impacts may lead to significant credit losses on
specific exposures, which may not be fully captured in our ECL
estimates and may result in the use of an ECL overlay adjustment.
HSBC UK is monitoring the impacts of the Russia-Ukraine war and
continues to respond to the further economic sanctions and trade
restrictions that have been imposed on Russia in response. In
particular, significant sanctions and trade restrictions against
Russia have been put in place by the UK, the US and the EU, as
well as other countries. Such sanctions and restrictions have
specifically targeted certain Russian government officials,
politically exposed persons, business people, Russian oil imports,
energy products, financial institutions and other major Russian
companies, as well as more generally applicable investment,
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
19
export, and import bans and restrictions. In response to such
sanctions and trade restrictions, as well as asset flight, Russia has
implemented certain countermeasures. Further sanctions, trade
restrictions and Russian counter sanctions may adversely affect
HSBC UK and its customers by creating regulatory, reputational
and market risks.
Negotiations between the UK and the EU over the operation of the
Northern Ireland Protocol are continuing. While there are signs
that differences may be diminishing, failure to reach agreement
could have implications for the future operation of the EU-UK
Trade and Cooperation Agreement. In June 2022, the UK
government published proposed legislation that seeks to amend
the Protocol in a number of respects. In response, the EU
launched infringement procedures against the UK, and is
evaluating the UK response, received in September 2022. If the
proposed legislation were to pass, and infringement procedures
progressed, it could further complicate the terms of trade between
the UK and the EU and potentially prevent progress in other areas
such as financial services. We are monitoring the situation closely,
including the potential impacts on our customers.
The US-China relationship remains complex. The US, the UK, the
EU and other countries have imposed various sanctions and trade
restrictions on China. Although sanctions and trade restrictions are
impossible to predict, increases in diplomatic tensions between
China and the US and other countries could result in new and/or
enhanced sanctions that could negatively impact HSBC UK, its
customers and the markets in which it operates. China has in turn
announced a number of its own sanctions and trade restrictions
that target, or provide authority to target, foreign individuals and
companies. China has also promulgated laws that provide a legal
framework for imposing further sanctions and export restrictions.
These and any future measures and countermeasures that may be
taken by the US, China and other countries may affect HSBC UK
and its customers.
High Covid-19 vaccination rates and acquired population immunity
in 2022 across the UK have minimised the public health risks and
the need for restrictions. New Covid-19 variants and sub-variants
pose a continuing risk and could result in the UK Government
reintroducing restrictions, potentially impacting our personal and
business customers.
Our Central macroeconomic scenario, which has the highest
probability weighting in our IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’
calculations of ECL, assumes low growth and a higher inflation
environment. However, due to the rapidly changing economic
conditions, the potential for forecast dispersion and volatility
remain high, impacting the degree of accuracy and certainty of our
Central scenario forecast. The level of volatility depends on various
factors, including commodity price increases, supply chain
constraints and the monetary policy response to inflation. There is
also uncertainty with respect to the relationship between the
economic drivers and the historical loss experience, which has
required adjustments to modelled ECLs in cases where we
determined that the model was unable to capture the material
underlying risks. For further details of our Central and other
scenarios, see ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis
of ECL estimates’ on page 33.
Mitigating actions
•We closely monitor geopolitical and economic developments
including the impacts of the Russia-Ukraine war and undertake
scenario analysis and stress testing where appropriate. This
helps us to take portfolio actions where necessary, including
seeking to ensure enhanced monitoring and amending our risk
appetite.
•We continue to monitor the UK's relationship with the EU, and
assess the potential impact on our people, operations and
portfolios.
•We continue to monitor our risk profile closely in the context of
the current geopolitical and macroeconomic situation, and
given the significant uncertainties, additional mitigating actions
may be required.
Credit risk
Credit risk in the UK has increased driven chiefly by the current
cost of living crisis and the macroeconomic environment. The
longer term outlook for credit risk is difficult to predict. This
uncertainty is driven by a number of factors, including the impacts
of the UK's withdrawal from the EU and the economic slowdown
in the UK, exacerbated by geopolitical events, including the
Russia-Ukraine war.
Mitigating actions
•We have reviewed our customer affordability and credit scoring
models and made adjustments to reflect the increased rate of
inflation and current economic conditions. We have also
proactively contacted customers to advise of the support tools
that we offer to provide help with the increased cost of living.
•Mortgage stress rates have been refreshed to reflect the latest
interest rate expectations, and are regularly reviewed, helping
us to recognise rises as well as reductions in base rate
expectations to help ensure that our stress rate remains
appropriate in light of the latest outlooks.
•We are hiring additional colleagues in our Financial Support
Team in anticipation of an increase in demand.
•Reviews of key credit portfolios are undertaken regularly to
help ensure that individual customer or portfolio risks are
understood and our ability to manage the level of facilities
offered through the economic downturn are appropriate.
•We continue to monitor high risk wholesale industry sectors
closely and in 2022 we undertook specific reviews of portfolios
showing vulnerability such as Automotive, Leveraged Finance,
Power and Utilities, Commercial Real Estate, Metals and
Mining, Chemicals, Retail and Aviation. Detailed performance
monitoring is reviewed on a monthly basis, which includes
early warning indicators and a view of concentration risks.
Portfolio limits and exposures have been re-assessed and
reductions implemented where appropriate.
•We stress test portfolios of particular concern to help identify
sensitivity to loss under a range of scenarios, with management
actions being taken to help rebalance exposures and manage
risk appetite where necessary.
Evolving regulatory environment risk
Financial service providers continue to face stringent regulatory
and supervisory requirements, particularly in the areas of capital
and liquidity management, conduct of business, financial crime,
internal control frameworks, the use of models, the integrity of
financial services delivery and financial and operational resilience.
The competitive landscape in which HSBC UK operates may be
significantly altered by future regulatory changes and government
intervention. Regulatory changes, including those resulting from
the UK's exit from the EU, may affect our activities. 
We aim to keep abreast of the emerging regulatory compliance
and conduct agenda, including those which relate to: ESG matters;
how we are ensuring good customer outcomes, including
addressing customer vulnerabilities as a result of the cost of living
crisis; regulatory compliance; regulatory reporting; employee
compliance including use of e-communication channels; and the
proposed reforms to the UK financial services sector, known as
the Edinburgh Reforms. We monitor regulatory developments
closely and engage with regulators, as appropriate, to help ensure
new regulatory requirements are implemented effectively and in a
timely way. The competitive landscape in which HSBC UK
operates may be impacted by future regulatory changes and
government intervention.
Mitigating actions
•We continue to engage in the development of new and
amended regulations in the UK to ensure that the implications
have been fully considered by regulators and the wider
industry.
•We continue to work with the UK authorities and regulatory
bodies to discuss any impacts on customers and markets.
Report of the Directors | Risk
20
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
•We monitor regulatory developments to ensure that we fully
understand the evolving regulatory landscape and implement
any applicable change in a timely way.
Cyber threat and unauthorised access to systems
Together with other organisations, we continue to operate in an
increasingly hostile cyber threat environment. These threats
include potential unauthorised access to customer accounts,
attacks on our systems or those of our third-party suppliers and
require ongoing investment in business and technical controls to
defend against them.
Mitigating actions
•We seek to evaluate threat levels for the most prevalent cyber-
attack types and their potential outcomes. To further protect
HSBC UK and our customers and help ensure the safe
expansion of our business lines, we aim to strengthen our
controls to reduce the likelihood and impact of advanced
malware, data leakage, exposure through third parties and
security vulnerabilities.
•We seek to enhance our cybersecurity capabilities, including
threat detection, access control, data analytics and third-party
security reviews. An important part of our defence strategy is
ensuring that our colleagues are aware of cybersecurity issues
and know how to identify and report incidents.
•We report and review cyber risk and control effectiveness at
executive and non-executive Board level. We also report it
across our businesses and functions to help ensure appropriate
visibility and governance of the risk and its mitigating actions.
•We participate globally in industry bodies and working groups
to collaborate on tactics employed by cyber-crime groups and
to collaborate in defending against, detecting and preventing
cyber-attacks on financial organisations.
Ibor transition
The publication of sterling, Swiss franc, euro and Japanese yen
Libor interest rate benchmarks, as well as Eonia, ceased from the
end of 2021. Our Ibor transition programme, which is tasked with
the development of new near RFR products and the transition of
legacy Ibor products, has continued to support the transition of a
limited number of sterling Libor contracts, which used the
published ‘synthetic’ sterling interest rate methodology during
2022.
The remaining ‘tough legacy’ sterling contracts have required
protracted client discussions where contracts are complex or
restructuring of facilities is required. Following the announcements
by the FCA in September and November 2022 that ‘synthetic’
sterling Libor rates will cease to be published on 31 March 2023
for one and six-month sterling Libor, or 31 March 2024 for three-
month sterling Libor, we have or are prepared to transition or
remediate the remaining few contracts outstanding as at           
31 December 2022 in advance of those cessation dates.
For US dollar Libor and other demising Ibors, HSBC UK has a
significantly lower volume of contracts to transition compared to
sterling Libor. Through the second half of 2022, we have
contacted all of our affected clients, discussed their transition
options, and have converted over half of the legacy contracts to
alternative rates. As a result, the level of residual risk has and
continues to diminish. Following the FCA’s consultation in
November 2022 proposing that US dollar Libor is to be published
using a ‘synthetic’ methodology for a defined period, we will
continue to work with our clients to support them through the
transition of their products if transition is not completed by         
30 June 2023.
Until all legacy contracts in demising Ibors are transitioned we are
exposed to, and actively monitor, risks including:
•Regulatory compliance and conduct risks, as the transition of
legacy contracts to RFRs or alternative rates, or sales of
products referencing RFRs, may not deliver fair client
outcomes;
•Resilience and operational risks, as changes to manual and
automated processes, made in support of new RFR
methodologies, and the transition of Ibor contracts may lead to
operational issues;
•Legal risk, as issues arising from the use of legislative solutions
and from legacy contracts that the group is unable to transition
may result in unintended or unfavourable outcomes for clients
and market participants, which could potentially increase the
risk of disputes; and
•Market risk, because as a result of differences in Libor and RFR
interest rates, we are exposed to basis risk resulting from the
asymmetric adoption of rates across assets, liabilities and
products.
Mitigating actions
•Our HSBC UK Ibor transition programme, which is overseen by
the HSBC UK Chief Risk Officer, has delivered IT and
operational processes to meet its objectives.
•We carry out extensive training, communication and client
engagement to facilitate appropriate selection of new rates and
products.
•We have dedicated teams in place to support the transition.
•We actively transitioned legacy contracts and ceased new
issuance of Libor-based contracts in demised and demising
Ibors, other than those allowed under regulatory exemptions,
with associated monitoring and controls.
•We assess, monitor and dynamically manage risks arising from
Ibor transition, and implement specific mitigating controls
when required.
•We continue to actively engage with regulatory and industry
bodies to mitigate risks relating to ‘tough legacy’ contracts.
Environmental, social and governance risk
We are subject to financial and non-financial risks associated with
ESG related matters. Our current areas of focus include the
following: climate risk, nature-related risks and human rights risks.
These can impact us both directly and indirectly through our
customers and our own activities.
Focus on climate-related risk continued to increase over 2022,
owing to the pace and volume of policy and regulatory changes on
climate risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis and
disclosures. If we fail to meet evolving regulatory expectations or
requirements on climate risk management, this could have
regulatory compliance and reputational impacts. Climate change
can have an impact across HSBC UK’s risk taxonomy through
both transition risk, arising from the move to a low-carbon
economy, such as through policy, regulatory and technological
changes, and physical risk impacts due to the increasing severity
and/or frequency of severe weather or other climatic events, such
as rising sea levels and flooding, and chronic shifts in weather
patterns, which could affect our ability to conduct our day-to-day
operations.
Our most material medium to long term risks in regards to
managing climate risk relate to corporate and retail client
financing within our banking portfolio, but there are also
significant responsibilities in relation to our employee pension
plans, and we continue to monitor the impacts of climate risk, and
further embed our approach across our key risk areas and
business lines.
We have refreshed our credit risk policy to further embed climate
risk considerations into our corporate credit decisions for new
money requests. We also delivered training to select colleagues in
our Risk function to raise awareness of how climate risk is likely to
impact certain high transition risk sectors and the associated
credit risk considerations. We continue to develop guidance for
our other higher transition risk sectors. To help with risk
assessment, our developing client transition and physical risk
questionnaire is currently live across 10 sectors to improve our
understanding of the level of transition risk and physical risk
exposure.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
21
We are also focused on embedding climate considerations into our
retail credit risk management processes and have implemented
metrics to support monitoring for properties with heightened
climate-related physical risk exposure.
Transition risk efforts have focused on assessing the potential risk
to our mortgage portfolio by using current and potential energy
efficiency ratings for individual properties, sourced from property
EPC data. We are working towards improving the proportion of
properties on our book with an EPC rating of C or above, and on
improving the EPC data coverage. We have approximately 54% of
properties in our portfolio with a valid EPC certificate (dated within
the last 10 years) as at September 2022.
In addition to financial risks arising in our corporate and retail
banking portfolio, we face increased reputational, legal and
regulatory risks as we make progress towards the HSBC Group's
net zero ambition, with stakeholders likely to place a greater focus
on our actions, investment decisions and disclosures related to
this ambition. We will face greenwashing risks if we are perceived
to mislead stakeholders regarding our climate strategy, the climate
impact of a product or service, or regarding the commitments of
our customers, including within our marketing material and
campaigns. In response to this risk, we have published internal
guidance to stakeholders across our business to increase
awareness across the first and second lines of defence and our
product governance framework has been expanded to improve the
management of greenwashing risk throughout the whole product
lifecycle.
While climate risk reporting, and in particular reporting on
financed emissions, has improved over time, we continue to focus
on data quality and consistency with the development of our risk
appetite and metrics.
Climate risk may also impact on model risk as the uncertain
impacts of climate change and data limitations present challenges
to creating reliable and accurate model outputs.
Methodologies we have used may develop over time in line with
market practice and regulations, as well as developments in
climate science. Any developments in data and methodologies
could result in revisions to reported data going forward, including
on financed emissions, meaning that reported figures may not be
reconcilable or comparable year-on-year.
There is increasing evidence that a number of nature-related risks
beyond climate change, which include risks that can be
represented more broadly by impact and dependence on nature,
can and will have significant economic impact. These risks arise
when the provision of natural services, such as water availability,
air quality, and soil quality, is compromised by overpopulation,
urban development, natural habitat and ecosystem loss,
ecosystem degradation arising from economic activity and other
environmental stresses beyond climate change. They can show
themselves in various ways, including through macroeconomic,
market, credit, reputational, legal and regulatory risks, for both
HSBC UK and our customers. We continue to engage with
investors, regulators and customers on nature-related risks to
evolve our approach and understand best practice risk mitigation.
Regulation and disclosure requirements in relation to human
rights, and to modern slavery in particular, are increasing.
Businesses are expected to be transparent about their efforts to
identify and respond to the risk of negative human rights impacts
arising from their business activities and relationships.
Mitigating actions
•Our product design, management and governance processes
have been adapted to help ensure that climate risk factors are
effectively and consistently considered, including the risk of
greenwashing.
•We have enhanced and expanded the use of a Transition Risk
Questionnaire to better understand our exposure to the highest
transition risk sectors and we continue to engage with our
customers to understand and support their transition away
from high carbon activities.
•HSBC UK implements HSBC Group’s sustainability risk policies
as part of its broader reputational risk framework. We focus our
policies on sensitive sectors which may have a high adverse
impact on people or on the environment and in which we have
a significant number of customers. In December 2022, the
HSBC Group announced a revised Energy Policy and we intend
to use our deep relationships to partner with our customers in
this sector to help them transition to cleaner, safer and cheaper
energy alternatives.
•The Trustee of our employee pension plan, the HSBC Bank (UK)
Pension Scheme, manages climate risk in line with its fiduciary
duties and local regulatory requirements, with global corporate
policy encouraging consideration of ESG risks when selecting
investments. Further details of the plan’s approach to ESG risk
management is available on the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension
Scheme website, www.futurefocus.staff.hsbc.co.uk, including
information on the Trustees commitment to net zero and the
annual Taskforce on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures
statement.
•In 2021, the HSBC Group joined several industry working
groups dedicated to helping us assess, and manage, nature-
related risks, such as the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
Disclosure. We will use these outputs to assess the availability
of internal nature related data and identify opportunities to
enhance our capabilities further.
•In 2022, the HSBC Group conducted a review to refresh our
salient human rights issues, which are the human rights at risk
of the most severe negative impact through our business
activities and relationships. This review built on an earlier
review that had identified modern slavery and discrimination as
priority human rights issues. The HSBC Group incorporated
additional human rights elements into existing procurement
processes and supplier code of conduct, and we are applying
the approach being developed by the HSBC Group to inform
our own management of this risk.
•We continue to engage with our customers, investors and
regulators proactively on the management of ESG risks.
Digital currencies and disintermediation risk
Digital assets have, over the past few years, been a growing part
of the financial landscape bringing with them increased
competition and financial risk. CBDC and cryptocurrencies are the
focus of disintermediation risk as such currencies could result in a
more direct linkage between currency providers and payment
participants. CBDCs could require end users to hold accounts
directly with a central bank on a ledger retained by them
eliminating the use for intermediaries, such as HSBC UK.
However, the pilots and issued CBDCs are coalescing around
leveraging existing banking networks and infrastructure to support
any CBDC initiative.
Cryptocurrencies facilitate peer-to-peer transactions across
borders as a common means of exchange which could reduce the
requirement for foreign exchange services and payment
intermediaries. Over the past year the crypto ecosystem has seen
significant disruption with volatile prices, individual currencies
failing and contagion spreading to industry participants. 
Cryptocurrencies to date have not been seen as a replacement to
fiat currencies rather they are currently seen as a speculative
investment.
Mitigating actions
•We are involved in various initiatives and working groups
addressing any related changes within the market, including
those which the BoE has initiated.
•We are monitoring pilots, progress and industry developments
in digital assets and other aspects of decentralised finance as
they become better established and a sense of their evolution
emerges.
Report of the Directors | Risk
22
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
•HSBC UK, as part of the wider HSBC Group, is involved in
various consultations, industry initiatives and working groups
addressing any changes within the market, including those
which the BoE has initiated. The bank is taking a holistic view
of the risk across product and client segments, including
important considerations such as vulnerability and financial
inclusion.
•We will continue to monitor progress and industry
developments in digital assets and other aspects of
decentralised finance to assess the risk and impact on business
models, markets and customers.
Internally driven
People risk
Our success in delivering our strategic priorities whilst proactively
managing the regulatory and legislative environment depends on
the attraction, development, and retention of our leadership and
high-performing employees. A highly competitive UK employment
market, coupled with heightened inflationary pressures, will
continue to test our ability to attract and retain talent. We remain
focussed on supporting our employees during the cost of living
crisis.
As we embed hybrid working in HSBC UK, we continue to
concentrate on building and maintaining a high-performance
culture and employee engagement in the new environment.
Mitigating actions
•We are supporting our people during the economic downturn
with a range of financial well-being activities.
•We seek to promote a diverse and inclusive workforce and
provide support across a wide range of health and well-being
activities. We continue to build our speak-up culture through
active campaigns.
•We monitor hiring activities and levels of employee attrition, to
ensure effective hiring and forecasting to meet business
demands.
•We develop succession plans for key management roles, with
oversight from the HSBC UK Executive Committee.
•We monitor people risks that could arise due to organisational
restructuring to help ensure that we sensitively manage
redundancies and support impacted employees. We encourage
our people leaders to focus on talent retention at all levels, with
an empathetic mindset and approach, while ensuring the whole
proposition of working at HSBC UK is well understood. Our
Future Skills curriculum provide skills that will help to enable
employees and HSBC UK to be successful in the future.
•Political, legislative and regulatory challenges are closely
monitored to minimise any impact on our employment
practices or the attraction and retention of talent and key
performers.
IT systems infrastructure and operational resilience
We operate an extensive and complex technology landscape,
which must remain resilient in order to support customers. Risks
arise where technology is not understood, maintained, or
developed appropriately. We remain committed to investing in the
reliability and resilience of our IT systems and critical services. We
do so in order to protect our customers and colleagues to help
prevent disruption to services that could result in reputational,
legal and regulatory consequences. Increased pressure has been
seen on our business operations and customer support centres as
our people, processes and systems have responded to meet the
current economic environment.
HSBC UK’s strategy includes simplification of our technology
estate to reduce complexity and costs; this includes consolidation
of our core banking systems onto a single strategic platform. The
target state will leverage existing and known technology, and will
be simpler and easier to maintain. However, as with any strategic
transformation programme risks associated with implementation
must be managed continuously.
Mitigating actions
•We continue to invest in transforming how software solutions
are developed, delivered and maintained, with a particular
focus on providing high-quality, stable and secure services. We
continue to concentrate on our system resilience and service
continuity by aiming to enhance the security features of our
software development life cycle and improve our testing
processes and tools.
•We continue to upgrade many of our IT systems, simplify our
service provisions and replace older IT infrastructure and
applications. With increased pressure on our business
operations, additional management attention is being focused
on ensuring that high service standards are consistently being
maintained.
Model risk
Model risk arises whenever business decision making includes
reliance on models. We use models in both financial and non-
financial contexts, as well as in a range of business applications
such as customer selection, product pricing, financial crime
transaction monitoring, creditworthiness evaluation and financial
reporting.
Assessing model performance is a continuous undertaking.
Models can need redevelopment as market conditions change.
Significant increases in inflation and interest rates which impact
the cost of living in the UK, may impact the reliability and accuracy
of credit risk models which need close monitoring, with
recalibration or redevelopment of these models, if required.
We continued to prioritise the redevelopment of IRB models as
part of the IRB repair and Basel III programmes with a key focus
on enhancing the quality of data used as model inputs. A number
of these models have been submitted to the PRA for feedback and
approval is in progress.
Mitigating actions
•We have continued to embed the enhanced monitoring, review
and challenge of expected loss model performance through our
Model Risk Management function as part of a broader quarterly
process to determine loss levels. The Model Risk Management
team aims to provide effective review and challenge of any
future redevelopment of these models.
•Model Risk Management works closely with businesses to
ensure that models in development meet the risk management,
pricing and capital management needs. Global Internal Audit
provides assurance over the risk management framework for
models.
•Additional oversight and challenge is performed by Model Risk
Management as the second line of defence. The team tests
whether controls implemented by model users comply with
model risk policy and if model risk standards are adequate.
•We further embedded our Risk Appetite measures focused on
forward looking model risk supported by upgrades to the
Model Inventory System to provide more granular
measurement and management of model risk for multiple
applications of a single model.
•We continue to strengthen model risk controls through the Risk
Control Assessment process; and the lines of business and
functions test these controls to better assess and understand
model risk.
Financial crime and fraud risk
Financial institutions remain under considerable regulatory
scrutiny regarding their ability to detect and prevent financial
crime which continues to evolve. Challenges include implementing
the unprecedented volume and diverse set of sanctions, notably as
a result of the Russia-Ukraine war.
Amid rising inflation and increasing cost of living pressures, we
face increasing regulatory expectations with respect to the
management of internal and external fraud and the abuse of
vulnerable customers for financial crime.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
23
The digitisation of financial services continues to have an impact
on the payments ecosystem, with an increasing number of new
market entrants and payment mechanisms, not all of which are
subject to the same level of regulatory scrutiny and requirements
as banks. This presents ongoing challenges in terms of
maintaining required levels of payment transparency, notably
where banks serve as intermediaries. Developments around digital
assets and currencies have continued at pace, with an increasing
regulatory and enforcement focus on the financial crimes linked to
these types of assets.
Expectations with respect to the intersection of ESG issues and
financial crime as our organisation, customers and suppliers
transition to net zero, continue to increase. 
We also continue to face increasing challenges presented by
national data privacy requirements, which may affect our ability to
manage financial crime risks holistically and effectively.
Mitigating actions
•We seek to manage sanctions and trade restrictions through
the use of, and enhancements to, our existing controls.
•We continue to strengthen the first party lending fraud
framework, updated our fraud policy and associated control
library, and continued to invest in new fraud detection
technologies.
•We look at the impact of a rapidly changing payments
ecosystem as well as risks associated with direct and indirect
exposure to digital assets and currencies in an effort to ensure
our financial crime controls remain appropriate.
•We engage with regulators, policymakers and relevant
international bodies to address data privacy challenges through
international standards, guidance, and legislation.
Conduct and customer detriment
We seek to regularly enhance our management of conduct,
learning from the past, including supporting our people in their
management of potentially vulnerable customers, product
governance arrangements, and encouraging our ‘Speak Up’
culture. At the forefront of current conduct risk considerations is
delivering good outcomes for customers, particularly those who
are vulnerable. We seek to achieve good customer outcomes in all
circumstances.
Mitigating actions
•We aim to service our customers' ongoing needs and continue
to champion a strong conduct and customer-focused culture,
by providing support to our customers facing financial
difficulties, particularly in light of the current cost of living crisis
in the UK.
•We continue to deliver our dedicated programme that is
focused on the implementation of Consumer Duty
requirements.
•We have implemented a new purpose-led conduct approach,
making conduct easier to understand, setting outcomes to be
achieved for our customers and recognising cultural and
behavioural drivers of good conduct outcomes.
•We focus on the effectiveness of HSBC UK's conduct
governance, to help promote visibility and read across of
conduct issues in all business lines and the efficient, and
consistent escalation of issues.
•We have delivered our annual mandatory training course on
conduct to reinforce the importance of conduct for all
colleagues.
•We continue to provide bespoke training to our Compliance
colleagues to help promote an environment in which
employees are encouraged, feel safe to speak up and know of
all the channels that are available to them to do so.
•We have continued the integration of Climate Risk into the Risk
Management framework to recognise the importance of
strengthened controls and oversight for our related activities.
Data risk
We use multiple systems and growing quantities of data to
support our customers. Risk arises if data is incorrect, unavailable,
misused, or unprotected. Along with other banks and financial
institutions, we need to meet the increasing external regulatory
obligations and laws that cover data, such as the UK General Data
Protection Regulation and the Basel Committee for Banking
Supervision’s 239 guidelines.
Mitigating actions
•Through our global data management framework, we
proactively monitor the quality, availability and security of data
that supports our customers and internal processes. We work
towards resolving any identified data issues in a timely manner.
•We have made improvements to our data policies. We are
implementing an updated control framework to enhance the
end-to-end management of data risk.
•We aim to protect customer data through our data privacy
framework, which establishes practices, design principles and
guidelines that enable us to demonstrate compliance with data
privacy laws and regulations.
•We continue to modernise our data and analytics infrastructure
through investments in Cloud technology, data visualisation,
machine learning and artificial intelligence.
•We educate our employees on data risk and data management.
We delivered regular mandatory training on how to protect and
manage data appropriately.
Third-party risk
We use third parties to provide a range of goods and services.
Risks arising from the use of third-party providers and their supply
chain may be harder to identify. It is critical that we ensure we
have appropriate risk management policies, processes and
practices over the selection, governance and oversight of third
parties and their supply chain, particularly for key activities that
could affect our operational resilience. Any deficiency in the
management of risks associated with our third parties could affect
our ability to support our customers and meet regulatory
expectations.
Mitigating actions
•We have enhanced our control framework for the use of third-
party providers to help ensure that the risks associated with
these arrangements are understood and managed effectively
by our businesses and functions across HSBC UK. 
•We continue to enhance the effective management of our intra-
group arrangements as we have for external third-party
arrangements using the same control standards.
•We are implementing the changes required by new regulations
as set by our regulators.
Execution risk
We have continued investment in strategic change to support the
delivery of our strategic priorities and regulatory commitments.
This requires robust management of significant resource-intensive
and time-sensitive programmes that are due to be executed in
2023. Risks arising from the magnitude and complexity of change
planned in 2023 may include regulatory censure, reputational
damage and/or financial losses.
Mitigating actions
•Change execution risk was added to our risk taxonomy and
control library in 2022, so that the risk can be defined,
managed, reported and overseen in the same way as HSBC
UK's other material risks.
•The Transformation Oversight Executive Committee oversees
the prioritisation, strategic alignment and management of
execution risk for all change portfolios and initiatives in HSBC
UK.
Report of the Directors | Risk
24
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Our material banking risks
The material risk types associated with our banking operations are described in the following tables.
Description of risks – banking operations
Risks
Arising from
Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Credit risk (see page 26)
The risk of financial loss if a
customer or counterparty fails to
meet an obligation under a contract.
Credit risk arises principally
from direct lending, trade
finance and leasing business,
but also from certain other
products such as guarantees
and derivatives.
Credit risk is:
•measured as the amount that could be lost if a customer or counterparty fails to
make repayments;
•monitored using various internal risk management measures and within limits
approved by individuals within a framework of delegated authorities; and
•managed through a robust risk control framework that outlines clear and
consistent policies, principles and guidance for risk managers.
Treasury risk (see page 55)
The risk of having insufficient capital,
liquidity or funding resources to
meet financial obligations and satisfy
regulatory requirements, including
the risk of adverse impact on
earnings or capital due to structural
foreign exchange exposures and
changes in market interest rates, and
including the financial risks arising
from historic and current provision of
pensions and other post-
employment benefits to staff and
their dependants.
Treasury risk arises from
changes to the respective
resources and risk profiles
driven by customer behaviour,
management decisions or the
external environment.
Treasury risk is:
•measured through appetites set as target and ratios; 
•monitored and projected through appetites and using stress and scenario
testing;  and
•managed through control resources in conjunction with risk profiles and
cashflows.
Market risk (see page 61)
The risk that movements in market
factors, including but not limited to
interest rates, credit spreads and
foreign exchange rates will reduce
our income or the value of our
portfolios.
Exposure to market risk is
separated into two portfolios:
•trading portfolios; and
•non-trading portfolios.
Market risk is:
•measured using sensitivities, value at risk and stress testing, giving a detailed
picture of potential gains and losses for a range of market movements and
scenarios, as well as tail risks over specified time horizons;
•monitored using VaR sensitivities, stress testing and other measures, including
the sensitivity of net interest income and the sensitivity of structural foreign
exchange; and
•managed using risk limits approved by the Risk Management Meeting.
Climate risk (see page 62)
Climate risk relates to the financial
and non-financial impacts that may
arise as a result of climate change
and the move to a greener economy.
Climate risk can materialise
through:
•physical risk, which arises
from the increased
frequency and severity of
weather events;
•transition risk, which arises
from the process of moving
to a low-carbon economy;
and
•greenwashing risk, which
arises from the act of
knowingly or unknowingly
misleading stakeholders
regarding our strategy
relating to climate, the
climate impact/benefit of a
product or service, or the
climate commitments or
performance of our
customers.
Climate risk is:
•measured using a variety of risk appetite metrics and Key Management
Indicators, which assess the impact of climate risk across the risk taxonomy;
•monitored using stress testing; and
•managed through adherence to risk appetite thresholds and via specific policies.
Resilience risk (see page 62)
Resilience risk is the risk that we are
unable to provide critical services to
our customers, affiliates, and
counterparties as a result of
sustained and significant operational
disruption.
Resilience risk arises from
failures or inadequacies in
processes, people, systems or
external events. These may be
driven by rapid technological
innovation, changing
behaviours of our consumers,
cyber threats and attacks,
cross border dependencies,
and third party relationships.
Resilience risk is:
•measured through a range of metrics with defined maximum acceptable impact
tolerances and against our agreed risk appetite; 
•monitored through oversight of enterprise processes, risks, controls and
strategic change programmes; and
•managed by continuous monitoring and thematic review.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
25
Description of risks – banking operations (continued)
Risks
Arising from
Measurement, monitoring and management of risk
Regulatory compliance risk (see page 63)
Regulatory compliance risk is the
risk associated with breaching our
duty to clients and other
counterparties, inappropriate market
conduct and breaching related
financial services regulatory
standards.
Regulatory compliance risk
arises from the failure to
observe the letter and spirit of
relevant laws, codes, rules,
regulations and standards of
good practice. This could result
in poor market or customer
outcomes leading to fines,
penalties and reputational
damage to our business.
Regulatory compliance risk is:
•measured by reference to risk appetite, identified metrics, incident assessments,
regulatory feedback and the judgement and assessment of our regulatory
compliance teams;
•monitored against the first line of defence risk and control assessments, the
results of the monitoring and control assurance activities of the second line of
defence functions, and the results of internal and external audits and regulatory
inspections; and
•managed by establishing and communicating appropriate policies and
procedures, training employees in them and monitoring activity to help ensure
their observance. Proactive risk control and/or remediation work is undertaken
where required.
Financial crime risk (see page 64)
Financial crime risk is the risk of
knowingly or unknowingly helping
parties to commit or to further
potentially illegal activity through
HSBC UK, including money
laundering, fraud, bribery and
corruption, tax evasion, sanctions
breaches, and terrorist and
proliferation financing.
Financial crime risk arises from
day-to-day banking operations
involving customers, third
parties and employees.
Financial crime risk is:
•measured by reference to risk appetite, identified metrics, incident assessments,
regulatory feedback and the judgement of, and assessment by, our compliance
teams;
•monitored against the first line of defence risk and control assessments, the
results of the monitoring and control assurance activities of the second line of
defence functions, and the results of internal and external audits and regulatory
inspections; and
•managed by establishing and communicating appropriate policies and
procedures, training employees in them and monitoring activity to help ensure
their observance. Proactive risk control and/or remediation work is undertaken
where required.
Model risk (see page 64)
Model risk is the potential for
adverse consequences from
business decisions informed by
models, which can be exacerbated
by errors in methodology, design or
the way they are used.
Model risk arises in both
financial and non-financial
contexts whenever business
decision making includes
reliance on models. 
Model risk is:
•measured by reference to model performance tracking and the output of
detailed technical reviews, with key metrics including model review statuses
and findings;
•monitored against model risk appetite statements, insight from the independent
review function, feedback from internal and external audits, and regulatory
reviews;
•managed by creating and communicating appropriate policies, procedures and
guidance, training employees in their application, and supervising their adoption
to ensure operational effectiveness.
Credit risk
Overview
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty
fails to meet a payment obligation under a contract. Credit risk
arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing
business, but also from other products such as guarantees and
credit derivatives.
Credit risk management
(Audited)
The principal objectives of our credit risk management are:
•to maintain across HSBC UK a strong culture of responsible
lending and a robust risk policy and control framework;
•to both partner and challenge the businesses in defining,
implementing, and continually re-evaluating our risk appetite
under actual and scenario conditions; and
•to ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks,
their costs and their mitigation.
Within HSBC UK, the Credit Risk function is headed by the Chief
Risk Officer who reports to the Chief Executive Officer, with a
functional reporting line to the Group Chief Risk Officer.
Its responsibilities are:
•to formulate credit policy. Compliance, subject to approved
dispensations, is mandatory for all operating companies which
must develop local credit policies consistent with group policies
that closely reflect HSBC Group policy;
•to guide operating companies on the group’s appetite for credit
risk exposure to specified market sectors, activities and
banking products and controlling exposures to certain higher-
risk sectors;
•to undertake an independent review and objective assessment
of risk. Credit risk assesses all credit facilities and exposures
over designated limits, prior to the facilities being committed to
customers or transactions being undertaken;
•to monitor the performance and management of portfolios
across the group;
•to control exposure to sovereign entities, banks and other
financial institutions, as well as debt securities which are not
held solely for the purpose of trading;
•to set policy on large credit exposures, ensuring that
concentrations of exposure by counterparty, sector or
geography do not become excessive in relation to the group’s
capital base, and remain within internal and regulatory limits;
•to maintain and develop the risk rating framework, systems and
models through appropriate governance;
•to report on retail portfolio performance, high risk portfolios,
risk concentrations, large impaired accounts, impairment
allowances and stress testing results and recommendations to
HSBC UK's RMM, Risk Committee and Board; and to act on
behalf of the group as the primary interface, for credit-related
issues, with the BoE, the PRA, the FCA, rating agencies,
analysts and counterparts in major banks and non-bank
financial institutions.
Concentration of credit risk exposure
(Audited)
Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of
counterparties or exposures have comparable economic
characteristics, or are engaged in similar activities, or operate in
the same geographical areas/industry sectors, so that their
Report of the Directors | Risk
26
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly
affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions.
A number of controls and measures are used to minimise undue
concentration of exposure in the portfolios across industry,
country and customer groups. These include portfolio and
counterparty limits, approval and review controls, and stress
testing.
Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)
Our risk rating system facilitates the internal ratings-based
approach under the Basel framework adopted by the group to
support the calculation of our minimum credit regulatory capital
requirement.
The five credit quality classifications each encompass a range of
granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and
retail lending businesses, and the external ratings attributed by
external agencies to debt securities.
For debt securities and certain other financial instruments, external
ratings have been aligned to the five quality classifications based
upon the mapping of related CRR to external credit rating.
Wholesale lending
The CRR 10-grade scale summarises a more granular underlying
23-grade scale of obligor PD. All corporate customers are rated
using the 10- or 23-grade scale, depending on the degree of
sophistication of the Basel approach adopted for the exposure.
Each CRR band is associated with an external rating grade by
reference to long-run default rates for that grade, represented by
the average of issuer-weighted historical default rates. This
mapping between internal and external ratings is indicative and
may vary over time.
Retail lending
Retail lending credit quality is based on a 12-month point-in-time
probability-weighted PD.
Credit quality classification
Debt securities
and other bills
Wholesale
lending
Retail
lending
External
credit rating
Internal
credit rating
12-month Basel
probability of
default %
Internal
credit rating
12-month
probability-
weighted PD %
Quality classification1,2
Strong
A- and above
CRR1 to CRR2
0.000–0.169
Band 1 and 2
0.000–0.500
Good
BBB+ to BBB-
CRR3
0.170–0.740
Band 3
0.501–1.500
Satisfactory
BB+ to B and
unrated
CRR4 to CRR5
0.741–4.914
Band 4 and 5
1.501–20.000
Sub-standard
B- to C
CRR6 to CRR8
4.915–99.999
Band 6
20.001–99.999
Credit-impaired
Default
CRR9 to CRR10
100.000
Band 7
100.000
1 Customer risk rating.
212-month point-in-time probability-weighted probability of default.
Quality classification definitions
•‘Strong’ exposures demonstrate a strong capacity to meet financial commitments, with negligible or low probability of default.
•‘Good’ exposures demonstrate a good capacity to meet financial commitments, with low default risk.
•‘Satisfactory’ exposures require closer monitoring and demonstrate an average to fair capacity to meet financial commitments, with moderate default 
risk.
•‘Sub-standard’ exposures require varying degrees of special attention and default risk is of greater concern.
•‘Credit-impaired’ exposures have been assessed as described on Note 1.2(g) on the financial statements.
Forborne loans and advances
(Audited)
Forbearance measures consist of concessions towards an obligor
that is experiencing or about to experience difficulties in meeting
its financial commitments.
We continue to classify loans as forborne when we modify the
contractual payment terms due to having significant concerns
about the borrowers’ ability to meet contractual payments when
they were due.
In 2022, we expanded our definition of forborne to capture non-
payment-related concessions, such as covenant waivers. For our
wholesale portfolio, we began identifying non-payment-related
concessions in 2021 when our internal policies were changed. For
our retail portfolios, we began identifying them during 2022.
The comparative disclosures have been presented under the prior
definition of forborne for the wholesale and retail portfolios.
For details of our policy on forbearance, see Note 1.2(g) on the financial
statements.
Credit quality of forborne loans
For wholesale lending, where payment related forbearance
measures result in a diminished financial obligation or if there are
other indicators of impairment, the loan will be classified as credit
impaired if it is not already so classified. All facilities with a
customer, including loans that have not been modified, are
considered credit impaired following the identification of a
payment related forborne loan. For retail lending, where a material
concession has been granted, the loan will be classified as credit
impaired if it is not already so classified. In isolation, non-payment
forbearance measures may not result in the loan being classified
as credit impaired unless combined with other indicators of credit
impairment. These are classed as performing forborne loans for
both wholesale and retail lending.
Wholesale and retail lending forborne loans are classified as credit
impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a
significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash
flows, observed over a minimum one-year period, and there are no
other indicators of impairment. Any forborne loans not considered
credit impaired will remain forborne for a minimum of two years
from the date that credit impairment no longer applies. For
wholesale lending, any forbearance measures granted on any loan
already classed as forborne results in customer being classed as
credit impaired.
Forborne loans and recognition of expected credit losses
(Audited)
Forborne loans expected credit loss assessments reflect the higher
rates of losses typically experienced with these types of loans
such that they are in stage 2 and stage 3. The higher rates are
more pronounced in unsecured retail lending requiring further
segmentation. For wholesale lending, forborne loans are typically
assessed individually. Credit risk ratings are intrinsic to the
impairment assessments. The individual impairment assessment
takes into account the higher risk of the future non-payment
inherent in forborne loans.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
27
Refinance risk
Personal lending
Interest only mortgages incorporate bullet payments at the point
of final maturity. To reduce refinance risk, an initial on-boarding
assessment of customers’ affordability is made on a capital
repayment basis and every customer has a credible defined
repayment strategy. Additionally, the customer is contacted 
during the mortgage term to check the status of the repayment
strategy. In situations where it is identified that a borrower is
expected not to be able to repay a bullet/balloon payment, the
customer is offered advice and options to help them repay the
loan in accordance with their loan agreement. In the event that
this is not possible, the customer will either default on the
repayment or it is likely that the bank may need to apply
forbearance to the loan. In either circumstance this gives rise to a
credit impaired event.
Wholesale lending
Many types of wholesale lending incorporate bullet/ balloon
payments at the point of final maturity; often, the intention or
assumption is that the borrower will take out a new loan to settle
the existing debt. Where this is true the term refinance risk refers
generally to the possibility that, at the point that such a repayment
is due, a borrower cannot refinance by borrowing to repay existing
debt. In situations where it is identified that a borrower is expected
not to be able either to repay a bullet/balloon payment or to be
capable of refinancing their existing debt on commercial terms
then the customer will either default on the repayment or it is
likely that the bank may need to refinance the loan on terms it
would not normally offer in the ordinary course of business. In
either circumstance this gives rise to a loss event and the loan will
be considered credit impaired.
Impairment assessment
(Audited)
For details of our impairment policies on loans and advances and
financial investments, see Note 1.2(g) on the Financial Statements.
Write-off of loans and advances
(Audited)
For details of our policy on the write-off of loans and advances,
see Note 1.2(g) on the Financial Statements.
Personal lending
Property collateral for residential mortgages is repossessed and
sold on behalf of the borrower only when the debt recovery
procedures have been unsuccessful. Any portion of the balance
not covered following the realisation of security is written-off.
Unsecured personal lending products are normally written off,
when there is no realistic prospect of full recovery.
Wholesale lending
Wholesale loans and advances are written off where normal
collection procedures have been unsuccessful to the extent that
there appears no realistic prospect of repayment. These
procedures may include a referral of the business relationship to a
debt recovery company. Debt reorganisation will be considered at
all times and may involve, in exceptional circumstances and in the
absence of any viable alternative, a partial write-off in exchange
for a commitment to repay the remaining balance.
In the event of bankruptcy or similar proceedings, write-off for
both personal and wholesale lending may occur earlier than at the
periods stated above. Collections procedures may continue after
write-off.
Credit risk in 2022
At 31 December 2022 we introduced enhancements in the SICR
approach in relation to capturing relative movements in PD. The
enhanced approach captured relative movements in PD since
origination, which resulted in a significant migration to stage 2
from loans to customers gross carrying amounts in stage 1.
The volume of stage 1 customer accounts with lower absolute
levels of credit risk who have exhibited some amount of relative
increase in PD since origination have migrated into stage 2, and
accounts originated with higher absolute levels of credit risk with
no or insignificant increases in PD since origination have been
transferred to stage 1, with no material overall change in risk.
The impact on ECL is immaterial due to the offsetting ECL impacts
of stage migrations and to the low LTV profiles applicable to these
customers.
The enhancement of the SICR approach constitutes an
improvement towards more responsive models that better reflect
the SICR since origination. This includes consideration of the
current cost of living pressures, as markets adjust to the higher
interest-rate environment.
For our retail portfolios, we adopted the EBA ‘Guidelines on the
application of definition of default’ during 2022 and, for our
wholesale portfolios, these guidelines were adopted during 2021.
Adoption of these guidelines did not have a material impact on our
portfolios and comparative disclosures have not been restated.
More detailed analysis of ECL can be found on pages 33 to 54.
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding credit
risk is set out on pages 26 to 27.
Climate risk
Our climate scenarios
In 2022, we have considered four bespoke scenarios that were
designed to articulate our view of the range of potential outcomes
for global climate change. In our climate scenario analysis, we
consider, separately: transition risk arising from the process of
moving to a net zero economy, including changes in policy,
technology, consumer behaviour and stakeholder perception,
which will each impact borrowers’ operating income, financing
requirements and asset values; and physical risk arising from the
increased frequency and severity of weather events, such as
hurricanes and floods, or chronic shifts in weather patterns, which
will each impact property values, repair costs and lead to business
interruptions.
These scenarios, which reflect different levels of physical and
transition risk and are varied by severity and probability, were: the
Net Zero scenario, which aligns to the HSBC Group ambition to
transition to net zero and is consistent with the Paris Agreement;
the Current Commitments scenario, which assumes that climate
action is limited to the current governmental commitments and
pledges; the Downside Transition Risk scenario, which assumes
that climate action is delayed until 2030; and the Downside
Physical Risk scenario, which assumes climate action is limited to
current governmental policies.
We consider our Current Commitments scenario as the most likely
scenario to transpire over the next five years. Under the Current
Commitments scenario, we expect immaterial levels of losses
relating to transition risks. However, the rise in global warming will
lead to increasing levels of physical risk losses in later years.
Based on this scenario the potential impact on expected credit
losses is not considered material over the next five years, as the
impacts of climate risk will emerge later in the following decades.
Report of the Directors | Risk
28
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Summary of credit risk
The disclosure below presents the gross carrying/nominal amount
of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in
IFRS 9 are applied and the associated allowance for ECL.
The following table provides an overview of the group and bank's
credit risk exposure. As the majority of the group's financial
instruments are held by the bank, the remaining IFRS 7 credit
disclosures are provided on a group only basis.
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied
(Audited)
The group
At 31 Dec 2022
At 31 Dec 2021
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance for
ECL1
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance for
ECL1
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
206,055
(1,912)
197,381
(1,855)
–  personal
138,626
(872)
131,318
(767)
–  corporate and commercial
64,955
(1,035)
63,927
(1,085)
–  non-bank financial institutions
2,474
(5)
2,136
(3)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
6,359
(2)
1,914
—
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
109,137
(5)
122,133
(1)
–  cash and balances at central banks
94,407
—
112,478
—
–  items in the course of collection from other banks
353
—
299
—
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
—
7,988
—
–  financial investments
5,160
—
—
—
–  prepayments, accrued income and other assets2
1,811
(5)
1,368
(1)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet
321,551
(1,919)
321,428
(1,856)
Loans and other credit related commitments
67,628
(91)
67,394
(73)
–  personal
42,059
(9)
39,889
(9)
–  corporate and commercial
24,669
(82)
26,843
(64)
–  non-bank financial institutions
900
—
662
—
Financial guarantees
1,148
(6)
1,102
(3)
–  personal
342
—
317
—
–  corporate and commercial
518
(6)
490
(2)
–  non-bank financial institutions
288
—
295
(1)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet3
68,776
(97)
68,496
(76)
390,327
(2,016)
389,924
(1,932)
Fair value
Memorandum
allowance
for ECL4
Fair value
Memorandum
allowance for
ECL4
£m
£m
£m
£m
Debt instruments measured at 'FVOCI'
10,932
(1)
14,377
(2)
1The total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial
asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
2Includes only those financial instruments that are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9. ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other
assets’ as presented within the consolidated balance sheet on page 81 includes both financial and non-financial assets.
3Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
4Debt instruments measured at FVOCI continue to be measured at fair value with the allowance for ECL as a memorandum item. Change in ECL is
recognised in ‘Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges’ in the income statement.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
29
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied (continued)
(Audited)
At 31 Dec 2022
At 31 Dec 2021
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance for
ECL1
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
Allowance for
ECL1
The bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
201,389
(1,723)
192,880
(1,672)
–  personal
135,110
(742)
128,069
(667)
–  corporate and commercial
55,681
(976)
55,892
(1,002)
–  non-bank financial institutions
10,598
(5)
8,919
(3)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
9,306
(2)
4,405
—
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
108,967
(5)
121,966
(1)
–  cash and balances at central banks
94,407
—
112,477
—
–  items in the course of collection from other banks
154
—
132
—
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
—
7,988
—
–  financial investments
5,160
—
—
—
–  prepayments, accrued income and other assets2
1,840
(5)
1,369
(1)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet
319,662
(1,730)
319,251
(1,673)
Loans and other credit related commitments
54,324
(88)
53,687
(71)
–  personal
31,527
(8)
29,223
(7)
–  corporate and commercial
21,916
(80)
23,887
(64)
–  non-bank financial institutions
881
—
577
—
Financial guarantees
1,148
(6)
1,102
(3)
–  personal
342
—
317
—
–  corporate and commercial
518
(6)
490
(2)
–  non-bank financial institutions
288
—
295
(1)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet3
55,472
(94)
54,789
(74)
375,134
(1,824)
374,040
(1,747)
Fair value
Memorandum
allowance
for ECL4
Fair value
Memorandum
allowance for
ECL4
£m
£m
£m
£m
Debt instruments measured at 'FVOCI'
10,932
(1)
14,377
(2)
1The total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial
asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
2Includes only those financial instruments that are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9. 'Prepayments, accrued income and other
assets' as presented within the bank's balance sheet on page 84 includes both financial and non-financial assets.
3Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
4Debt instruments measured at FVOCI continue to be measured at fair value with the allowance for ECL as a memorandum item. Change in ECL is
recognised in ‘Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges’ in the income statement.
The following table provides an overview of the group’s credit risk
by stage and industry, and the associated ECL coverage. The
financial assets recorded in each stage have the following
characteristics:
•Stage 1: These financial assets are unimpaired and without
significant increase in credit risk on which a 12-month
allowance for ECL is recognised.
•Stage 2: a significant increase in credit risk has been
experienced on these financial assets since initial recognition
for which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
•Stage 3: There is objective evidence of impairment, and the
financial assets are therefore considered to be in default or
otherwise credit-impaired on which a lifetime ECL is
recognised.
•POCI: Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a
deep discount are seen to reflect the incurred credit losses on
which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
Report of the Directors | Risk
30
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2022
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
%
Loans and
advances to
customers at
amortised cost
154,818
46,693
4,521
23
206,055
(248)
(941)
(722)
(1)
(1,912)
0.2
2.0
16.0
4.3
0.9
–  personal
106,745
31,041
840
—
138,626
(112)
(571)
(189)
—
(872)
0.1
1.8
22.5
—
0.6
–  corporate and
commercial
45,739
15,520
3,673
23
64,955
(134)
(368)
(532)
(1)
(1,035)
0.3
2.4
14.5
4.3
1.6
–  non-bank
financial
institutions
2,334
132
8
—
2,474
(2)
(2)
(1)
—
(5)
0.1
1.5
12.5
—
0.2
Loans and
advances to
banks at
amortised cost
6,354
1
4
—
6,359
—
—
(2)
—
(2)
—
—
50.0
—
—
Other financial
assets measured
at amortised
cost
108,987
126
24
—
109,137
—
(1)
(4)
—
(5)
—
0.8
16.7
—
—
Loan and other
credit-related
commitments
62,581
4,806
241
—
67,628
(29)
(37)
(25)
—
(91)
—
0.8
10.4
—
0.1
–  personal
41,614
358
87
—
42,059
(9)
—
—
—
(9)
—
—
—
—
—
–  corporate and
commercial
20,120
4,395
154
—
24,669
(20)
(37)
(25)
—
(82)
0.1
0.8
16.2
—
0.3
–  financial
847
53
—
—
900
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Financial
guarantee and
similar contracts
983
147
18
—
1,148
—
—
(6)
—
(6)
—
—
33.3
—
0.5
–  personal
335
7
—
—
342
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  corporate and
commercial
407
93
18
—
518
—
—
(6)
—
(6)
—
—
33.3
—
1.2
–  financial
241
47
—
—
288
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec
2022
333,723
51,773
4,808
23
390,327
(277)
(979)
(759)
(1)
(2,016)
0.1
1.9
15.8
4.3
0.5
1Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
Unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are
deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when
they are 30 days past due and are transferred from Stage 1 to
Stage 2. The following disclosure presents the ageing of Stage 2
financial assets. It distinguishes those assets that are classified as
Stage 2 when they are less than 30 days past due (1-29 DPD) from
those that are due to ageing and are more than 30 days past due
(30 and >DPD). Past due financial instrument are those loans
where customers have failed to make payments in accordance
with the contractual terms of their facilities.
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2022
(Audited)
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage 2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage 2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage 2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Up-to-
date1
1 to 29
DPD2
30 and >
DPD2
Up-to-
date1
1 to 29
DPD2
30 and >
DPD2
Up-to-
date1
1 to 29
DPD2
30 and >
DPD2
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Loans and advances to
customers at amortised cost:
46,693
46,050
386
257
(941)
(819)
(70)
(52)
2.0
1.8
18.1
20.2
–  personal
31,041
30,689
236
116
(571)
(465)
(61)
(45)
1.8
1.5
25.8
38.8
–  corporate and commercial
15,520
15,230
150
140
(368)
(352)
(9)
(7)
2.4
2.3
6.0
5.0
–  non-bank financial
132
131
—
1
(2)
(2)
—
—
1.5
1.5
—
—
Loans and advances to banks
at amortised cost
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other financial assets
measured at amortised cost
126
126
—
—
(1)
(1)
—
—
0.8
0.8
—
—
1  Wholesale portfolios are included under Up-to-date.
2  The days past due amounts presented above are on a contractual basis and include the benefit of any customer relief payment holidays granted.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
31
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2021 (continued)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
%
Loans and
advances to
customers at
amortised cost
174,917
18,436
4,008
20
197,381
(315)
(692)
(843)
(5)
(1,855)
0.2
3.8
21.0
25.0
0.9
–  personal
126,904
3,361
1,053
—
131,318
(122)
(353)
(292)
—
(767)
0.1
10.5
27.7
—
0.6
–  corporate and
commercial
45,957
15,000
2,950
20
63,927
(191)
(338)
(551)
(5)
(1,085)
0.4
2.3
18.7
25.0
1.7
–  non-bank
financial
institutions
2,056
75
5
—
2,136
(2)
(1)
—
—
(3)
0.1
1.3
—
—
0.1
Loans and
advances to
banks at
amortised cost
1,914
—
—
—
1,914
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other financial
assets measured
at amortised
cost
122,085
32
16
—
122,133
(1)
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
Loan and other
credit-related
commitments
63,642
3,492
260
—
67,394
(32)
(26)
(15)
—
(73)
0.1
0.7
5.8
—
0.1
–  personal
39,527
287
75
—
39,889
(8)
(1)
—
—
(9)
—
0.3
—
—
—
–  corporate and
commercial
23,524
3,134
185
—
26,843
(24)
(25)
(15)
—
(64)
0.1
0.8
8.1
—
0.2
–  financial
591
71
—
—
662
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Financial
guarantee and
similar contracts
963
123
16
—
1,102
(1)
—
(2)
—
(3)
0.1
—
12.5
—
0.3
–  personal
308
9
—
—
317
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  corporate and
commercial
393
81
16
—
490
—
—
(2)
—
(2)
—
—
12.5
—
0.4
–  financial
262
33
—
—
295
(1)
—
—
—
(1)
0.4
—
—
—
0.3
At 31 Dec 2021
363,521
22,083
4,300
20
389,924
(349)
(718)
(860)
(5)
(1,932)
0.1
3.3
20.0
25.0
0.5
1Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2021 (continued)
(Audited)
Gross  carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
ECL coverage %
Stage 2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage 2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Stage 2
of which:
of which:
of which:
Up-to-
date1
1 to 29
DPD2
30 and >
DPD2
Up-to-
date1
1 to 29
DPD2
30 and >
DPD2
Up-to-
date1
1 to 29
DPD2
30 and >
DPD2
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
%
%
%
%
Loans and advances to
customers at amortised
cost:
18,436
17,815
394
227
(692)
(616)
(42)
(34)
3.8
3.5
10.7
15.0
–  personal
3,361
3,045
210
106
(353)
(286)
(36)
(31)
10.5
9.4
17.1
29.2
–  corporate and
commercial
15,000
14,695
184
121
(338)
(329)
(6)
(3)
2.3
2.2
3.3
2.5
–  non-bank financial
institutions
75
75
—
—
(1)
(1)
—
—
1.3
1.3
—
—
Loans and advances to
banks at amortised cost
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other financial assets
measured at amortised
cost
32
32
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1  Wholesale portfolios are included under Up-to-date.
2  The days past due amounts presented above are on a contractual basis and include the benefit of any customer relief payment holidays granted.
Report of the Directors | Risk
32
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Credit exposure
Maximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)
‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table
The following table presents our maximum exposure before taking
account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such
enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). The table
excludes financial instruments whose carrying amount best represents the
net exposure to credit risk; and it excludes equity securities as they are not
subject to credit risk. For the financial assets recognised on the balance
sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount
and is net of the allowance for ECL; for financial guarantees and similar
contracts granted, it is the maximum amount that we would have to pay if
the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-
related commitments, it is generally the full amount of the committed
facilities.
The offset in the table relates to amounts where there is a legally
enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where,
as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk purposes. However, as
there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal
circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting
purposes. No offset has been applied to off-balance sheet collateral. In the
case of derivatives the offset column also includes collateral received in
cash and other financial assets.
The following table provides information on balance sheet items,
offsets, and loan and other credit-related commitments.
The offset on derivatives remains in line with the movements in
maximum exposure amounts.
Other credit risk mitigants
While not disclosed as an offset in the following ‘Maximum
exposure to credit risk’ table, other arrangements are in place
which reduce our maximum exposure to credit risk. These include
a charge over collateral on borrowers’ specific assets such as
residential properties and collateral held in the form of financial
instruments that are not held on balance sheet. See Note 22 for
further details of collateral in respect of certain loans and
advances and derivatives.
Maximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)
At 31 Dec 2022
At 31 Dec 2021
Maximum exposure
Offset
Net
Maximum exposure
Offset
Net
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost
204,143
(2,786)
201,357
195,526
(2,457)
193,069
–  personal
137,754
—
137,754
130,551
—
130,551
–  corporate and commercial
63,920
(2,752)
61,168
62,842
(2,395)
60,447
–  non-bank financial institutions
2,469
(34)
2,435
2,133
(62)
2,071
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
6,357
—
6,357
1,914
—
1,914
Other financial assets held at amortised cost
109,256
—
109,256
122,258
—
122,258
–  cash and balances at central banks
94,407
—
94,407
112,478
—
112,478
–  items in the course of collection from other banks
353
—
353
299
—
299
–  reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
—
7,406
7,988
—
7,988
–  financial investments
5,160
—
5,160
—
—
—
–  other assets
1,930
—
1,930
1,493
—
1,493
Derivatives
546
(522)
24
64
(49)
15
Total on-balance sheet exposure to credit risk
320,302
(3,308)
316,994
319,762
(2,506)
317,256
Total off-balance sheet
74,057
—
74,057
73,654
—
73,654
–  financial guarantees and similar contracts
3,665
—
3,665
3,286
—
3,286
–  loan and other credit-related commitments
70,392
—
70,392
70,368
—
70,368
Concentration of exposures
(Audited)
The diversification of our lending portfolio and our broad range of
businesses and products ensured that we did not overly depend
on any one business segment to generate growth in 2022.
Loans and advances to customers and banks held at
amortised cost
The table on page 31 analyses loans and advances by industry
sector to show any concentration of credit risk exposures.
Other financial assets held at amortised cost
Financial investments
Our holdings of government and government agency debt
securities, corporate debt securities, asset-backed securities and
other securities were spread across a range of issuers in 2022 with 
93% (2021: 95%) invested in government or government agency
debt securities.
Items in the course of collection from other banks
Settlement risk arises in any situations where a payment in cash,
securities or equities is made with the expectation of a
corresponding receipt of cash, securities or equities. Daily
settlement limits are established for counterparties to cover the
aggregate of transactions with each counterparty on any single
day.
The group substantially mitigates settlement risk on many
transactions, particularly those involving securities, by settling
through assured payment systems, or on a delivery-versus-
payment basis.
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis
of ECL estimates
(Audited)
Amid a deterioration in the economic and geopolitical
environment, management judgements and estimates continued
to be subject to a high degree of uncertainty in relation to
assessing economic scenarios for impairment allowances in 2022.
Inflation, economic contraction and high interest rates combined
with an unstable geopolitical environment and the effects of a
global supply chain disruption have contributed to elevated
degrees of uncertainty during the year.
At 31 December 2022, as a result of this uncertainty, additional
stage 1 and 2 allowances have been recognised while
management judgements and estimates continue to reflect a
degree of caution both in the selection of economic scenarios and
their weightings, and in the use of management judgemental
adjustments, described in more detail below.
The recognition and measurement of ECL involves the use of
significant judgement and estimation. We form multiple economic
scenarios based on economic forecasts, apply these assumptions
to credit risk models to estimate future credit losses, and
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
33
probability-weight the results to determine an unbiased ECL
estimate. Management judgemental adjustments are used to
address late-breaking events, data and model limitations, model
deficiencies and expert credit judgements.
At 31 December 2022, there was a reduction in management
judgemental adjustments compared with 31 December 2021.
Adjustments related to Covid-19 and for sector-specific risks were
reduced as scenarios and modelled outcomes better reflected the
key risks at 31 December 2022.
Methodology
Four economic scenarios are used to capture the current
economic environment and to articulate management’s view of
the range of potential outcomes. Scenarios produced to calculate
ECL are aligned to HSBC Group's top and emerging risks.
Three of the scenarios are drawn from consensus forecasts and
distributional estimates. The Central scenario is deemed the ‘most
likely’ scenario, and usually attracts the largest probability
weighting, while the outer scenarios represent the tails of the
distribution, which are less likely to occur. The Central scenario is
created using the average of a panel of external forecasters.
Consensus Upside and Downside scenarios are created with
reference to distributions for select markets that capture
forecasters' views of the entire range of outcomes. In the later
years of the scenarios, projections revert to long-term consensus
trend expectations. In the consensus outer scenarios, reversion to
trend expectations is done mechanically with reference to
historically observed quarterly changes in the values of
macroeconomic variables.
The fourth scenario, Downside 2, is designed to represent
management’s view of severe downside risks. It is a globally
consistent narrative-driven scenario that explores more extreme
economic outcomes than those captured by the consensus
scenarios. In this scenario, variables do not, by design, revert to
long-term trend expectations. They may instead explore alternative
states of equilibrium, where economic activity moves permanently
away from past trends.
The consensus Upside scenario is constructed to be consistent
with a 5% probability. The two Downside scenarios were given a
combined probability weighting of 35%. The Central Scenario is
assigned the remaining 60%. This weighting scheme is deemed
appropriate for the unbiased estimation of ECL in most
circumstances. However, management may depart from this
probability based scenario weighting approach when the
economic outlook is determined to be particularly uncertain and
risks are elevated.
Description of consensus economic scenarios
The economic assumptions presented in this section have been
formed by the HSBC Group with reference to external forecasts
specifically for the purpose of calculating ECL.
Global economic growth is slowing and economic forecasts in the
fourth quarter deteriorated in most markets. In North America and
Europe, high inflation and rising interest rates have reduced real
household incomes, dampening consumption and investment and
lowering growth expectations. The effect of higher interest rate
expectations and lower growth are evident in asset price
expectations, with house price forecasts, in particular, significantly
lower.
Economic forecasts are subject to a high degree of uncertainty. At
the end of 2022, risks to the economic outlook included the
persistence of inflation and the consequences that has for
monetary policy. Rapid changes to public policy also increased
forecast uncertainty. In Europe, risks relating to energy pricing and
supply security remain significant. Geopolitical risks also remain
significant and include prolonged and escalating Russia-Ukraine
war, continued differences between the US and other countries
with China over a range of economic and strategic issues and the
evolution of UK’s relationship with the EU.
The scenarios used to calculate ECL in the Annual Report and
Accounts 2022 are described below.
The consensus Central scenario
HSBC UK’s Central scenario reflects a low growth and higher
inflation environment. The scenario features an initial period of
below-trend GDP growth in most markets as inflation and tighter
monetary policy causes a squeeze on business margins and
households’ real disposable income. Growth returns to its long
term expected trend in later years as the BoE brings inflation back
to target. 
Our Central scenario assumes that inflation peaked at the end of
2022 but remains high through 2023 before moderating as energy
prices and supply chain disruptions abate. The BoE is expected to
keep interest rates elevated until inflation returns to target in 2024.
UK GDP is expected to decline by 0.8% in 2023 in the Central
scenario and the average rate of UK GDP growth is 1.1% over the
five-year forecast period.
The key features of our Central scenario are:
•Economic activity in UK continues to weaken.
•Unemployment rise moderately from historic lows as economic
activity slows. Labour markets remain fairly tight across the
UK.
•Inflation is expected to remain elevated in the UK driven by
energy and food prices. Inflation is subsequently expected to
converge back towards the BoE's target over the next two
years of the forecast.
•Policy interest rates will continue to rise in the near term but at
a slower pace. Interest rates will stay elevated but start to ease
as inflation returns to target.
The Central scenario was first created with forecasts available in
November, and reviewed continually until late December.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and
the probability assigned in the consensus Central scenario applied
at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021.
Central scenario
Average 2023 Q1–
2027 Q4
Average 2022 Q1–
2026 Q4
UK%
UK%
GDP growth rate
1.1
2.5
Unemployment
4.3
4.3
Inflation Rate
3.1
1.2
House price growth
0.4
3.5
Probability
60
60
The graph compares the Central scenario at year end 2021 with
economic expectations at the end of 2022.
GDP growth: Comparison of Central scenarios
Note: Real GDP shown as year-on-year percentage change.
Report of the Directors | Risk
34
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
The consensus Upside scenario
Compared with the consensus Central scenario, the consensus
Upside scenario features stronger recovery in economic activity in
the near term, before converging to long-run trend expectations.
The scenario is consistent with a number of key upside risk
themes. These include faster resolution of supply chain issues; a
rapid and peaceful conclusion to the Russia-Ukraine war; and
improved relations between the UK and the EU.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and
the probability assigned in the consensus Upside scenario.
Consensus Upside scenario best outcome
UK%
GDP growth rate
4.4 (4Q24)
Unemployment
3.5 (4Q23)
House price growth
4.2 (1Q23)
Inflation rate
0.7 (1Q24)
Probability
5
Note: Extreme point in the consensus Upside is ‘best outcome’ in the
scenario, for example the  highest GDP growth and the lowest
unemployment rate, in first two years of the scenario. The date on which
the extreme is reached is indicated in parenthesis. For inflation, lower
inflation is interpreted as the ‘best’ outcome.
Downside scenarios
Downside scenarios explore the intensification and crystallisation
of a number of key economic and financial risks.
High inflation and the tighter monetary policy response have
become key concerns for global growth. Supply chain disruptions
intensify, exacerbated by an escalation in the spread of Covid-19,
and rising geopolitical tensions drive inflation higher.
There also remains a risk that energy and food prices rise further
due to the Russia-Ukraine war, putting further pressure on
household budgets and firms’ costs.
The possibility of inflation expectations becoming detached from
BoE targets also remains a risk. A wage-price spiral triggered by
higher inflation and pandemic-related labour supply shortages
across could put sustained upward pressure on wages,
aggravating cost pressures and the squeeze on household real
incomes and corporate margins. In turn, it raises the risk of a more
forceful policy response from the BoE, a steeper trajectory for
interest rates and ultimately, deep economic recession.
The risks relating to Covid-19 remain are centred on the
emergence of a new variant with greater vaccine resistance that
necessitates the imposition of stringent public health policies.
The geopolitical environment also present risks, including:
•a prolonged Russia-Ukraine war with escalation beyond
Ukraine’s borders;
•the deterioration of the trading relationship between the UK
and the EU over the Northern Ireland Protocol; and
•continued differences between the US and other countries with
China, which could affect sentiment and restrict global
economic activity.
The consensus Downside scenario
In the consensus Downside scenario, economic activity is
considerably weaker compared with the Central scenario. In this
scenario, GDP growth weakens below the Central scenario,
unemployment rates rise and asset prices fall. The scenario
features a temporary supply side shock that keeps inflation higher
than the baseline, before the effects of weaker demand begin to
dominate, leading to a fall in commodity prices and to lower
inflation.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and
the probability assigned in the Consensus Downside scenario.
Consensus Downside scenario worst outcome
Worst outcome
2021–2025
UK%
GDP growth rate
(3.5) (3Q23)
Unemployment
5.8 (2Q24)
House price growth
(10.1) (2Q24)
Inflation rate (min)
(0.4) (4Q24)
Inflation rate (max)
10.8 (1Q23)
Probability
25
Note: Extreme point in the consensus Downside is 'worst outcome' in
the scenario, for example lowest GDP growth and the highest
unemployment rate, in first two years of the scenario. The date on which
the extreme is reached is indicated in parenthesis. Due to the nature of
the shock to inflation in the downside scenarios, both the lowest and the
highest points are shown in the table.
Downside 2 scenarios
The Downside 2 scenario features a deep global recession and
reflects management's view of the tail of the economic
distribution. It incorporates the crystallisation of a number of risks
simultaneously, including further escalation of the Russia-Ukraine
war, worsening of supply chain disruptions and the emergence of
a vaccine-resistant Covid-19 variant that necessitates a stringent
public health policy response.
This scenario features an initial supply-side shock that pushes up
inflation and interest rates higher. This impulse is expected to
prove short lived as a large downside demand pressure causes
commodity prices to correct sharply and global price inflation to
fall as a severe and prolonged recession takes hold.
The table below describes key macroeconomic variables and the
probability in the Downside 2 scenario.
Downside 2 scenario worst outcome
UK%
GDP growth rate
(6.9) (3Q23)
Unemployment
8.7 (2Q24)
House price growth
(22.9) (2Q24)
Inflation rate (min)
(2.3) (2Q24)
Inflation rate (max)
13.5 (2Q23)
Probability
10
Note: extreme point in Downside 2 is 'worst outcome' in the scenario,
for example lowest GDP growth and the highest unemployment rate, in
first two years of the scenario. The date on which the extreme is reached
is indicated in parenthesis. Due to the nature of the shock to inflation in
the downside scenarios, both the lowest and the highest points are
shown in the table.
Scenario weighting
In reviewing the economic conjuncture, the level of uncertainty
and risk, management has considered UK specific factors. This
has led management to assign scenario probabilities that are
tailored to its view of uncertainty.
Key consideration around uncertainty attached to the Central
scenario projections focused on:
•the risks to gas supply security in Europe and subsequent
impact on inflation and commodity prices and growth;
•further tightening of monetary policy and impact on borrowing
costs in interest rate sensitive sectors, such as housing; and
•the ongoing risks to global supply chains.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
35
In the UK, the surge in price inflation and a squeeze on household
real incomes have led to strong monetary policy responses from
the BoE. Higher interest rates have increased recession risks and
the prospects for outright decline in house prices. The UK faces
additional challenges from the rise in energy prices and
accompanying deterioration in the terms of trade. For the UK, the
consensus Upside and Central scenarios had a combined
weighting of 65%.
Following graph shows the historical and forecasted GDP growth
rate for the various economic scenarios in UK:
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The calculation of ECL under IFRS 9 involves significant
judgements, assumptions and estimates. The level of estimation
uncertainty and judgement has remained elevated since             
31 December 2021, including judgements relating to:
•the selection and weighting of economic scenarios, given
rapidly changing economic conditions and a wide distribution
of economic forecasts. There is judgement in making
assumptions about the effects of inflation and interest, global
growth, supply chain disruption; and
•estimating the economic effects of those scenarios on ECL,
particularly as the historical relationship between
macroeconomic variables and defaults might not reflect the
dynamics of current macroeconomic conditions.
How economic scenarios are reflected in ECL
calculations
Models are used to reflect economic scenarios on ECL estimates.
As described above, modelled assumptions and linkages based on
historical information could not alone produce relevant information
under the conditions experienced in 2022, and management
judgemental adjustments were still required to support modelled
outcomes.
HSBC Group have developed globally consistent methodologies
for the application of forward economic guidance into the
calculation of ECL for wholesale and retail credit risk. These
standard approaches are described below, followed by the
management judgemental adjustments made, including those to
reflect the circumstances experienced in 2022.
For our wholesale portfolios, a global methodology is used for the
estimation of the term structure of PD and LGD. For PDs, we
consider the correlation of forward economic guidance to default
rates for a particular industry in a country. For LGD calculations,
we consider the correlation of forward economic guidance to
collateral values and realisation rates for a particular country and
industry. PDs and LGDs are estimated for the entire term structure
of each instrument.
For impaired loans, LGD estimates take into account independent
recovery valuations provided by external consultants where
available or internal forecasts corresponding to anticipated
economic conditions and individual company conditions. In
estimating the ECL on impaired loans that are individually
considered not to be significant, we incorporate the forward
economic guidance proportionate to the probability-weighted
outcome and the Central scenario outcome of the performing
population.
For our retail portfolios, the impact of economic scenarios on PD is
modelled at a portfolio level. Historical relationships between
observed default rates and macroeconomic variables are
integrated into IFRS 9 ECL estimates by using economic response
models.
The impact of these scenarios on PD is modelled over a period
equal to the remaining maturity of the underlying asset or assets.
The impact on LGD is modelled for mortgage portfolios by
forecasting future LTV profiles for the remaining maturity of the
asset by using national level forecasts of the house price index and
applying the corresponding LGD expectation.
These models are based largely on historical observations and
correlations with default rates. Management judgemental
adjustments are described below.
Management judgemental adjustments
In the context of IFRS 9, management judgemental adjustments
are short-term increases or decreases to the ECL at either a
customer, segment or portfolio level to account for late breaking
events, model and data limitations and deficiencies, and expert
credit judgement applied following management review and
challenge.
This includes refining model inputs and outputs and using
adjustments to ECL based on management judgement and higher-
level quantitative analysis for impacts that are difficult to model.
The effect of management judgemental adjustments are
considered for balances and ECL when determining whether or
not a significant increase in credit risk has occurred and are
attributed or allocated to a stage as appropriate. This is in
accordance with the internal adjustments framework.
Management judgemental adjustments are reviewed under the
governance process for IFRS 9 (as detailed in the section ‘Credit
risk management’ on page 26). Review and challenge focuses on
the rationale and quantum of the adjustments with a further
review carried out by the second line of defence where significant.
For some management judgemental adjustments, internal
frameworks establish the conditions under which these
adjustments should no longer be required and as such are
considered as part of the governance process. This internal
governance process allows management judgemental
adjustments to be reviewed regularly and, where possible, to
reduce the reliance on these through model recalibration or
redevelopment, as appropriate.
The drivers of management judgemental adjustments continue to
evolve with the economic environment, and as new risks emerge.
Adjustments related to Covid-19 and for sector-specific risks were
reduced as scenarios and modelled outcomes better reflected
management expectations at 31 December 2022.
Management judgemental adjustments made in estimating the
scenario-weighted reported ECL at 31 December 2022 are set out
in the following table. 
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December
20221
Retail
Wholesale
Total
£m
£m
£m
Low-risk counterparties (banks,
sovereigns and government entities)
—
—
—
Corporate lending adjustments
—
114
114
Retail lending adjustments
130
—
130
Total
130
114
244
Report of the Directors | Risk
36
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December
20211
Retail
Wholesale
Total
£m
£m
£m
Low-risk counterparties (banks,
sovereigns and government entities)
—
3
3
Corporate lending adjustments
—
314
314
Retail lending adjustments
142
—
142
Total
142
317
459
1Management judgemental adjustments presented in the table reflect
increases or (decreases) to ECL, respectively.
At 31 December 2022, wholesale management judgemental
adjustments were an ECL increase of £114m, comprising £47m
relating to Wholesale portfolios and £67m relating to Retail SME
portfolios (31 December 2021: £317m increase including £33m
from retail SME).
•These principally reflect the outcome of management
judgements for high-risk and vulnerable sectors, supported by
credit experts’ input, portfolio risk metrics and quantitative
analyses.
•The decrease in adjustments impact relative to 31 December
2021 was mostly driven by the impact of the deterioration in
macroeconomic scenarios on modelled outcomes that has
reduced the dislocation between management expectations
and the modelled outcomes, and reduced risks in Corporate
Real Estate, particularly in relation to hotel exposures.
At 31 December 2022, retail management judgemental
adjustments were an ECL increase of £130m (31 December 2021:
£142m increase).
•Macroeconomic adjustments increased ECL by £56m           
(31 December 2021: £28m), primarily inflation-related
adjustments where inflation and interest rates result in
affordability risks were not fully captured by the modelled
output, with a number of other smaller retail lending
adjustments relating to data and models.
•Other retail lending adjustments increased ECL by £74m       
(31 December 2021: £73m). These were primarily to address
areas such as model recalibration and redevelopment, and data
limitations.
•Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments of £41m at
31 December 2021 were removed during 2022 as scenarios
stabilised.
Economic scenarios sensitivity analysis of ECL
estimates
Management considered the sensitivity of the ECL outcome
against the economic forecasts as part of the ECL governance
process by recalculating the ECL under each scenario described
above for selected portfolios, applying a 100% weighting to each
scenario in turn. The weighting is reflected in both the
determination of a significant increase in credit risk and the
measurement of the resulting ECL.
The ECL calculated for the Upside and Downside scenarios should
not be taken to represent the upper and lower limits of possible
ECL outcomes. The impact of defaults that might occur in the
future under different economic scenarios is captured by
recalculating ECL for loans at the balance sheet date.
There is a particularly high degree of estimation uncertainty in
numbers representing more severe risk scenarios when assigned a
100% weighting.
For wholesale credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis
excludes ECL and financial instruments related to defaulted (stage
3) obligors. It is generally impracticable to separate the effect of
macroeconomic factors in individual assessments of obligors in
default. The measurement of stage 3 ECL is relatively more
sensitive to credit factors specific to the obligor than future
economic scenarios, and loans to defaulted obligors are a small
portion of the overall wholesale lending exposure, even if
representing the majority of the allowance for ECL. Therefore, the
sensitivity analysis to macroeconomic scenarios does not capture
the residual estimation risk arising from wholesale stage 3
exposures. Due to the range and specificity of the credit factors to
which the ECL is sensitive, it is not possible to provide a
meaningful alternative sensitivity analysis for a consistent set of
risks across all defaulted obligors.
For retail credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis includes
ECL for loans and advances to customers related to defaulted
obligors. This is because the retail ECL for secured mortgage
portfolios including loans in all stages is sensitive to
macroeconomic variables.
Wholesale and retail sensitivity analysis
The wholesale and retail sensitivity analysis is stated inclusive of
management judgemental adjustments, as appropriate to each
scenario. The results tables exclude small portfolios, and as such
cannot be directly compared to personal and wholesale lending
presented in other credit risk tables. Additionally, in both the
wholesale and retail analysis, the comparative period results for
Downside 2 scenarios are also not directly comparable to the
current period, because they reflect different risk profiles relative
with the Consensus scenarios for the period end.
Wholesale analysis
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1,2
2022
2021
£m
£m
ECL of financial instruments subject to
significant measurement uncertainty at 31 Dec1
Reported ECL
559
584
Consensus scenarios
Central scenario
458
455
Upside scenario
354
371
Downside scenario
606
598
Downside 2 scenario
1,604
1,295
1  ECL sensitivity includes off-balance sheet financial instruments that 
are subject to significant measurement uncertainty.
2  Excludes defaulted obligors. For a detailed breakdown of performing
and non-performing wholesale portfolio exposures, see page 44.
Real estate and services sectors account for the majority of ECL
sensitivity due to higher exposure to these sectors.
Retail analysis
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
2022
2021
£m
£m
ECL of loans and advances to customers at
31 Dec
Reported ECL
860
738
Consensus scenarios
Central scenario
799
636
Upside scenario
715
562
Downside scenario
848
769
Downside 2 scenario
1,443
1,514
1ECL sensitivities exclude portfolios utilising less complex modelling
approaches.
Mortgages reflected the lowest level of ECL sensitivity across
most markets as collateral values remain resilient. Credit cards and
other unsecured lending are more sensitive to economic forecasts,
which have improved in 2022.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
37
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/
nominal amount and allowances for loans and
advances to banks and customers including loan
commitments and financial guarantees
The following disclosure provides a reconciliation by stage of the
group’s gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans
and advances to banks and customers, including loan
commitments and financial guarantees.
The transfers of financial instruments represent the impact of
stage transfers upon the gross carrying/nominal amount and
associated allowance for ECL. The net remeasurement of ECL
arising from stage transfers represents the increase or decrease
due to these transfers, for example, moving from a 12-month
(Stage 1) to a lifetime (Stage 2) ECL measurement basis. Net
remeasurement excludes the underlying CRR/PD movements of
the financial instruments transferring stage. This is captured, along
with other credit quality movements in the ‘changes in risk
parameters – credit quality’ line item.
Changes in ‘New financial assets originated or purchased’, ‘Assets
derecognised (including final repayments)’ and ‘Changes to risk
parameters – further lending/repayment’ represent the impact
from volume movements within the group’s lending portfolio.
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees1
(Audited)
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2022
240,386
(348)
22,039
(718)
4,283
(860)
20
(5)
266,728
(1,931)
Transfers of financial instruments:
(34,718)
(175)
32,900
245
1,818
(70)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
(57,652)
177
57,652
(177)
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
23,349
(337)
(23,349)
337
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to Stage 3
(638)
3
(2,125)
153
2,763
(156)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 3
223
(18)
722
(68)
(945)
86
—
—
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising
from transfer of stage
—
214
—
(264)
—
(3)
—
—
—
(53)
Changes due to modifications not
derecognised
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
New financial assets originated or
purchased
55,066
(154)
—
—
—
—
—
—
55,066
(154)
Changes to Risk parameters – further
lending/repayment
(10,027)
76
333
13
(46)
105
3
—
(9,737)
194
Changes to risk parameters – credit
quality
—
70
—
(214)
—
(449)
—
4
—
(589)
Changes to model used for ECL
calculation
—
4
—
(138)
—
12
—
—
—
(122)
Asset derecognised (including final
repayments)
(30,601)
36
(3,700)
98
(781)
20
—
—
(35,082)
154
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(490)
490
—
—
(490)
490
Credit related modifications that
resulted in derecognition
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Others2
3,850
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,850
—
At 31 Dec 2022
223,956
(277)
51,572
(978)
4,784
(755)
23
(1)
280,335
(2,011)
ECL release/(charge) for the period
246
(505)
(315)
4
(570)
Recoveries
71
Others
22
Total change in ECL for the period
(477)
Report of the Directors | Risk
38
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees1 (continued)
(Audited)
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance for
ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance for
ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2021
226,574
(559)
35,528
(1,728)
3,850
(1,091)
38
(23)
265,990
(3,401)
Transfers of financial instruments:
7,393
(717)
(8,936)
855
1,543
(138)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
(13,961)
92
13,961
(92)
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
21,731
(787)
(21,731)
787
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to Stage 3
(591)
5
(1,541)
218
2,132
(223)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from Stage 3
214
(27)
375
(58)
(589)
85
—
—
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising
from transfer of stage
—
461
—
(83)
—
(1)
—
—
—
377
Changes due to modifications not
derecognised
—
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
—
(1)
—
New financial assets originated or
purchased
46,099
(114)
—
—
—
—
—
—
46,099
(114)
Changes to Risk parameters – further
lending/ repayment
(12,643)
132
(1,305)
182
(119)
182
(18)
4
(14,085)
500
Changes to risk parameters – credit
quality
—
432
—
(66)
—
(406)
—
14
—
(26)
Changes to model used for ECL
calculation
—
(13)
—
(40)
—
—
—
—
—
(53)
Asset derecognised (including final
repayments)
(27,037)
30
(3,248)
162
(417)
21
—
—
(30,702)
213
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(573)
573
—
—
(573)
573
Credit related modifications that
resulted in derecognition
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Others
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2021
240,386
(348)
22,039
(718)
4,283
(860)
20
(5)
266,728
(1,931)
ECL release/(charge) for the period
928
155
(204)
18
897
Recoveries
100
Others
(24)
Total change in ECL for the period
973
1  The Reconciliation excludes loans and advances to other HSBC Group companies. As at 31 December 2022, these amounted to £0.5bn (2021:
£0.8bn) and were classified as Stage 1 with no ECL.
2  £3.8bn of gross carrying amounts of stage 1 loans and advances to banks, representing the balance maintained as at 30 June 2022 with the BoE
to support BACS along with Faster Payments and the cheque-processing Image Clearing System in the UK transferred to 'Loans and advances to
banks'. The corresponding balance as at 31 December 2021 was reported under ‘Cash and balances at central banks’. Comparatives have not
been restated.
Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)
We assess the credit quality of all financial instruments that are
subject to credit risk. The credit quality of financial instruments is
a-point-in-time assessment of PD, whereas Stages 1 and 2 are
determined based on relative deterioration of credit quality since
initial recognition. Accordingly, for non-credit-impaired financial
instruments there is no direct relationship between the credit
quality assessment and Stages 1 and 2, though typically the lower
credit quality bands exhibit a higher proportion in Stage 2.
The five credit quality classifications defined above each
encompass a range of granular internal credit rating grades
assigned to wholesale and retail lending businesses and the
external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities,
as shown in the table on page 27.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
39
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance
for ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satis-
factory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
In-scope for IFRS 9
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost
129,503
32,452
34,283
5,273
4,544
206,055
(1,912)
204,143
–  personal
120,776
8,640
7,397
973
840
138,626
(872)
137,754
–  corporate and commercial
7,696
23,612
25,679
4,272
3,696
64,955
(1,035)
63,920
–  non-bank financial institutions
1,031
200
1,207
28
8
2,474
(5)
2,469
Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost
6,355
—
—
—
4
6,359
(2)
6,357
Cash and balances at central banks
94,407
—
—
—
—
94,407
—
94,407
Items in the course of collection from other banks
353
—
—
—
—
353
—
353
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
—
—
—
—
7,406
—
7,406
Financial investments
5,160
—
—
—
—
5,160
—
5,160
Other assets
1,457
126
201
3
24
1,811
(5)
1,806
–  endorsements and acceptances
—
32
15
3
1
51
(2)
49
–  accrued income and other
1,457
94
186
—
23
1,760
(3)
1,757
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI1
12,384
—
—
—
—
12,384
(1)
12,383
Out-of-scope for IFRS 9
Derivatives
508
29
7
1
1
546
—
546
Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet
257,533
32,607
34,491
5,277
4,573
334,481
(1,920)
332,561
Percentage of total credit quality
77.0%
9.7%
10.3%
1.6%
1.4%
100.0%
—
—
Loan and other credit related commitments
42,289
14,141
10,407
550
241
67,628
(91)
67,537
Financial guarantees
642
186
264
38
18
1,148
(6)
1,142
In-scope: Irrecoverable loan commitments and financial
guarantees
42,931
14,327
10,671
588
259
68,776
(97)
68,679
Loan and other credit related commitments
740
1,072
923
100
20
2,855
—
2,855
Performance and other guarantees
385
889
1,137
87
32
2,530
(7)
2,523
Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and Non-financial
guarantees
1,125
1,961
2,060
187
52
5,385
(7)
5,378
Total nominal amount off balance sheet
44,056
16,288
12,731
775
311
74,161
(104)
74,057
At 31 Dec 2022
301,589
48,895
47,222
6,052
4,884
408,642
(2,024)
406,618
In-scope for IFRS 9
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost
124,378
25,978
36,519
6,478
4,028
197,381
(1,855)
195,526
–  personal
117,587
6,460
5,764
454
1,053
131,318
(767)
130,551
–  corporate and commercial
5,797
19,367
29,775
6,018
2,970
63,927
(1,085)
62,842
–  non-bank financial institutions
994
151
980
6
5
2,136
(3)
2,133
Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost
1,914
—
—
—
—
1,914
—
1,914
Cash and balances at central banks
112,478
—
—
—
—
112,478
—
112,478
Items in the course of collection from other banks
299
—
—
—
—
299
—
299
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,988
—
—
—
—
7,988
—
7,988
Financial investments
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other assets
1,085
110
156
1
16
1,368
(1)
1,367
–  endorsements and acceptances
7
52
18
1
—
78
—
78
–  accrued income and other
1,078
58
138
—
16
1,290
(1)
1,289
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI1
14,273
—
—
—
—
14,273
(2)
14,271
Out-of-scope for IFRS 9
Derivatives
53
8
3
—
—
64
—
64
Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet
262,468
26,096
36,678
6,479
4,044
335,765
(1,858)
333,907
Percentage of total credit quality
78.2%
7.8%
10.9%
1.9%
1.2%
100.0%
—
—
Loan and other credit related commitments
42,690
12,513
10,983
948
260
67,394
(73)
67,321
Financial guarantees
623
170
237
56
16
1,102
(3)
1,099
In-scope: Irrecoverable loan commitments and financial guarantees
43,313
12,683
11,220
1,004
276
68,496
(76)
68,420
Loan and other credit related commitments
553
1,198
1,167
105
24
3,047
—
3,047
Performance and other guarantees
383
677
1,029
84
19
2,192
(5)
2,187
Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and Non-financial
guarantees
936
1,875
2,196
189
43
5,239
(5)
5,234
Total nominal amount off balance sheet
44,249
14,558
13,416
1,193
319
73,735
(81)
73,654
At 31 Dec 2021
306,717
40,654
50,094
7,672
4,363
409,500
(1,939)
407,561
1For the purposes of this disclosure gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset, before adjusting for any loss
allowance. As such, the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it
excludes fair value gains and losses.
Report of the Directors | Risk
40
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance
for ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satisfactory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
129,503
32,452
34,283
5,273
4,544
206,055
(1,912)
204,143
–  Stage 1
105,529
24,826
23,794
669
—
154,818
(248)
154,570
–  Stage 2
23,974
7,626
10,489
4,604
—
46,693
(941)
45,752
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
4,521
4,521
(722)
3,799
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
23
23
(1)
22
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
6,355
—
—
—
4
6,359
(2)
6,357
–  Stage 1
6,354
—
—
—
—
6,354
—
6,354
–  Stage 2
1
—
—
—
—
1
—
1
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
4
4
(2)
2
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
108,783
126
201
3
24
109,137
(5)
109,132
–  Stage 1
108,737
105
145
—
—
108,987
—
108,987
–  Stage 2
46
21
56
3
—
126
(1)
125
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
24
24
(4)
20
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Loan and other credit-related commitments
42,289
14,141
10,407
550
241
67,628
(91)
67,537
–  Stage 1
41,874
12,551
8,030
126
—
62,581
(29)
62,552
–  Stage 2
415
1,590
2,377
424
—
4,806
(37)
4,769
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
241
241
(25)
216
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Financial guarantees
642
186
264
38
18
1,148
(6)
1,142
–  Stage 1
632
182
166
3
—
983
—
983
–  Stage 2
10
4
98
35
—
147
—
147
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
18
18
(6)
12
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2022
287,572
46,905
45,155
5,864
4,831
390,327
(2,016)
388,311
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
12,384
—
—
—
—
12,384
(1)
12,383
–  Stage 1
12,384
—
—
—
—
12,384
(1)
12,383
–  Stage 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  Stage 3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2022
12,384
—
—
—
—
12,384
(1)
12,383
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
41
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation
(continued)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amount
Allowance
for ECL
Net
Strong
Good
Satisfactory
Sub-
standard
Credit
impaired
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
124,378
25,978
36,519
6,478
4,028
197,381
(1,855)
195,526
–  stage 1
124,221
24,837
25,096
763
—
174,917
(315)
174,602
–  stage 2
157
1,141
11,423
5,715
—
18,436
(692)
17,744
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
4,008
4,008
(843)
3,165
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
20
20
(5)
15
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
1,914
—
—
—
—
1,914
—
1,914
–  stage 1
1,914
—
—
—
—
1,914
—
1,914
–  stage 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost
121,850
110
156
1
16
122,133
(1)
122,132
–  stage 1
121,850
109
126
—
—
122,085
(1)
122,084
–  stage 2
—
1
30
1
—
32
—
32
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
16
16
—
16
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Loan and other credit-related commitments
42,690
12,513
10,983
948
260
67,394
(73)
67,321
–  stage 1
42,688
12,344
8,516
94
—
63,642
(32)
63,610
–  stage 2
2
169
2,467
854
—
3,492
(26)
3,466
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
260
260
(15)
245
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Financial guarantees
623
170
237
56
16
1,102
(3)
1,099
–  stage 1
623
169
155
16
—
963
(1)
962
–  stage 2
—
1
82
40
—
123
—
123
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
16
16
(2)
14
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2021
291,455
38,771
47,895
7,483
4,320
389,924
(1,932)
387,992
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
14,273
—
—
—
—
14,273
(2)
14,271
–  stage 1
14,273
—
—
—
—
14,273
(2)
14,271
–  stage 2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  stage 3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  POCI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2021
14,273
—
—
—
—
14,273
(2)
14,271
1For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss
allowance. As such, the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it
excludes fair value gains and losses.
Credit-impaired loans
(Audited)
We determine that a financial instrument is credit-impaired and in
Stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily
whether:
•contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due
for more than 90 days;
•there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay,
such as that a concession has been granted to the borrower for
economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial
condition; and
•the loan is otherwise considered to be in default. If such
unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is
deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even 
    where regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on
180 days past due. Therefore, the definitions of credit-impaired
and default are aligned as far as possible so that Stage 3
represents all loans which are considered defaulted or
otherwise credit-impaired.
Forbearance
The following table shows the gross carrying amounts of HSBC
UK's holdings of forborne loans and advances to customers by
industry sector and by stages. Mandatory and general offer loan
modifications that are not borrower-specific, for example market-
wide customer relief programmes, have not been classified as
forborne loans.
A summary of our current policies and practices for forbearance is set out in
‘Credit risk management’ on page 26.
Report of the Directors | Risk
42
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Forborne loans and advances to customers at amortised costs by stage allocation
Performing – Forborne
Non-Performing –
Forborne
Total
Forborne
Stage 1
Stage 2
POCI
Stage 3
POCI
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Gross carrying amount
Personal
—
159
—
376
—
535
–  first lien residential mortgages
—
23
—
235
—
258
–  credit cards
—
63
—
45
—
108
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
—
73
—
96
—
169
Wholesale
—
587
—
1,032
23
1,642
–  corporate and commercial
—
587
—
1,031
23
1,641
–  non-bank financial institutions
—
—
—
1
—
1
At 31 Dec 2022
—
746
—
1,408
23
2,177
Allowance for ECL
Personal
—
(31)
—
(97)
—
(128)
–  first lien residential mortgages
—
(1)
—
(30)
—
(31)
–  credit cards
—
(13)
—
(28)
—
(41)
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
—
(17)
—
(39)
—
(56)
Wholesale
—
(21)
—
(115)
(1)
(137)
–  corporate and commercial
—
(21)
—
(115)
(1)
(137)
At 31 Dec 2022
—
(52)
—
(212)
(1)
(265)
Gross carrying amount
Personal
—
—
—
510
—
510
–  first lien residential mortgages
—
—
—
340
—
340
–  credit cards
—
—
—
105
—
105
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
—
—
—
65
—
65
Wholesale
196
79
—
1,158
20
1,453
–  corporate and commercial
196
79
—
1,158
20
1,453
–  non-bank financial institutions
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 20211
196
79
—
1,668
20
1,963
Allowance for ECL
Personal
—
—
—
(92)
—
(92)
–  first lien residential mortgages
—
—
—
(47)
—
(47)
–  credit cards
—
—
—
(27)
—
(27)
–  other personal lending which is unsecured
—
—
—
(18)
—
(18)
Wholesale
(3)
(2)
—
(122)
(5)
(132)
–  corporate and commercial
(3)
(2)
—
(122)
(5)
(132)
At 31 Dec 20211
(3)
(2)
—
(214)
(5)
(224)
1    Following the adoption of the EBA ‘Guidelines on the application of definition of default’ loans are identified as forborne and classified as either
performing or non-performing when we modify the contractual terms due to financial difficulty of the borrower both in Retail and Wholesale
lending. At 31 December 2022, we reported £746m (31 December 2021: £79m) of performing forborne loans. The increase of £667m is mainly
driven by the inclusion of non-payment related concessions in the forbearance assessment since 1 January 2022.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
43
Wholesale lending
This section provides further detail on the products in wholesale
loans and advances to customers and banks. Product granularity
is also provided by stage. Additionally, this section provides a
reconciliation of the opening 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022
closing gross carrying/nominal amounts and the associated
allowance for ECL.
Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Corporate and commercial
45,739
15,520
3,673
23
64,955
(134)
(368)
(532)
(1)
(1,035)
–  agriculture, forestry and fishing
3,018
889
152
—
4,059
(5)
(26)
(26)
—
(57)
–  mining and quarrying
507
140
34
—
681
(1)
(1)
(7)
—
(9)
–  manufacturing
6,070
1,444
420
—
7,934
(11)
(24)
(88)
—
(123)
–  electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply
942
56
1
—
999
(1)
(1)
—
—
(2)
–  water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
737
88
8
—
833
(1)
(1)
(2)
—
(4)
–  construction
2,256
898
234
—
3,388
(10)
(24)
(37)
—
(71)
–  wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and
motorcycles
5,915
5,137
837
—
11,889
(22)
(121)
(113)
—
(256)
–  transportation and storage
1,522
358
80
—
1,960
(4)
(7)
(6)
—
(17)
–  accommodation and food
3,840
2,359
341
—
6,540
(12)
(56)
(25)
—
(93)
–  publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting
1,870
435
125
23
2,453
(10)
(18)
(9)
(1)
(38)
–  real estate
8,265
2,009
551
—
10,825
(22)
(29)
(109)
—
(160)
–  professional, scientific and technical activities
3,349
378
132
—
3,859
(11)
(21)
(18)
—
(50)
–  administrative and support services
3,880
651
260
—
4,791
(8)
(17)
(34)
—
(59)
–  public administration and defence, compulsory social security
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  education
670
98
69
—
837
(3)
(3)
(17)
—
(23)
–  health and care
1,275
273
122
—
1,670
(4)
(10)
(6)
—
(20)
–  arts, entertainment and recreation
700
108
92
—
900
(3)
(4)
(27)
—
(34)
–  other services
919
199
215
—
1,333
(6)
(5)
(8)
—
(19)
–  activities of households
1
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
–  government
3
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
Non-bank financial institutions
2,334
132
8
—
2,474
(2)
(2)
(1)
—
(5)
Loans and advances to banks
6,354
1
4
—
6,359
—
—
(2)
—
(2)
At 31 Dec 2022
54,427
15,653
3,685
23
73,788
(136)
(370)
(535)
(1)
(1,042)
 
Total wholesale credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Corporate and commercial
20,527
4,488
172
—
25,187
(20)
(37)
(31)
—
(88)
Financial
1,088
100
—
—
1,188
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2022
21,615
4,588
172
—
26,375
(20)
(37)
(31)
—
(88)
Report of the Directors | Risk
44
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution (continued)
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Corporate and commercial
45,957
15,000
2,950
20
63,927
(191)
(338)
(551)
(5)
(1,085)
–  agriculture, forestry and fishing
3,476
459
149
—
4,084
(5)
(14)
(11)
—
(30)
–  mining and quarrying
402
193
71
—
666
(1)
(1)
(8)
—
(10)
–  manufacturing
5,586
1,275
209
—
7,070
(13)
(27)
(42)
—
(82)
–  electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply
480
19
1
—
500
(3)
—
—
—
(3)
–  water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation
687
42
25
—
754
(2)
(1)
(7)
—
(10)
–  construction
2,401
887
137
—
3,425
(8)
(16)
(29)
—
(53)
–  wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and
motorcycles
8,956
1,720
355
—
11,031
(17)
(25)
(99)
—
(141)
–  transportation and storage
1,376
471
82
—
1,929
(4)
(12)
(10)
—
(26)
–  accommodation and food
898
6,326
655
—
7,879
(35)
(118)
(24)
—
(177)
–  publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting
2,039
325
100
20
2,484
(21)
(19)
(47)
(5)
(92)
–  real estate
8,701
1,302
534
—
10,537
(43)
(15)
(148)
—
(206)
–  professional, scientific and technical activities
3,435
311
143
—
3,889
(9)
(14)
(18)
—
(41)
–  administrative and support services
3,624
757
190
—
4,571
(15)
(23)
(39)
—
(77)
–  public administration and defence, compulsory social security
1
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
–  education
696
123
44
—
863
(2)
(5)
(13)
—
(20)
–  health and care
1,277
397
111
—
1,785
(5)
(11)
(20)
—
(36)
–  arts, entertainment and recreation
557
216
100
—
873
(4)
(26)
(25)
—
(55)
–  other services
1,140
177
44
—
1,361
(4)
(11)
(11)
—
(26)
–  activities of households
1
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
–  assets backed securities
224
—
—
—
224
—
—
—
—
—
Non-bank financial institutions
2,056
75
5
—
2,136
(2)
(1)
—
—
(3)
Loans and advances to banks
1,914
—
—
—
1,914
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2021
49,927
15,075
2,955
20
67,977
(193)
(339)
(551)
(5)
(1,088)
Total wholesale credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution (continued)
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Corporate and commercial
23,917
3,215
201
—
27,333
(24)
(25)
(17)
—
(66)
Financial
853
104
—
—
957
(1)
—
—
—
(1)
At 31 Dec 2021
24,770
3,319
201
—
28,290
(25)
(25)
(17)
—
(67)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
45
Wholesale lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees1
(Audited)
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2022
73,650
(218)
18,378
(364)
3,156
(568)
20
(5)
95,204
(1,155)
Transfers of financial instruments
(6,143)
(113)
4,472
155
1,671
(42)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(20,060)
58
20,060
(58)
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
14,289
(160)
(14,289)
160
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(562)
3
(1,711)
66
2,273
(69)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
190
(14)
412
(13)
(602)
27
—
—
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising
from transfer of stage
—
72
—
(127)
—
(2)
—
—
—
(57)
Changes due to modifications not
derecognised
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
New financial assets originated or
purchased
14,489
(43)
—
—
—
—
—
—
14,489
(43)
Changes to risk parameters –
further lending/repayments
(665)
27
(332)
15
(159)
96
3
—
(1,153)
138
Change in risk parameters – credit
quality
—
105
—
(50)
—
(312)
—
4
—
(253)
Changes to models used for ECL
calculation
—
5
—
(53)
—
—
—
—
—
(48)
Asset derecognised (including final
repayments)
(9,919)
9
(2,352)
17
(565)
16
—
—
(12,836)
42
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(246)
246
—
—
(246)
246
Other2
3,850
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,850
—
At 31 Dec 2022
75,262
(156)
20,166
(407)
3,857
(566)
23
(1)
99,308
(1,130)
ECL release/(charge) for the period
175
(198)
(202)
4
(221)
Recoveries
7
Others
22
Total change in ECL for the
period
(192)
Report of the Directors | Risk
46
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Wholesale lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees (continued)
(Audited)
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2021
70,942
(380)
28,352
(834)
2,581
(699)
37
(23)
101,912
(1,936)
Transfers of financial instruments
5,352
(191)
(6,246)
238
894
(47)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(9,402)
52
9,402
(52)
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
14,957
(236)
(14,957)
236
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(320)
3
(891)
61
1,211
(64)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
117
(10)
200
(7)
(317)
17
—
—
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from
transfer of stage
—
105
—
(25)
—
(1)
—
—
—
79
Changes due to modifications not
derecognised
—
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
—
(1)
—
New financial assets originated or
purchased
13,368
(59)
—
—
—
—
—
—
13,368
(59)
Changes to risk parameters – further
lending/repayments
(7,196)
58
(2,064)
110
91
166
(17)
4
(9,186)
338
Change in risk parameters – credit
quality
—
253
—
181
—
(230)
—
14
—
218
Changes to models used for ECL
calculation
—
(13)
—
(40)
—
—
—
—
—
(53)
Asset derecognised (including final
repayments)
(8,816)
9
(1,664)
6
(181)
15
—
—
(10,661)
30
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(228)
228
—
—
(228)
228
Other
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec 2021
73,650
(218)
18,378
(364)
3,156
(568)
20
(5)
95,204
(1,155)
ECL release/(charge) for the period
355
232
(52)
18
553
Recoveries
12
Others
(23)
Total change in ECL for the period
542
1  The reconciliation excludes loans and advances to other HSBC Group companies. As at 31 December 2022, these amounted to £0.5bn (2021:
£0.8bn) and were classified as Stage 1 with no ECL.
2  £3.8bn of gross carrying amounts of stage 1 loans and advances to banks, representing the balance maintained as at 30 June 2022 with the BoE
to support BACS along with Faster Payments and the cheque-processing Image Clearing System in the UK transferred to 'Loans and advances to
banks'. The corresponding balance as at 31 December 2021 was reported under ‘Cash and balances at central banks’. Comparatives have not
been restated.
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate lending includes the financing of
corporate, institutional and high net worth customers who are
investing primarily in income-producing assets and, to a lesser
extent, in their construction and development. Our exposure
mainly comprises the financing of investment assets, the
redevelopment of existing stock and the augmentation of both
commercial and residential markets to support economic growth.
Commercial real estate lending
2022
2021
£m
£m
Gross loans and advances
Stage 1
9,471
9,551
Stage 2
2,293
1,855
Stage 3
583
575
POCI
—
—
At 31 Dec
12,347
11,981
–  of which: forborne loans1
178
229
Allowance for ECL
(179)
(201)
1  Forborne gross loans and advances at 31 December 2021 have not
been restated and agree with the policies and disclosures presented
in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021.
Refinance risk in commercial real estate
Commercial real estate lending tends to require the repayment of
a significant proportion of the principal at maturity. Typically, a
customer will arrange repayment through the acquisition of a new
loan to settle the existing debt. Refinance risk is the risk that a
customer, being unable to repay the debt on maturity, fails to
refinance it at commercial rates. We monitor our commercial real
estate portfolio closely, assessing indicators for signs of potential
issues with refinancing.
Commercial real estate gross loans and advances maturity
analysis
2022
2021
£m
£m
< 1 year
6,903
6,831
1-2 years
2,920
2,718
2-5 years
1,979
1,978
> 5 years
545
454
At 31 Dec
12,347
11,981
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
47
Collateral and other credit enhancement held
(Audited)
Although collateral can be an important mitigants of credit risk, it
is HSBC UK's practice to lend on the basis of the customer’s
ability to meet their obligations out of their cash flow resources
rather than rely on the value of security offered. Depending on the
customer’s standing and the type of product, facilities may be
provided unsecured.
For other lending a charge over collateral is obtained and
considered in determining the credit decision and pricing. In the
event of a default, the group may utilise the collateral as a source
of repayment.
Depending on its form, collateral can have a significant financial
effect in mitigating exposure to credit risk. Where there is
sufficient collateral, an expected credit loss is not recognised. This
is the case for reverse repurchase agreements and for certain
loans and advances to customers where the LTV is very low.
Collateral on loans and advances
Collateral held is analysed separately for commercial real estate
and for other corporate and commercial and financial (non-bank)
lending. The following tables include off-balance sheet loan
commitments, primarily undrawn credit lines.
The collateral measured in the following tables consists of fixed
first charges on real estate, and charges over cash and marketable
financial instruments. The values in the tables represent the
expected market value on an open market basis. No adjustment
has been made to the collateral for any expected costs of
recovery. Marketable securities are measured at their fair value.
Other types of collateral such as unsupported guarantees and
floating charges over the assets of a customer’s business
are not measured in the following tables. While such mitigants
have value, often providing rights in insolvency, their assignable
value is not sufficiently certain and they are therefore assigned no
value for disclosure purposes.
The LTV ratios presented are calculated by directly associating
loans and advances with the collateral that individually and
uniquely supports each facility. When collateral assets are shared
by multiple loans and advances, whether specifically or, more
generally, by way of an all monies charge, the collateral value is
pro-rated across the loans and advances protected by the
collateral.
For credit-impaired loans, the collateral values cannot be directly
compared with impairment allowances recognised. The LTV
figures use open market values with no adjustments. Impairment
allowances are calculated on a different basis, by considering
other cash flows and adjusting collateral values for costs of
realising collateral as explained further on page 90.
Commercial real estate loans and advances
The value of commercial real estate collateral is determined by
using a combination of external and internal valuations
and physical inspections.
Facilities of a working capital nature are generally not secured by a
first fixed charge, and are therefore disclosed as not collateralised.
Report of the Directors | Risk
48
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Wholesale lending: commercial real estate loans and advances
including loan commitments by level of collateral (by stage)
(Audited)
2022
2021
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
£m
%
£m
%
Stage 1
Not collateralised
4,151
0.4
4,739
0.5
Fully collateralised
7,769
0.1
8,813
0.2
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
2,305
0.2
2,923
0.2
–  51% to 75%
4,753
0.1
4,282
0.2
–  76% to 90%
375
0.2
1,175
0.2
–  91% to 100%
336
0.2
433
0.1
Partially collateralised (A):
1,588
0.1
1,412
0.1
–  collateral value on A
920
644
Total
13,508
0.2
14,964
0.3
Stage 2
Not collateralised
1,855
1.5
1,314
0.9
Fully collateralised
1,624
1.0
714
1.2
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
515
1.0
390
1.0
–  51% to 75%
981
0.9
283
1.4
–  76% to 90%
115
1.5
32
0.7
–  91% to 100%
13
0.4
9
3.9
Partially collateralised (B):
139
1.0
270
0.4
–  collateral value on B
112
165
Total
3,618
1.2
2,298
1.0
Stage 3
Not collateralised
245
35.2
301
41.9
Fully collateralised
287
5.6
240
3.6
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
44
4.5
26
2.5
–  51% to 75%
220
0.5
170
2.6
–  76% to 90%
9
20.7
8
4.0
–  91% to 100%
14
78.2
36
9.0
Partially collateralised (C):
64
29.6
72
32.8
–  collateral value on C
34
40
Total
596
20.3
613
25.8
POCI
Not collateralised
—
—
—
—
Fully collateralised
—
—
—
—
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
—
—
—
—
–  51% to 75%
—
—
—
—
–  76% to 90%
—
—
—
—
–  91% to 100%
—
—
—
—
Partially collateralised (D):
—
—
—
—
–  collateral value on D
—
—
Total
—
—
—
—
At 31 Dec
17,722
1.1
17,875
1.2
Wholesale lending: commercial real estate loans and advances
including loan commitments by level of collateral
(Audited)
2022
2021
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
£m
%
£m
%
Rated CRR/PD1 to 7
Not collateralised
5,995
0.7
6,047
0.5
Fully collateralised
9,386
0.3
9,509
0.2
Partially collateralised (A):
1,727
0.2
1,679
0.2
–  collateral value on A
1,032
805
Total
17,108
0.4
17,235
0.3
Rated CRR/PD 8
Not collateralised
11
3.8
5
45.1
Fully collateralised
7
8.3
18
24.0
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
3
6.9
10
24.5
–  51% to 75%
2
20.2
6
22.7
–  76% to 90%
—
—
—
—
–  91% to 100%
2
3.6
2
13.0
Partially collateralised (B):
—
—
4
12.1
–  collateral value on B
—
3
Total
18
6.2
27
26.3
Rated CRR/PD9 to 10
Not collateralised
245
35.2
301
41.9
Fully collateralised
287
5.6
240
3.6
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
44
4.5
26
2.5
–  51% to 75%
220
0.5
170
2.6
–  76% to 90%
9
20.7
8
4.0
–  91% to 100%
14
78.2
36
9.0
Partially collateralised (C):
64
29.6
72
32.8
–  collateral value on C
34
40
Total
596
20.3
613
25.8
At 31 Dec
17,722
1.1
17,875
1.2
.
Other corporate, commercial and financial
(non-bank) loans and advances
(Audited)
Other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans are
analysed separately in the following table. For financing activities
in other corporate and commercial lending that are not
predominantly commercial real estate-oriented, collateral value is
not strongly correlated to principal repayment performance.
Collateral values are generally refreshed when an obligor’s general
credit performance deteriorates and we have to assess the likely
performance of secondary sources of repayment should it prove
necessary to rely on them.
Accordingly, the following table reports values only for customers
with CRR 8–10, recognising that these loans and advances
generally have valuations that are comparatively recent.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
49
Wholesale lending: other corporate, commercial and financial
(non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by
level of collateral (by stage)
(Audited)
2022
2021
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
£m
%
£m
%
Stage 1
Not collateralised
41,567
0.3
42,837
0.3
Fully collateralised
11,291
0.1
10,840
0.2
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
4,108
0.1
3,163
0.2
–  51% to 75%
4,157
0.1
4,844
0.2
–  76% to 90%
1,334
0.1
1,442
0.1
–  91% to 100%
1,692
0.1
1,391
0.1
Partially collateralised (A):
5,210
0.1
6,317
0.1
–  collateral value on A
2,803
3,515
Total
58,068
0.2
59,994
0.3
Stage 2
Not collateralised
9,798
2.8
9,350
2.6
Fully collateralised
5,079
1.3
5,473
1.4
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
2,160
1.1
2,109
1.5
–  51% to 75%
2,121
1.4
2,857
1.2
–  76% to 90%
478
1.9
343
2.1
–  91% to 100%
320
1.3
164
1.6
Partially collateralised (B):
1,876
1.2
1,344
1.8
–  collateral value on B
981
690
Total
16,753
2.2
16,167
2.1
Stage 3
Not collateralised
2,466
14.1
1,533
20.0
Fully collateralised
571
4.3
819
3.0
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
143
3.5
142
4.2
–  51% to 75%
276
6.0
562
1.1
–  76% to 90%
83
0.9
69
11.5
–  91% to 100%
69
3.7
46
9.2
Partially collateralised (C):
245
25.7
200
39.0
–  collateral value on C
128
115
Total
3,282
13.3
2,552
16.0
POCI
Not collateralised
23
2.8
20
22.7
Fully collateralised
—
—
—
—
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
—
—
—
—
–  51% to 75%
—
—
—
—
–  76% to 90%
—
—
—
—
–  91% to 100%
—
—
—
—
Partially Collateralised (D):
—
—
—
—
–  collateral value on D
—
—
Total
23
2.8
20
22.7
At 31 Dec
78,126
1.2
78,733
1.2
Wholesale lending: other corporate, commercial and financial
(non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by
level of collateral rated CRR/PD 8 to 10 only
(Audited)
2022
2021
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
ECL
coverage
£m
%
£m
%
Rated CRR/PD 8
Not collateralised
189
6.2
807
4.4
Fully collateralised
57
7.9
84
13.2
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
16
4.4
28
12.7
–  51% to 75%
21
6.7
29
22.5
–  76% to 90%
18
12.4
17
5.6
–  91% to 100%
2
6.8
10
2.4
Partially collateralised (A):
20
5.8
102
8.0
–  collateral value on A
3
29
Total
266
6.5
993
5.5
Rated CRR/PD 9 to 10
Not collateralised
2,489
14.0
1,553
20.0
Fully collateralised
571
4.3
819
3.0
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
143
3.5
142
4.2
–  51% to 75%
276
6.0
562
1.1
–  76% to 90%
83
0.9
69
11.5
–  91% to 100%
69
3.7
46
9.2
Partially collateralised (B):
245
25.7
200
39.0
–  collateral value on B
128
115
Total
3,305
13.2
2,572
16.1
At 31 Dec
3,571
12.7
3,565
13.1
.
Other credit risk exposures
(Audited)
In addition to collateralised lending, other credit enhancements are
employed and methods used to mitigate credit risk arising from
financial assets. These are described in more detail below:
•Some securities issued by governments, banks and other
financial institutions benefit from additional credit
enhancement provided by government guarantees that cover
the assets;
•Debt securities issued by banks and financial institutions
include asset-backed securities and similar instruments which
are supported by underlying pools of financial assets;
•The group’s maximum exposure to credit risk includes financial
guarantees and similar contracts granted, as well as loan and
other credit-related commitments. Depending on the terms of
the arrangement, we may use additional credit mitigation if a
guarantee is called upon or a loan commitment is drawn and
subsequently defaults.
Report of the Directors | Risk
50
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Personal lending
We provide a broad range of secured and unsecured personal
lending products to meet customer needs. Personal lending
includes advances to customers for asset purchases such as
residential property where the loans are secured by the assets
being acquired. We also offer unsecured lending products such as
overdrafts, credit cards and personal loans.
At 31 December 2022, we introduced enhancements in the SICR
approach in relation to capturing relative movements in PD. The
enhanced approach captured relative movements in PD since
origination, which resulted in a significant migration to stage 2
from loans to customers gross carrying amounts in stage 1.
The volume of stage 1 customer accounts with lower absolute
levels of credit risk who have exhibited some amount of relative
increase in PD since origination have migrated into stage 2, and
accounts originated with higher absolute levels of credit risk with
no or insignificant increases in PD since origination have been
transferred back to stage 1, with no material overall change in risk.
The impact on ECL is immaterial due to the offsetting ECL impacts
of stage migrations and the low LTV profiles applicable to these
customers.
The enhancement of the SICR approach constitutes an
improvement towards more responsive models that better reflect
the SICR since origination. This includes consideration of the
current cost of living pressures, as markets adjust to the higher
interest rate environment.
The following table shows the levels of personal lending products
in the various portfolios.
Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised costs by stage distribution
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
By portfolio
First lien residential mortgages
96,757
28,200
546
125,503
(10)
(113)
(62)
(185)
–  of which: interest only (including offset)
14,979
3,637
90
18,706
(2)
(37)
(10)
(49)
Other personal lending
9,988
2,841
294
13,123
(102)
(458)
(127)
(687)
–  other
5,892
1,591
198
7,681
(56)
(187)
(73)
(316)
–  credit cards
4,096
1,250
96
5,442
(46)
(271)
(54)
(371)
At 31 Dec 2022
106,745
31,041
840
138,626
(112)
(571)
(189)
(872)
At 31 December 2022, the stage 2 personal lending balances
increased by £27.7bn to £31.0bn compared with
31 December 2021. This increase is largely due to enhancement in
the SICR approach to capture relative movements in PD since
origination and also, to a lesser extent, it takes into consideration
cost of living pressures. The modest impact on ECL is driven by a
combination of changes in PDs applied and low LTV customer
profiles.
Total personal credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 31 Dec 2022
41,949
365
87
42,401
(9)
—
—
(9)
Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised costs by stage distribution (continued)
Gross carrying amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
By portfolio
First lien residential mortgages
115,464
1,927
686
118,077
(20)
(42)
(101)
(163)
–  of which: interest only (including offset)
17,371
1,189
71
18,631
(3)
(16)
(18)
(37)
Other personal lending
11,440
1,434
367
13,241
(102)
(311)
(191)
(604)
–  other
6,199
778
245
7,222
(52)
(118)
(115)
(285)
–  credit cards
5,241
656
122
6,019
(50)
(193)
(76)
(319)
At 31 Dec 2021
126,904
3,361
1,053
131,318
(122)
(353)
(292)
(767)
Total personal credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution (continued)
Nominal amount
Allowance for ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 31 Dec 2021
39,835
296
75
40,206
(8)
(1)
—
(9)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
51
Mortgage lending
We offer a wide range of mortgage products designed to meet
customer needs, including capital repayment, interest-only and
offset mortgages. Internal credit policies prescribe the range of
acceptable residential property LTV thresholds with the maximum
upper limit for new loans set between 50% and 95%, depending
on the product type and loan amount.
We have continued to see net growth in our Mortgage business of
£7.4bn in 2022. We have maintained strong presence in the
market through 2022 while, where appropriate, strengthening our
affordability controls and credit policy to reflect the more uncertain
economic outlook.
The quality of our mortgage book remained strong, with low levels
of impairment allowances. The average LTV ratio on new lending
was 67%, compared with an estimated 50% for the overall
mortgage portfolio.
Exposure to interest-only mortgage loans
The following information is presented for the bank’s HSBC
branded interest-only mortgage loans. This excludes offset
mortgages in first direct and private banking mortgages.
At the end of 2022, the average LTV ratio of the interest-only
mortgage loans was 41%, and 99% had a LTV ratio of 75% or less.
Of the interest-only mortgage loans that expired in 2020, 83% 
were repaid within 12 months of expiry with a total of 96% being
repaid within 24 months of expiry. For those expiring during 2021, 
95% were repaid within 12 months of expiry. The increase of the
amount fully repaid within the 12 months is explained by the
extensions granted as part of the FCA guidance on helping
borrowers with maturing interest-only mortgages during the
pandemic, which reduced the repayment rates within 12 months
for cases maturing in 2022. Following the end of these extensions
in October 2021, repayment levels have now returned to levels
similar to 2019.
The exposure of interest-only mortgage loans at the end of 2022 is
£12bn and the maturity profile is as follows:
HSBC interest-only mortgage loans
£m
Expired interest-only mortgage loans1
111
Interest-only mortgage loans by maturity
–  2023
182
–  2024
178
–  2025
249
–  2026
318
–  2027–2031
2,450
–  post 2031
8,507
At 31 Dec 2022
11,995
1Includes interest-only mortgages which have reached their
contractual maturity date, but were unsettled at the end of 2022.
Exposure to offset mortgage in first direct
The offset mortgage in first direct is a flexible way for our
customers to take control of their finances. It works by grouping
together the customer’s mortgage, savings and current accounts
to off-set their credit and debit balances against their mortgage
exposure which at the end of 2022 was £4.6bn with an average
LTV ratio of 32%.
Report of the Directors | Risk
52
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Personal lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to customers
including loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impaired
Credit impaired
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
Gross
carrying/
nominal
amount
Allowance
for ECL
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2022
166,739
(130)
3,657
(354)
1,128
(292)
—
—
171,524
(776)
Transfers of financial instruments
(28,575)
(62)
28,428
90
147
(28)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(37,592)
119
37,592
(119)
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
9,060
(177)
(9,060)
177
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(76)
—
(414)
87
490
(87)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
33
(4)
310
(55)
(343)
59
—
—
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer
of stage
—
142
—
(137)
—
(1)
—
—
—
4
New financial assets originated or purchased
40,577
(111)
—
—
—
—
—
—
40,577
(111)
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/
repayments
(9,365)
49
669
(2)
112
9
—
—
(8,584)
56
Change in risk parameters – credit quality
—
(35)
—
(164)
—
(137)
—
—
—
(336)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
(1)
—
(85)
—
12
—
—
—
(74)
Asset derecognised (including final repayments)
(20,682)
27
(1,348)
81
(216)
4
—
—
(22,246)
112
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(244)
244
—
—
(244)
244
At 31 Dec 2022
148,694
(121)
31,406
(571)
927
(189)
—
—
181,027
(881)
ECL release/(charge) for the period
71
(307)
(113)
—
(349)
Recoveries
64
Others
—
Total change in ECL for the period
(285)
At 1 Jan 2021
155,635
(176)
7,173
(894)
1,270
(395)
—
—
164,078
(1,465)
Transfers of financial instruments
2,041
(527)
(2,690)
617
649
(90)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 1 to stage 2
(4,559)
40
4,559
(40)
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 2 to stage 1
6,774
(551)
(6,774)
551
—
—
—
—
—
—
–  transfers to stage 3
(271)
2
(650)
157
921
(159)
—
—
—
—
–  transfers from stage 3
97
(18)
175
(51)
(272)
69
—
—
—
—
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer
of stage
—
356
—
(58)
—
—
—
—
—
298
New financial assets originated or purchased
32,731
(55)
—
—
—
—
—
—
32,731
(55)
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/
repayments
(5,447)
72
758
72
(210)
18
—
—
(4,899)
162
Change in risk parameters – credit quality
—
179
—
(247)
—
(176)
—
—
—
(244)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Asset derecognised (including final repayments)
(18,221)
21
(1,584)
156
(236)
6
—
—
(20,041)
183
Assets written off
—
—
—
—
(345)
345
—
—
(345)
345
At 31 Dec 2021
166,739
(130)
3,657
(354)
1,128
(292)
—
—
171,524
(776)
ECL release/(charge) for the period
573
(77)
(152)
—
344
Recoveries
88
Others
(1)
Total change in ECL for the period
431
Collateral on loans and advances
(Audited)
The following table provides a quantification of the value of fixed
charges we hold over specific assets where we have a history of
enforcing, and are able to enforce, collateral in satisfying a debt in
the event of the borrower failing to meet its contractual
obligations, and where the collateral is cash or can be realised by
sale in an established market. The collateral valuation excludes
any adjustments for obtaining and selling the collateral and, in
particular, loans shown as not collateralised or partially
collateralised may also benefit from other forms of credit
mitigants.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
53
Personal lending: residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral
(Audited)
2022
2021
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
ECL
coverage
Gross carrying/
nominal amount
ECL
coverage
£m
%
£m
%
Stage 1
Fully collateralised
108,895
—
121,888
—
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
57,630
—
58,971
—
–  51% to 60%
18,852
—
20,559
—
–  61% to 70%
16,506
—
18,722
—
–  71% to 80%
10,468
—
17,460
—
–  81% to 90%
4,853
—
5,723
—
–  91% to 100%
586
—
453
—
Partially collateralised (A):
263
—
253
—
LTV ratio:
–  101% to 110%
58
—
75
—
–  111% to 120%
50
—
43
—
–  greater than 120%
155
—
135
—
–  collateral value on A
191
169
Total
109,158
—
122,141
—
Stage 2
Fully collateralised
28,245
0.4
1,978
2.1
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
8,471
0.6
1,346
1.6
–  51% to 60%
5,224
0.4
288
2.5
–  61% to 70%
7,008
0.3
192
3.2
–  71% to 80%
4,856
0.3
125
4.8
–  81% to 90%
2,384
0.2
23
5.6
–  91% to 100%
302
0.2
4
1.9
Partially collateralised (B):
40
0.3
2
9.0
LTV ratio:
–  101% to 110%
8
1.3
1
0.4
–  111% to 120%
8
—
—
—
–  greater than 120%
24
0.1
1
11.1
–  collateral value on B
31
1
Total
28,285
0.4
1,980
2.1
Stage 3
Fully collateralised
551
11.0
695
14.3
LTV ratio:
–  less than 50%
362
9.2
463
13.0
–  51% to 60%
91
9.7
92
14.0
–  61% to 70%
40
15.9
58
16.2
–  71% to 80%
27
19.7
50
19.1
–  81% to 90%
9
24.5
15
26.9
–  91% to 100%
22
22.5
17
18.6
Partially collateralised (C):
10
6.2
5
26.3
LTV ratio:
–  101% to 110%
9
3.6
3
20.7
–  111% to 120%
—
—
—
—
–  greater than 120%
1
11.9
2
33.4
–  collateral value on C
3
4
Total
561
10.9
700
14.4
At 31 Dec
138,004
0.1
124,821
0.1
Report of the Directors | Risk
54
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Treasury risk
Overview
Treasury risk is the risk of having insufficient capital, liquidity or
funding resources to meet financial obligations and satisfy
regulatory requirements, as well as the risk to our earnings or
capital due to structural and transactional foreign exchange
exposures and changes in market interest rates, together with
pension and insurance risk.
Treasury risk arises from changes to the respective resources and
risk profiles driven by customer behaviour, management decisions
or the external environment.
Approach and Policy
(Audited)
Our objective in the management of treasury risk is to maintain
appropriate levels of capital, liquidity, funding, foreign exchange
and market risk to support our business strategy, and meet our
regulatory and stress testing-related requirements.
Our approach to treasury management is driven by our strategic
and organisational requirements, taking into account the
regulatory, economic and commercial environment. We aim to
maintain a strong capital and liquidity base to support the risks
inherent in our business and invest in accordance with our
strategy, meeting both consolidated and local regulatory
requirements at all times.
Our policy is underpinned by our risk management framework.
The risk management framework incorporates a number of
measures aligned to our assessment of risks for both internal and
regulatory purposes. These risks include credit, market,
operational, pensions, structural and transactional foreign
exchange risk, and interest rate risk in the banking book.
For further details, refer to our Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2022.
Treasury Risk Management
Key developments in 2022
•Our CET1 ratio decreased from 15.3% at 31 December 2021 to
13.5% at 31 December 2022. This included a 1.7 percentage
point decrease due to new regulatory requirements.
•The Group Board approved a new IRRBB strategy in
September, with the objective of increasing our stabilisation of
NII with consideration given to any capital or other constraints,
and then adopting a managed approach based on interest rates
and outlook. We intend to adopt a similar approach in HSBC
UK.
•We took steps to reduce the duration risk of our Treasury hold-
to-collect-and-sell portfolio, which is accounted for at FVOCI
primarily to reduce the capital impact from rising interest rates.
This risk reduction lowered the hold-to-collect-and-sell stressed
value at risk (‘SVaR’) exposure of this portfolio from £555m at
the end of 2021 to £507m at the end of 2022.
•We implemented a new hold-to-collect business model to
better reflect our management strategy to stabilise NII. This
portfolio of HQLA will continue to form a part of our liquid asset
buffer going forward, as well as being a hedge to our structural
interest rate risk.
•We enhanced the monitoring and forecasting of our capital
positions as a result of the Russia-Ukraine war, although there
were no material capital or liquidity direct impacts from the
increased uncertainty on the forward economic outlook. There
was also limited direct impact on our pension plan, as it had
limited direct investments in Russia or Ukraine.
•We contributed towards the Group's inaugural resolvability self-
assessment to meet the Bank of England requirements, which
came into effect on 1 January 2022. This was incorporated into
the Bank of England publication of their findings from the first
assessment of the resolvability of the eight major UK firms as
part of the Resolvability Assessment Framework.
•During the periods of high market volatility and turbulence in
the UK gilt market, we enhanced the monitoring of our pension
plan.The trustee funding level remained stable through the
market volatility as a result of its proactive pension scheme
management, low risk investment strategy and limited leverage
in its liability funds.
•Inflationary pressures have also impacted the pension plan in
several ways, including investment strategy, actuarial factors,
pension indexation and members’ behaviours. We have worked
with Performance & Reward and the trustee of the pension plan
to ensure the impact to the plan and members is understood
and monitored. Refinements were made to the inflation
hedging strategy to ensure it continues to be effective in the
current high inflation environment.
Governance and structure
The Chief Risk Officer is the accountable risk steward, and the
Chief Financial Officer is the risk owner, for all treasury risks.
Capital, liquidity, interest rate risk in the banking book and non-
trading book foreign exchange risk are the responsibility of the
Executive Committee and the Risk Committee. The Treasury
function actively manages these risks on an on-going basis,
supported by the ALCO, overseen by Treasury Risk Management
and the HSBC UK Risk Management Meeting.
Pension risk is overseen by a pension risk management meeting,
chaired by the accountable risk steward.
Capital, liquidity and funding risk management
Assessment and risk appetite
Our capital management is supported by a capital management
framework. The framework incorporates key capital risk appetites
including CET1, total capital, MREL, and leverage ratio.
Our ICAAP is an assessment of our capital position, outlining both
regulatory and internal capital resources and requirements
resulting from our business model, strategy, risk profile and
management, performance and planning, risks to capital, and the
implications of stress testing. Our assessment of capital adequacy
is driven by an assessment of risks. These risks include credit,
market, operational, pensions, structural foreign exchange,
interest rate risk in the banking book and group risk. Climate risk is
also considered as part of the ICAAP, and we are continuing to
develop our approach. The ICAAP supports the determination of
our capital risk appetite and target ratios, as well as enables the
assessment and determination of capital requirements by the PRA.
We aim to ensure that management has oversight of our liquidity
and funding risks through robust governance, in line with our risk
management framework. We manage liquidity and funding risk in
accordance with globally consistent policies, procedures and
reporting standards.
Group policies require us to meet internal minimum requirements
and any applicable regulatory requirements at all times. These
requirements are assessed through our ILAAP, which ensures that
we have robust strategies, policies, processes and systems for the
identification, measurement, management and monitoring of
liquidity risk over an appropriate set of time horizons, including
intra-day. The ILAAP informs the setting of our risk tolerance and
risk appetite. It also assesses the capability to manage liquidity
and funding effectively.
The ICAAP and ILAAP are approved by the HSBC UK board and
subject to robust review and challenge by the Group to ensure
consistency of approach and application of the Group’s policies
and controls.
Planning and performance
Capital and RWA plans form part of the annual financial resource
plan that is approved by the Board. Capital and RWA forecasts are
produced on a monthly basis, and capital and RWAs are
monitored and managed against the plan.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
55
Through our internal governance processes, we seek to strengthen
discipline over our investment and capital allocation decisions, and
to ensure that returns on investment meet management’s
objectives. The Group strategy is to allocate capital to businesses
and entities to support growth objectives where returns above
internal hurdle levels have been identified and in order to meet
their regulatory and economic capital needs. We evaluate and
manage business returns by using a return on average tangible
equity measure.
Funding and liquidity plans also form part of the financial resource
plan that is approved by the Board. The Board-level appetite
measures are the LCR and NSFR, together with an internal
liquidity metric. In addition, we use a wider set of measures to
manage an appropriate funding and liquidity profile, including
wholesale funding concentration limits, intra-day liquidity,
forward-looking funding assessments and other key measures.
Risks to capital and liquidity
Outside the stress testing framework, other risks may be identified
that have the potential to affect our RWAs, capital and/or liquidity
position. We closely monitor future regulatory changes and
continue to evaluate the impact of these upon our capital and
liquidity requirements, particularly those related to the UK’s
implementation of the outstanding measures to be implemented
from the Basel III reforms (‘Basel 3.1‘).
Regulatory developments
Our capital adequacy ratios have been affected by regulatory
developments in 2022, including changes to IRB modelling
requirements and the UK’s implementation of the revisions to the
CRR II. The PRA’s final rules on NSFR were implemented and have
been reflected in disclosures since the first quarter of 2022.
Further details can be found in the ‘Regulatory developments’ section of the
HSBC UK’s Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2022.
Regulatory reporting processes and controls
The quality of regulatory reporting remains a key priority for
management and regulators. We are progressing with a
comprehensive programme to strengthen our processes, improve
consistency and enhance controls across our prudential regulatory
reporting. We commissioned a number of independent external
reviews, some at the request of our regulators, including one on
our credit risk RWA reporting process, which concluded in
December 2022. These reviews have so far resulted in
enhancements to our RWAs and the LCR through improvements
in reporting accuracy, which have been reflected in our year-end
regulatory reported ratios. Our prudential regulatory reporting
programme is being phased over a number of years, prioritising
RWA, capital and liquidity reporting in the early stages of the
programme. While this programme continues, there may be
further impacts on some of our regulatory ratios, such as the
CET1, LCR and NSFR, as we implement recommended changes
and continue to enhance our controls across the process.
Stress testing and recovery planning
We use stress testing to inform management of the capital and
liquidity needed to withstand internal and external shocks,
including a global economic downturn. Stress testing results are
also used to inform risk mitigation actions, allocation of financial
resources, and recovery and resolution planning, as well as to re-
evaluate business plans where analysis shows capital, liquidity
and/or returns do not meet their target.
In addition to a range of internal stress tests, we are subject to
supervisory stress testing by the Bank of England. The results of
regulatory stress testing and our internal stress tests are used
when assessing our internal capital and liquidity requirements
through the ICAAP and ILAAP. The outcomes of stress testing
exercises carried out by the Bank of England feed into the setting
of regulatory minimum ratios and buffers.
We maintain a recovery plan which sets out potential options
management could take in a range of stress scenarios that could
result in a breach of capital or liquidity buffers. The recovery plan
sets out the framework and governance arrangements to support
restoring HSBC UK to a stable and viable position, and so lowering
the probability of failure from either idiosyncratic company-
specific stress or systemic market-wide issues. Our recovery plan
provides detailed actions that management would consider taking
in a stress scenario should their positions deteriorate and threaten
to breach risk appetite and regulatory minimum levels. This is to
help ensure that we can stabilise our financial position and recover
from financial losses in a stress environment.
We also have capabilities, resources and arrangements in place to
address the unlikely event that we might not be recoverable and
would therefore need to be resolved by the Bank of England. We
contributed to the Group's inaugural resolvability assessment
framework (‘RAF’) self-assessment during 2021 to meet the Bank
of England’s requirements, which came into effect on 1 January
2022.
Overall, our recovery and resolution planning helps safeguard our
financial and operational stability. The Group is committed to
further developing its recovery and resolution capabilities,
including in relation to the BoE’s resolvability assessment
framework.
Measurement of interest rate risk in the banking book
processes
Assessment and risk appetite
Interest rate risk in the banking book is the risk of an adverse
impact to earnings or capital due to changes in market interest
rates. It is generated by our non-traded assets and liabilities,
specifically loans, deposits and financial instruments that are not
held for trading intent or held to hedge positions held with trading
intent. Interest rate risk that can be economically hedged may be
transferred to the Markets Treasury business. Hedging is generally
executed through interest rate derivatives or fixed-rate
government bonds. Any interest rate risk that Markets Treasury
cannot economically hedge is not transferred and will remain
within the global business where the risks originate.
The Treasury function uses a number of measures to monitor and
control interest rate risk in the banking book, including:
•Net Interest Income sensitivity;
•Economic Value of Equity sensitivity; and
•Non-Trading Value at Risk.
Net interest income sensitivity
A principal part of our management of non-traded interest rate risk
is to monitor the sensitivity of expected NII under varying interest
rate scenarios (i.e. simulation modelling), where all other
economic variables are held constant. This monitoring is
undertaken at an entity level, where HSBC UK calculates both one-
year and five-year NII sensitivities across a range of interest rate
scenarios.
Report of the Directors | Risk
56
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
NII sensitivity figures represent the effect of pro forma movements
in projected yield curves based on a static balance sheet size and
structure. The exception to this is where the size of the balances or
repricing is deemed interest rate sensitive, for example, early
prepayment of mortgages. These sensitivity calculations do not
incorporate actions that would be taken by Markets Treasury or in
the business that originates the risk to mitigate the effect of
interest rate movements.
The NII sensitivity calculations assume that interest rates of all
maturities move by the same amount in the ‘up-shock’ scenario.
The sensitivity calculations in the ‘down-shock’ scenarios reflect
no floors to the shocked market rates. However, customer
product-specific interest rate floors are recognised where
applicable.
Economic value of equity sensitivity
EVE represents the present value of the future banking book cash
flows that could be distributed to equity holders under a managed
run-off scenario. This equates to the current book value of equity
plus the present value of future NII in this scenario. EVE can be
used to assess the economic capital required to support interest
rate risk in the banking book. An EVE sensitivity represents the
expected movement in EVE due to pre-specified interest rate
shocks, where all other economic variables are held constant.
Operating entities are required to monitor EVE sensitivities as a
percentage of capital resources.
Further details of HSBC UK's risk management of interest rate risk in the
banking book can be found in the HSBC UK's Pillar 3 Disclosures as at
December 2022.
Non-trading Value at Risk
Non-trading portfolios comprise positions that primarily arise from
the interest rate management of our retail and commercial
banking assets and liabilities, financial investments measured at
fair value through other comprehensive income, debt instruments
measured at amortised cost, and exposures arising from our
insurance operations.
The following table summarises the main risk types where non-
trading market risks reside, and the market risk measures used to
monitor and limit exposures.
Risk types
Non-Trading risk
•Interest rates
•Credit spreads
Risk measure
Value at risk | Sensitivity | Stress testing
Value at Risk of the non-trading portfolios
(Audited)
Non-trading VaR includes the interest rate risk in the banking book
transferred to and managed by Markets Treasury and the
exposures generated by the portfolio of high-quality liquid assets
held by Markets Treasury to meet liquidity requirements.
The non-trading VaR increased materially during 2022 from
£24.3m to end the year at £42.5m and was predominately driven
by interest rate risk. The steady increase in market volatility led to
an increase in the VaR, despite reductions in outright positions
reaching an average level of ca. £40m in August. September saw a
further increase in VaR due to a recalibration of the model with the
VaR peaking for the year. The volatile market conditions driven by
continued geopolitical events, change in the UK fiscal stance and
concerns over high inflation led the Markets Treasury business to
materially reduce the outright interest rate risk sensitivity and VaR
fell in line back to average levels.
The daily levels of total non-trading VaR over the last year are set out in the graph below.
 
Daily VaR (non-trading portfolios), 99% 1 day (£m)
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
57
The HSBC UK's non-trading VaR for the year is shown in the table
below.
Non-trading VaR, 99% 1 day
(Audited)
Credit
spread
Interest
Rates
Portfolio
Diversifi-
cation1
Total2
£m
£m
£m
£m
Balance at 31 Dec 2022
1.4
42.1
(1.0)
42.5
Average
1.4
38.2
(0.9)
38.7
Maximum
2.1
83.4
84.3
Minimum
0.9
24.5
24.3
Balance at 31 Dec 2021
1.9
24.5
(2.1)
24.3
Average
1.8
26.7
(1.2)
27.3
Maximum
2.6
34.1
35.6
Minimum
1.5
16.6
16.6
1Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding
a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction
in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of
different risk types, for example, interest rate and credit risk together
in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of
the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A
negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As
the maximum occurs on different days for different risk types, it is not
meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for this
measure.
2The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification
effects.
Other risks
Non-trading book foreign exchange exposures
Structural foreign exchange exposures
Structural foreign exchange exposures arise from net assets or
capital investments in foreign operations, together with any
associated hedging. A foreign operation is defined as a subsidiary,
associate, joint arrangement or branch where the activities are
conducted in a currency other than that of the reporting entity. An
entity’s functional reporting currency is normally that of the
primary economic environment in which the entity operates. HSBC
UK does not have any net assets or capital investments in foreign
operations.
Transactional foreign exchange exposures
Transactional foreign exchange risk arises primarily from day-to-
day transactions in the banking book generating profit and loss or
FVOCI reserves in a currency other than our reporting currency.
Transactional foreign exchange exposure generated through profit
and loss is periodically transferred to Markets and Securities
Services and managed within limits with the exception of limited
residual foreign exchange exposure arising from timing differences
or for other reasons. Transactional foreign exchange exposure
generated through OCI reserves is managed by the Markets
Treasury business within agreed appetite.
Pension risk management process
In the UK, all future pension benefits are provided on a defined
contribution basis. A defined benefit pension plan remains in
respect of past service. The defined benefit pension plan is
sectionalised to ensure no entities outside the ring-fence
participate in the same section as HSBC UK. In the defined
contribution pension plan, the contributions that HSBC UK is
required to make are known, while the ultimate pension benefit
will vary, typically with investment returns achieved by investment
choices made by the employee. While the market risk to HSBC UK
of the defined contribution plan is low, the bank is still exposed to
operational and reputational risk.
In the defined benefit pension plan, the level of pension benefit is
known. Therefore, the level of contributions required by HSBC UK
will vary due to a number of risks, including:
•investments delivering a return below that required to provide
the projected plan benefits;
•the prevailing economic environment leading to corporate
failures, thus triggering write-downs in asset values (both
equity and debt);
•  a change in either interest rates or inflation, causing an increase
in the value of the plan liabilities; and
•plan members living longer than expected (known as longevity
risk).
Pension risk is assessed using an economic capital model that
takes into account potential variations in these factors. The impact
of these variations on both pension assets and pension liabilities is
assessed using a one-in-200-year stress test. Scenario analysis
and other stress tests are also used to support pension risk
management.
To fund the benefits associated with HSBC UK’s defined benefit
plan, HSBC UK make contributions in accordance with advice
from actuaries and in consultation with the plan’s trustees where
relevant. Contributions are required when the plan's assets are
considered insufficient to cover the existing pension liabilities.
Contributions are typically revised once every three years.
The defined benefit plan invests contributions in a range of
investments designed to limit the risk of assets failing to meet the
plan’s liabilities. Any changes in expected returns from the
investments may also change future contribution requirements. In
pursuit of these long-term objectives, an overall target allocation is
established for asset classes of the defined benefit plan. Bonds
and derivatives are allocated to match expected benefit outflows
so as to reduce interest, inflation and currency risk. Each
permitted asset class has its own benchmarks, such as property
valuation indices or liability characteristics. The benchmarks are
reviewed on a manager by manager basis at least once every three
to five years and more frequently if required by circumstances. The
process takes account of changes in the plan's liabilities. The most
significant benchmark is the interest rate and inflation hedging
programme and this was last reviewed during 2022. The assets
are invested in a diverse range of assets to reduce any
concentrations of risk.
In addition, the defined benefit plan holds longevity swap
contracts. These arrangements provide long term protection to the
defined benefit plan against costs resulting from pensioners or
their dependants living longer than initially expected and as at
31 December 2022 cover approximately 60% of the pensioner
liabilities.
Report of the Directors | Risk
58
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Capital Risk in 2022
Capital overview
Capital adequacy metrics1
At 31 Dec
2022
2021
Available capital (£m)
Common equity tier 1 capital
12,519
12,813
Tier 1 capital
14,771
15,067
Total regulatory capital
17,847
18,067
Risk-weighted assets (£m)
Credit risk
80,740
72,817
Counterparty credit risk
204
129
Market risk
101
170
Operational risk
11,368
10,607
Total risk-weighted assets
92,413
83,723
Capital ratios (%)
Common equity tier 1
13.5
15.3
Total tier 1
16.0
18.0
Total capital
19.3
21.6
Leverage ratio
Total leverage ratio exposure measure (£m)
251,500
358,221
Leverage ratio (%)
5.9
4.2
1  Unless otherwise stated, regulatory capital ratios and requirements
are based on the transitional arrangements of the Capital
Requirements Regulation in force at the time. These include the
regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 'Financial
Instruments'.Prior period leverage ratios are reported on the basis of
the disclosure rules in force at that time and include claims on central
banks. Current period leverage metrics exclude central bank claims
in accordance with the UK leverage rules hat were implemented on
1 January 2022.
References to EU regulations and directives (including technical
standards) should, as applicable, be read as references to the UK’s
version of such regulation or directive, as onshored into UK law
under the EU (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and as may be subsequently
amended under UK law.
Capital figures and ratios in the previous table are calculated in
accordance with the CRR II. Where applicable, they also reflect
government relief schemes intended to mitigate the impact of the
Covid-19 pandemic.
Regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9
'Financial Instruments'
We have adopted the regulatory transitional arrangements in CRR
II for IFRS 9, including paragraph four of article 473a. Our capital
and ratios are presented under these arrangements throughout the
table above, including in the end point figures. Without their
application, our CET1 ratio would be 13.5%. The IFRS 9 regulatory
transitional arrangements allow banks to add back to their capital
base a proportion of the impact that IFRS 9 has upon their loan
loss allowances during the first five years of use. The impact is
defined as:
•the increase in loan loss allowances on day one of IFRS 9
adoption; and
•any subsequent increase in ECL in the non-credit-impaired
book thereafter.
Any add-back must be tax affected and accompanied by a
recalculation of capital deduction thresholds, exposure and RWAs.
The impact is calculated separately for portfolios using the STD
and IRB approaches. For IRB portfolios, there is no add-back to
capital unless loan loss allowances exceed regulatory 12-month
expected losses.
The EU’s CRR ‘Quick Fix’ relief package increased the 2022 scalar
relief that banks may take for loan loss allowances recognised
since 1 January 2020 on the non-credit-impaired book from 25%
to 75%.
In the current period, the add-back to the capital base amounted
to £35m under the STD approach. At 31 December 2021, the add-
back to the capital base was £16m under the STD approach.
Own funds
CET1 ratio decreased to 13.5% from 15.3% at December 2021. We
had built up capital in anticipation of regulatory changes which
reduced our CET1 ratio by 1.7%, due to an increase in RWAs from
revised IRB modelling requirements and a 10% floor on mortgage
risk weights (1.2%), and a decrease in CET1 capital due to the
reversal of the beneficial treatment of software assets (0.5%).
During the year, we generated capital from profits net of dividends
which was offset by a decrease in FVOCI reserves and RWA
growth.
At  31 December 2022 our Pillar 2A requirement, in accordance
with the PRA’s Individual Capital Requirement based on a point-in-
time assessment, is 3.97% of RWAs, of which 2.23% was met by
CET1 capital. Throughout 2022, we complied with the PRA's
regulatory capital adequacy requirements.
Own funds disclosure
(Audited)
At
31 Dec
31 Dec
2022
2021
Ref*
£m
£m
CET1 capital: instruments and reserves
1
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts
9,015
9,015
–  ordinary shares
9,015
9,015
2
Retained earnings
12,078
11,463
3
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)
(2,556)
(544)
5a
Independently reviewed interim net profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend
896
1,125
6
CET1 capital before regulatory adjustments
19,433
21,059
28
Total regulatory adjustments to common equity tier 1
(6,914)
(8,246)
29
CET1 capital
12,519
12,813
36
Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments
2,252
2,254
44
Additional tier 1 capital
2,252
2,254
45
Tier 1 Capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)
14,771
15,067
51
Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments
3,076
3,000
58
Tier 2 capital
3,076
3,000
59
Total capital
17,847
18,067
*The references identify the lines prescribed in the EBA template, which are applicable and where there is a value.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
59
Risk-weighted assets
RWA movement by business by key driver
Credit risk, counterparty credit risk and operational risk
Market risk
Total RWAs
WPB
CMB
GBM
Corporate Centre
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
RWAs at 1 Jan 2022
24,705
56,918
367
1,563
170
83,723
Asset size
609
3,831
140
703
(69)
5,214
Asset quality
(432)
(2,402)
—
90
—
(2,744)
Methodology and policy
8,071
(1,280)
1
(572)
—
6,220
–  internal updates
(34)
(920)
1
(82)
—
(1,035)
–  external updates – regulatory
8,105
(360)
—
(490)
—
7,255
Total RWA movement
8,248
149
141
221
(69)
8,690
RWAs at 31 Dec 2022
32,953
57,067
508
1,784
101
92,413
.
RWAs increased by £8.7bn during the year mainly from regulatory
changes of £7.3bn and lending growth of £5.2bn, partially offset
by reductions due to movements in asset quality £2.7bn.
Methodology and policy
Regulatory changes caused a £8.1bn RWA increase in WPB due to
revised IRB modelling requirements, the UK's implementation of
CRR II rules and the 10% floor on mortgage risk weights. This
increase was partly offset by the reversal of the beneficial changes
to the treatment of software assets in Corporate Centre, and a
reduction in CMB due to IRB modelling.
CMB RWAs decreased by £0.9bn due to risk parameter
refinements and data quality improvements that was partially
offset by an increase on account of reporting process and control
enhancements as a result of independent external regulatory
reviews.
Asset size
CMB corporate loan growth increased RWAs by £3.8bn, increased
mortgage lending contributed most of the £0.6bn increase in WPB
and an increase in lending to other HSBC Group entities caused
Corporate Centre RWAs to increase by £0.7bn.
Asset quality
Asset quality changes led to a £2.7bn fall in RWAs mainly in CMB
and WPB due to credit migrations and changes in the underlying
portfolio mix.
.
Leverage ratio
Our leverage ratio, calculated in accordance with the PRA's UK
leverage framework implemented on 1 January 2022 (excluding
the central bank claims), was 5.9% at 31 December 2022. The
equivalent leverage ratio at December 2021 was 6.3%. The
decrease is driven by growth in the balance sheet and decline in
the FVOCI reserve and reversal of the beneficial treatment of
software assets in Tier 1 capital.
The leverage ratio reported at 31 December 2021 was 4.2%, based
on the disclosure rules in force at that time. The 1.7% increase
was primarily due to the exclusion of central bank claims following
the implementation of the UK leverage ratio framework from
1 January 2022.
Pillar 3 disclosure requirements
Pillar 3 of the Basel regulatory framework is related to market
discipline and aims to make financial services firms more
transparent by requiring publication of wide-ranging information
on their risks, capital and management. Our Pillar 3 Disclosures at
31 December 2022 is published on HSBC Group’s website,
www.hsbc.com, under ‘Investors’.
Liquidity and funding risk in 2022
Liquidity metrics
During 2022, we were above regulatory minimum levels. We
maintain sufficient unencumbered liquid assets to comply with
regulatory requirements. The average liquidity value of these liquid
assets is shown in the table below along with the LCR level on a
EC basis.
We maintain sufficient stable funding relative to the required
stable funding assessed using the NSFR.
Our liquidity and funding position for 2022 is analysed in the
following sections. The LCR and NSFR ratios presented in the
below table are based on average values. The LCR is the average
of the preceding 12 months and NSFR is the average of preceding
four quarters. Prior period numbers have also been restated for
consistency.
HSBC UK liquidity group1
Average for
2022
2021
LCR (%)
226
222
HQLA (£m)
110,722
103,943
Net outflows (£m)
48,946
46,807
NSFR (%)
164
176
1HSBC UK liquidity group comprises: HSBC UK Bank plc, Marks and
Spencer Financial Services plc, HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited
and HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited. It is managed as a single
operating entity, in line with the application of UK liquidity regulation
as agreed with the PRA.
At 31 December 2022, HSBC UK's LCR was above regulatory
minimum. 2022 average LCR has marginally increased by 4% as
compared to 2021, retaining a strong liquidity position and
reflecting stable commercial surplus during the year.
Liquid assets
We had an average total of £110,722m of highly liquid
unencumbered LCR eligible liquid assets (2021 Average:
£103,943m) held in a range of asset classes and currencies. Of
these, 99% were eligible as level 1 (Average 2021: 99%).
Report of the Directors | Risk
60
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
The below tables reflects the composition of the average liquidity
pool by asset type and currency for 2022 and 2021:
Liquidity
pool
Cash
Level 1
Level 2
£m
£m
£m
£m
Cash and balance at central bank
97,199
97,199
—
—
Central and local government bonds
11,417
—
10,850
567
Regional government PSE
218
—
218
—
International organisation and MDBs
957
—
957
—
Covered bonds
930
—
261
669
Other
1
—
—
1
Average Total for 2022
110,722
97,199
12,286
1,237
Average Total for 2021
103,943
93,783
9,523
637
 
£
$
€
Other
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Average Liquidity Pool for
2022
103,757
4,453
1,341
1,171
110,722
Average Liquidity Pool for
2021
97,012
4,732
1,341
858
103,943
Sources of funding
Our primary sources of funding are customer current accounts and
customer savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice.
The following ‘Funding sources and uses’ table provides a
consolidated view of how our balance sheet is funded, and should
be read in light of the LFRF, which requires we manage liquidity
and funding risk on a stand-alone basis.
The table analyses our consolidated balance sheet according to
the assets that primarily arise from operating activities and the
sources of funding primarily supporting these activities. In 2022,
the level of customer accounts exceeded the level of loans and
advances to customers. The positive funding gap was
predominantly deployed in liquid assets, cash and balances with
central banks and financial investments, as required by the LFRF.
Funding Sources
Funding Uses
(Audited)
2022
2021
(Audited)
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
Sources
Uses
Customer accounts
281,095
281,870
Loans and advances to customers
204,143
195,526
Deposits by banks
10,721
11,180
Loans and advances to banks
6,357
1,914
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,333
10,438
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
7,988
Debt securities in issue
1,299
900
Cash collateral, margin and settlement
accounts
231
294
Cash collateral, margin and settlement accounts
315
2
Subordinated liabilities
12,349
12,487
Financial investments
16,092
14,377
Total equity
22,226
23,805
Cash and balances with Central banks
94,407
112,478
Other balance sheet liabilities
5,103
5,381
Other balance sheet assets
13,805
13,486
At 31 Dec
342,441
346,063
At 31 Dec
342,441
346,063
Market risk
Overview
Market risk is the risk of adverse financial impact on trading
activities arising from changes in market parameters such as
interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
Market risk management
Key developments in 2022
There were no material changes to our policies and practices for
the management of market risk in 2022.
Market risk governance
(Audited)
The following table summarises the market risk measures used to
monitor and limit exposures within HSBC UK. Trading portfolio
market risk exposures within the entity are not material, primarily
because customer facing trades within Markets business are
hedged on a one for one basis and trading book within Markets
Treasury business is limited to short dated cash management.
Risk types
Trading risk
•Foreign exchange
•Interest rates
Risk measure
VaR | Sensitivity | Stress testing
Market risk is managed and controlled through limits approved by
the Group Chief Risk Officer for HSBC Holdings plc. These limits
are allocated across business lines and to the Group’s legal
entities, including HSBC UK. The level of limits set is based on the
overall risk appetite for HSBC UK being cascaded down to the
individual entities and the limits required for the individual desks to
be able to execute their stated business strategy under the HSBC
UK ring-fencing Exceptions Policy. The market risk limits are
endorsed by HSBC UK Risk Management Meeting. HSBC UK has
an independent market risk management and control sub-
function, which is responsible for measuring, monitoring and
reporting market risk exposures against limits on a daily basis. The
Traded Risk function enforces the controls around trading in
permissible instruments approved for HSBC UK as well as
following completion of the new product approval process.
Key Risk Management processes
Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures
Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures
while maintaining a market profile consistent with HSBC UK
strategy and risk appetite as well as operating within the HSBC
Group’s risk appetite for the entity. We use a range of tools to
monitor and limit market risk exposures including sensitivity
analysis, VaR, and stress testing.
VaR is a technique that estimates the potential losses on market
risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices
over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.
The use of VaR is integrated into market risk management and is
calculated for all trading positions. HSBC UK does not have a
market risk internal model approval and therefore, VaR is not used
for any regulatory return but only used for internal management
information.
Trading book VaR is not used for calculating capital requirements
arising from market risk within HSBC UK. Therefore there is no
back testing of trading book VaR.
Defined benefit pension scheme
Market risk also arises within HSBC UK's defined benefit pension
plan to the extent that the obligations of the plan are not fully
matched by assets with determinable cash flows. Refer to Pension
risk section on page 58 for additional information.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
61
Climate risk
Overview
Climate risks have the potential to cause both financial and non-
financial impacts for HSBC UK. Financial impacts could
materialise, for example, through greater transactional losses and/
or increased capital requirements. Non-financial impacts could
materialise if our own assets or operations are impacted by
extreme weather or chronic changes in weather patterns, or as a
result of business decisions to help achieve the HSBC Group’s
climate ambition.
We remain aligned to the HSBC Group climate ambition to align
HSBC Group’s own operations and supply chain to net zero by
2030. The HSBC Group announced in March 2022 that it intends
to publish a climate transition plan in 2023, and committed to a
science-aligned phase-down of fossil fuel finance, and a review of
its wider financing and investment policies critical to achieving net
zero by 2050. This follows the HSBC Group’s thermal coal phase
out policy, which was announced in 2021. HSBC UK does not
have material coal financing exposures.
Key Developments in 2022
•HSBC UK's risk appetite statement was approved by the HSBC
UK Board and includes the measures we intend to take to
enable our climate ambition and meet our commitments. In
HSBC UK, our measures are focused on the oversight and
management of climate risks in the WPB and CMB portfolios.
•We completed the BoE’s CBES assessment as part of our
regulatory commitments to the PRA, and have incorporated
HSBC specific recommendations into our ongoing approach.
We also completed an Internal Scenario Analysis exercise, with
the outputs of both exercises being used to further develop and
enhance our climate stress testing and scenario capabilities,
and improve our understanding of our risk exposures for use in
risk management and business decision making.
•The CBES stress testing exercise helped us to understand the
impacts of transition risk in our residential mortgage book, as
well as energy efficiency of properties by using EPC ratings.
We have also embedded physical risk data into our mortgage
risk management activities, to be able to help identify ‘at risk’
properties, which is primarily those at risk of flooding.
Governance and structure
The HSBC UK Board takes overall responsibility for our climate
strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the
approach, execution and associated reporting.
Our Chief Risk Officer is responsible for climate financial risks
under the UK Senior Managers Regime. The Chief Risk Officer
attends HSBC UK Board meetings and is a member of the
Executive Committee and, where appropriate, provides verbal or
written updates on climate risk.
The HSBC UK Risk Management Meeting and the HSBC UK Risk
Committee receive regular updates on our climate risk profile and
progress of our climate risk programme.
Key risk management processes
We are integrating climate risk into the policies, processes and
controls across many areas of our organisation, and we will
continue to update these as our climate risk management
capabilities mature over time. In 2022, we incorporated climate
considerations into our mortgage origination processes for our
retail business and new money request processes for our
wholesale business.
Resilience risk
Overview
Resilience risk is the risk that we are unable to provide critical
services to our customers, affiliates and counterparties as a result
of sustained and significant operational disruption. Resilience risk
arises from failures or inadequacies in processes, people, systems
or external events.
Resilience Risk management
Key developments in 2022
The Operational and Resilience Risk sub-function seeks to provide
robust Risk Steward oversight of the management of risk by our
businesses, functions and legal entities. This includes effective and
timely independent challenge and the provision of expert advice.
During the year, we carried out a number of initiatives to keep
pace with geopolitical, regulatory and technology changes and to
strengthen the management of resilience risk:
•We updated our risk taxonomy and control libraries, and
refreshed risk and control assessments.
•We implemented heightened monitoring and reporting of
cyber, third party, business continuity and payment/sanctions
risks resulting from the Russia-Ukraine war and enhanced
controls and key processes where needed.
•We provided analysis and reporting of non-financial risks
providing easy to access risk and control information and
metrics that enabled management to focus on non-financial
risks in their decision making and appetite setting.
•We aimed to further strengthen our non-financial risk
governance and improved our coverage and risk steward
oversight of data privacy and change execution.
Governance and structure
The Operational and Resilience Risk target operating model
provides a globally consistent view across resilience risks,
strengthening our risk management oversight while operating
effectively as part of a simplified non-financial risk structure. We
view resilience risk across nine sub-risk types related to: failure to
manage third parties; technology and cybersecurity; transaction
processing; failure to protect people and places from physical
malevolent acts; business interruption and incident risk; data risk;
change execution risk; building unavailability; and workplace
safety.
Performance against risk appetite and key escalations for
resilience risk are reported to the HSBC UK Risk Management
Meeting (chaired by the HSBC UK Chief Risk Officer) and further
escalated to the Non-Financial Risk Management Board (chaired
by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer) as required, with
a further escalation path to the Group Risk Management Meeting
and the Group Risk Committee.
Key risk management process
Operational resilience is our ability to anticipate, prevent, adapt,
respond to, recover and learn from operational disruption while
minimising customer and market impact. Resilience is determined
by assessing whether we are able to continue to provide our most
important services, within an agreed level. This is achieved via
day-to-day oversight, periodic and ongoing assurance, such as
deep dive review and controls testing, which may result in
challenges being raised to the business by Risk Stewards. Further
challenge is also raised in the form of quarterly Risk Steward
opinion papers to formal governance. We accept we will not be
able to prevent all disruption but we prioritise investment to
continually improve the response and recovery strategies for our
most important business services.
Report of the Directors | Risk
62
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Business operations continuity
We continue to monitor the situation in Russia and Ukraine, and
remain ready to take measures to help ensure business continuity,
should the situation require. There has been no significant impact
to our services in nearby markets where we operate. Publications
from the UK Government, EU Commission and the National Grid,
amongst others, advised on potential plans for power cuts and
energy restrictions across the UK and Continental Europe during
the winter period. In light of potential disruption, businesses and
functions in these markets are reviewing existing plans and
responses to minimise the impact.
Regulatory compliance risk
Overview
Regulatory compliance risk is the risk associated with breaching
our duty to clients and other counterparties, inappropriate market
conduct and breaching related financial services regulatory
standards. Regulatory compliance risk arises from the failure to
observe relevant laws, codes, rules and regulations and can
manifest itself in poor market or customer outcomes and lead to
fines, penalties and reputational damage to our business.
Regulatory compliance risk management
Key developments in 2022
The structure of HSBC UK’s Compliance function is largely
unchanged over the prior year and in 2022, we have continued to
embed the structural changes from last year integrating regulatory
compliance and financial crime risk management under the HSBC
UK Chief Compliance Officer.
The implementation of our purpose-led conduct approach
concluded and is now considered 'business as usual'. Further
work on embedding Conduct principles in tandem with
implementation of Consumer Duty requirements will continue in
2023. The mapping of regulations to our risks and controls
continued and will continue throughout 2023 alongside new
tooling to support enterprise-wide horizon scanning of new
regulatory obligations and regulatory reporting inventories. We
have sought to integrate climate risk into regulatory compliance
policies and processes, with enhancements made to the Product
Governance Framework and Controls in order to help ensure the
effective consideration of Climate and in particular Greenwashing
risks. 
Regulatory developments
Financial service providers continue to operate to stringent
regulatory and supervisory requirements, particularly in the areas
of capital and liquidity management, conduct of business, financial
crime, internal control frameworks, the use of models and the
integrity of financial services delivery.
Within this intense regulatory agenda, there continues to be
ongoing focus by regulators to improve outcomes for banks’
consumers, particularly vulnerable ones, as well as in markets. 
The following are areas of particular focus:
•Higher levels of consumer protection in retail financial markets,
with publication of the final policy on Consumer Duty by the
FCA.
•Improving the ring-fencing regime in order to better serve
customers and address future risks.
•Measures contained in the Financial Services and Markets Bill
intended to address issues arising from the UK's departure
from the EU.
•A number of significant initiatives being carried out by
government and regulators intended to open up competition,
innovation and access to payments and further support
customer protections.
•Improving the approach to managing AML risk between
member firms of the Banking Framework Agreement and the
Post Office.
•Ensuring fair treatment of vulnerable customers, including
those in financial difficulties.
•Improving diversity and inclusion across all banks’ activities.
•Climate-related financial disclosures.
The competitive landscape in which HSBC UK operates may be
impacted by future regulatory changes and government
intervention. 
We continue to engage in the development of new and amended
regulations in the UK to ensure that the implications have been
fully considered by regulators and the wider industry. We also
continue to work with the UK authorities and regulatory bodies to
discuss any impacts on customers and markets.
Conduct of business
At HSBC UK our conduct approach guides us to do the right thing
and to focus on the impact we have for our customers and the
financial markets in which we operate. It complements our
purpose and values and, together with more formal policies and
the tools we have to do our jobs, provides a clear path to
achieving our purpose and delivering our strategy. As part of this
we have carried out a number of activities during 2022:
•We understood and serviced our customer’s ongoing needs
and continued to champion a strong conduct and customer-
focused culture.
•We demonstrated this through our risk steward leadership of
the Consumer Duty Programme. Closely linked to our conduct
agenda, the first phase of the Duty will be delivered in July
2023 and has been designed to help ensure good outcomes for
our customers across all retail products and services.
•We improved our digital capabilities by helping to develop and
promote early adoption of the Global Conduct MI tool, which
will help enable us to demonstrate the effective management of
our non-financial and conduct risks.
•We integrated the PLCA through the completion of business-
line and functional applicability assessments, helping to ensure
that our HSBC UK implementation plan was robust and of
sufficient quality to influence the necessary change.
•In April we launched our ‘Conduct Knowledge Centre’, a one-
stop shop of tools and guidance for both the first and second
lines of business on their conduct responsibilities.
•Outside of the requirements of the PLCA, we developed the
visibility of conduct risks for DBS, focusing on control
management. This will enable DBS to provide a richer picture in
terms of their Conduct Risk Profile.
•We continued with the integration of climate risk into HSBC
UK’s wider risk management approach, recognising the
importance of strengthened controls and oversight for our
related activities.
•We continued to embed conduct within our business line
processes and through our Non-Financial and Financial Risk
Steward activities.
•We continued our focus on culture and behaviours as a driver
of good conduct Outcomes.
•We focused oversight on the effectiveness of HSBC UK
Conduct Governance, to promote visibility and read across of
Conduct issues in all business lines and the efficient, consistent
escalation of issues.
•We delivered our latest annual global mandatory training
course on conduct to reinforce the importance of conduct for
all colleagues and delivered bespoke and focused conduct
training and guidance to all of our risk steward colleagues.
The Board continues to maintain oversight of conduct matters
through the Risk Committee.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
63
Financial crime risk
Overview
Financial crime risk is the risk of knowingly or unknowingly
helping parties to commit or to further illegal activity through
HSBC, including money laundering, fraud, bribery and corruption,
tax evasion, sanctions breaches, and terrorist and proliferation
financing. Financial crime risk arises from day-to-day banking
operations involving customers, third parties and employees.
Financial Crime Risk Management
Key developments in 2022
We continuously review the effectiveness of our financial crime
risk management framework, which includes consideration of the
complex and dynamic nature of sanctions compliance risk. In
2022, we adapted our policies, procedures and controls to respond
to the unprecedented volume and diverse set of sanctions and
trade restrictions imposed against Russia following its war with
Ukraine.
We also continued to make progress with several key financial
crime risk management initiatives, including:
•Following the successful delivery of our intelligence-led,
dynamic risk assessment for WPB in November 2021,
deployment of this tool for CMB followed in February 2022.
4Q22 saw the introduction of credit card data into the DRA
which enables it to provide a more holistic view of our
customers’ behaviour. Implementation of the DRA in HSBC UK
has resulted in more Suspicious Activity Reports filed
compared to the previous Transaction Monitoring system.
•We have reconfigured our Transaction Screening capability in
readiness for the global change to payment systems formatting
under ISO20022 requirements, and enhanced transaction
screening capabilities by implementing automated alert
discounting.
•We continued to strengthen the first party lending fraud
framework, reviewed and published an updated fraud policy
and associated control library, while also continuing to invest in
new fraud detection technologies.
•Enhancing our screening and non-screening controls to aid in
the identification of potential sanctions risk related to Russia, as
well as risk arising from export control restrictions.
•A project was initiated to identify likely Money Mule activity
and intercept suspected payments in near 'real-time' across
both WPB and CMB.
Key risk management processes
We will not tolerate knowingly conducting business with
individuals or entities believed to be engaged in illicit activity. We
require everybody in HSBC UK to play their role in maintaining
effective systems and controls to prevent and detect financial
crime. Where we believe we have identified suspected illicit
activity or vulnerabilities in our control framework, we will take
appropriate mitigating action.
We manage financial crime risk because it is the right thing to do
to protect our customers, shareholders, staff, the communities in
which we operate, as well as the integrity of the financial system
on which we all rely. We operate in a highly regulated industry in
which these same policy goals are codified in law and regulation.
We are committed to complying with the laws and regulations of
all of the markets in which we operate, where we apply a global
minimum standard that seeks to promote the highest standards. In
cases where material differences exist between the laws and
regulations of these markets, our policy adopts the highest
standard while acknowledging the primacy of local law.
We continue to assess the effectiveness of our end-to-end
financial crime risk management framework, and invest in
enhancing our operational control capabilities and technology
solutions to deter and detect criminal activity. We have simplified
our framework by streamlining and de-duplicating policy
requirements. We also strengthened our financial crime risk
taxonomy and control libraries and our investigative and
monitoring capabilities through technology deployments. We
developed more targeted metrics, and have also enhanced our
governance and reporting.
We are committed to working in partnership with the wider
industry and the public sector in managing financial crime risk,
protecting the integrity of the financial system and the
communities we serve. We participate in numerous public-private
partnerships and information-sharing initiatives. In 2022, our focus
remained on measures to improve the overall effectiveness of the
global financial crime framework, notably by providing input into
legislative reform activities in the UK. We did this by contributing
to the development of responses to consultation papers focused
on how financial crime risk management frameworks can be
optimised to achieve more effective outcomes in detecting and
deterring illicit activity. 
Independent Reviews
In August 2022, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System terminated the 2012 cease-and-desist order, with
immediate effect. The order was the final regulatory enforcement
action that HSBC entered into in 2012. In June 2021, the UK
Financial Conduct Authority ('FCA') had already determined that
no further Skilled Person work was required under section 166 of
the Financial Services and Markets Act.
The HSBC UK Risk Committee provides oversight of financial
crime risk matters on behalf of the HSBC UK Board, including
matters relating to anti-money laundering, sanctions, terrorist
financing and proliferation financing.
Model risk
Overview
Model risk is the risk of inappropriate or incorrect business
decisions arising from the use of models that have been
inadequately designed, implemented or used, or from models that
do not perform in line with expectations and predictions.
Model risk arises in both financial and non-financial contexts
whenever business decision making includes reliance on models.
Key developments in 2022
In 2022, we continued to make improvements in our model risk
management processes amid regulatory changes in model
requirements.
Initiatives during the year included:
•In response to regulatory capital changes, we redeveloped,
validated and submitted to the PRA some of our internal
ratings-based (‘IRB’) models. These new models have been
built to enhanced standards using improved data as a result of
investment in processes and systems.
•We welcomed the PRA Consultation Paper (CP6/22) 'Model
Risk Management principles for banks' published in June 2022
and provided input to the HSBC response, sent to the PRA in
October 2022, with its final version expected to be published in
mid-2023.
•We made further enhancements to our control framework for
our models to address the control weaknesses that emerged as
a result of significant increases in adjustments and overlays
that were applied to compensate for the impact of the
macroeconomic volatility on models.
Report of the Directors | Risk
64
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
•Our businesses and functions were more involved in the
development and management of models. They continued with
an enhanced focus on key model risk drivers such as data
quality and model methodology.
•We delivered further training on model risk to front-line teams
to improve their awareness of model risk and their adherence
to the governance framework.
•Working with the businesses and functions, Model Risk Control
Assessments were refreshed to ensure they continue to be a
true reflection of the Model Risk landscape.
•We further embedded the model risk appetite measures, which
will help our businesses and functions manage model risk more
effectively.
•We continued the transformation of the Model Risk
Management team, with further updates to the model
validation processes, including systems and process
enhancements. We also made further changes to the model
inventory system to provide businesses and functions with
improved functionality and more detailed information related to
model risk.
Governance and structure
The HSBC UK Model Risk Committee is chaired by the Chief Risk
Officer and provides oversight of model risk. The committee
includes senior leaders and risk owners across the lines of
business, functions and Risk and focuses on model-related
concerns and key model risk metrics.
Key risk management processes
We use a variety of modelling approaches, including regression,
simulation, sampling, machine learning and judgmental
scorecards for a range of business applications. These activities
include customer selection, product pricing, financial crime
transaction monitoring, creditworthiness evaluation and financial
reporting. Responsibility for managing model risk is delegated
from the RMM to the HSBC UK Model Risk Committee, which is
chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. This committee regularly reviews
our model risk management policies and procedures, and requires
the first line of defence to demonstrate comprehensive and
effective controls based on a library of model risk controls
provided by Model Risk Management. Model Risk Management
also reports on model risk to senior management on a regular
basis through the use of risk management information, risk
appetite metrics and top and emerging risks.
We regularly review the effectiveness of these processes,
including the model oversight forum structure, to help ensure
appropriate understanding and ownership of model risk is
embedded in the businesses and functions.
Corporate Governance Report
Corporate governance statement
The Company is committed to high standards of corporate
governance. As a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc which complies
with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the
Company adopted the HSBC Group’s Subsidiary Accountability
Framework (‘SAF’) in 2021. The SAF Principles set out HSBC
Holdings plc’s high level expectations for corporate governance
arrangements in its subsidiaries. The Board considers the SAF to
be sufficiently comprehensive and robust and has, therefore,
chosen not to adopt another corporate governance code.
During the year ended 31 December 2022 and up to the date of
this report, the Company complied with the SAF and HSBC Group
policies, frameworks and procedures in addition to its relevant
legal and regulatory governance requirements, including the PRA
Rulebook for Ring-Fenced Bodies.
Role of the Board
The role of the Board of Directors is to provide entrepreneurial
leadership of the Company within a framework of prudent and
effective controls which enables risks to be assessed and
managed. The Board is collectively responsible for: the long-term
success of the Company and delivery of sustainable value to its
shareholders; setting and approving the Company’s strategy, risk
appetite statement, and management’s capital and operating
plans to achieve the strategic objectives.
The Board comprises a majority of independent non-executive
directors. The roles of the Chairman and CEO are separate; the
Chairman leads the Board and is responsible for its effectiveness:
and the CEO leads the day-to-day management of the Company
and execution of strategy.
During the year, the Board completed its annual Board
Effectiveness Review. The Board considered the outcome of this
review and endorsed actions to be undertaken to further optimise
and enhance governance. All enhancements suggested in the
2021 review were considered to have been completed.
In 2022 the Board held six routine meetings and an additional
three ad-hoc meetings to consider matters of a time sensitive
nature. The Board received information from management
between meetings and Directors have full access to all relevant
information on a timely basis, access to the advice of the company
secretary and are entitled to obtain independent external advice at
the Company’s expense.
Details of the stakeholder engagement and management may be
found in ‘Stakeholder engagement’ on page 8.
Culture and values
Through its work, the Board supports the Company’s purpose and
values outlined on page 5 of the Strategic report by ensuring that
the Company conducts its business in a way consistent with its
purpose and values, treating customers fairly and openly, doing
business with the right customers and in the right way, is a
responsible employer, acts responsibly towards the communities
in which it operates and considers its other stakeholders.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
65
Board of Directors
All Directors are subject to annual re-election by the shareholder at the Company’s Annual General Meeting.
The Directors who served during the year ended 31 December 2022 and up to date of this report are shown below:
Dame Clara Furse
Chairman and Independent non-executive Director
Chairman of the Chairman’s Nominations and Remuneration
Committee and Chairman
Appointed to the Board: April 2017
Clara is a non-executive director of Vodafone Group plc and
Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A. She is a member of the Panel of
Senior Advisors to Chatham House. In March 2021 she became
Chair of the UK Voluntary Carbon Markets Forum, establishing a
group that aims to operationalise a global, high integrity market
for voluntary carbon credits; an essential component of an
accelerated and economically productive transition to net zero.
Former appointments include: non-executive director of Amadeus
IT Group S.A.; external member of the Bank of England’s Financial
Policy Committee; lead independent director of the UK's
Department for Work and Pensions; Chief Executive of the London
Stock Exchange; Group Chief Executive of Credit Lyonnais Rouse;
member of the Shanghai International Financial Advisory Council
and non-executive director of Euroclear plc, LCH Clearnet Group
Ltd., Fortis SA, Nomura Holdings and the Legal & General Group.
James Coyle
Independent non-executive Director
Chairman of the Audit Committee, Member of the Risk Committee
and Chairman's Nominations and Remuneration Committee
Appointed to the Board: May 2018
James is chairman of Marks & Spencer Unit Trust Management
Limited and a non-executive director of Marks and Spencer
Financial Services plc and chairman of HSBC Trust Company (UK)
Limited. He is also senior independent director and chairman of
the Audit Committee of Pollen Street PLC, and deputy chairman of
the Oversight Board and member of the Audit Governance Board
of Deloitte LLP. Former appointments include: chairman of the
board and chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee of World
First UK Limited; chairman of Supply@ME Capital PLC, chairman
of the Audit and Risk Committee of Scottish Water, member of
Committees of the Financial Reporting Council, Group Financial
Controller for Lloyds Banking Group; Group Chief Accountant of
Bank of Scotland; member of the Audit Committee of the British
Bankers Association; non-executive director of the Scottish
Building Society; and a non-executive director and chairman of the
Audit Committee of Vocalink plc.
David Lister
Independent non-executive Director
Member of the Risk Committee and from 15 January 2022, the
Audit Committee
Appointed to the Board: May 2018
David is a non-executive director and chairman of HSBC Private
Bank (UK) Limited, Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc and
FDM Group (Holdings) plc. He is also a director of The Caledonian
Club Trust Limited and a member of the board of governors at
Nuffield Health. His former appointments include: non-executive
director of Interxion Holding N.V., non-executive director of CIS
General Insurance Limited, Weatherbys Limited and the
Department for Work and Pensions; trustee of The Tech
Partnership Limited; and Group Chief Information Officer at each
of National Grid, Royal Bank of Scotland, Reuters and Boots.
John David Stuart (known as Ian Stuart)
Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer
Chairman of the Board’s Executive Committee
Appointed to the Board: May 2017
Ian has been Chief Executive Officer and director of HSBC UK
Bank plc since May 2017 and is an Executive Committee member
of HSBC Holdings plc. He joined the HSBC Group as a Group
General Manager and Head of Commercial Banking Europe in
2014, having previously led the corporate and banking businesses
in Barclays and Natwest. He started his career at the Bank of
Scotland and has worked in financial services for over four
decades. Ian is also a non-executive director of UK Finance
Limited, a business ambassador for Meningitis Now and a
member of the Economic Crime Strategic Board.
Mridul Hegde CB
Independent non-executive Director
Chair of the Risk Committee, Member of the Audit Committee and
the Chairman’s Nominations and Remuneration Committee
Appointed to the Board: February 2018
Mridul is a member of Ernst & Young LLP Public Interest Board
and UK Audit Board. Mridul's former appointments include: non-
executive director of the UK Municipal Bonds Agency and member
of its Risk and Audit Committee; and senior roles at the Financial
Reporting Council and HM Treasury, where she was Director of
Financial Stability during the 2008 financial crisis and prior to that,
Director of Public Spending.
Philippe Leslie Van de Walle (known as Leslie
Van de Walle)
Independent non-executive Director
Member of the Chairman’s Nominations and Remuneration
Committee, the Audit Committee and Member of the Risk
Committee until 20 July 2022
Appointed to the Board: February 2018
Leslie is the non-executive chairman of Robert Walters plc and a
non-executive chairman of Greencore Group plc. His former
appointments include: non-executive and chairman of Euromoney
Institutional Investor plc, non-executive director and deputy
chairman of Crest Nicholson Holdings plc, senior independent
director and chairman of the Remuneration Committee of DCC plc,
SIG plc and Weener Plastic Packaging Group. In his executive
career, Leslie was the Group CEO of United Biscuits plc and
Rexam plc; and Executive Vice President Global Retail and
Chairman, Europe of Royal Dutch Shell plc.
Report of the Directors | Corporate Governance Report
66
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Marie Claire Baird (known as Claire Baird)
Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer
Member of the Executive Committee
Appointed to the Board: 6 January 2022
Claire Baird was appointed Chief Financial Officer for HSBC UK
Bank plc in January 2022, in addition to her existing role as CFO
for Global Wealth and Personal Banking ('WPB'). Claire is a
member of the Global WPB, HSBC UK and Global Finance
executive committees. Prior to joining HSBC, Claire spent 18 years
with RBS/NatWest Group, most recently as finance director for
Personal Banking, Deputy CFO for Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS’
Scottish banking subsidiary) and as a non-executive director of
Coutts & Co (RBS’ private bank). Previous roles include finance
director for Services & Functions, Head of Global Finance Services,
and – for Ulster Bank (RBS’ Irish/Northern Irish subsidiaries), she
was Group Financial Controller and Head of Finance, Retail
Banking.
Ekaterina Platonova (known as Kate Platonova)
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: 19 October 2022
Kate was appointed Group Chief Data and Analytics Officer of
HSBC Group Management Services in March 2022. She joined
HSBC in 2017 and has held the roles of; Chief Data Architect
(2017-2019), Chief Technical Domain Architect (2019-2020) and
Chief Data and Architecture Officer (2020-2022). Kate is
responsible for the effective use of data and technology to enable
the business to understand, anticipate and meet the needs of our
customers. Prior to joining HSBC in 2017, she held various
technology roles in Morgan Stanley, Barclays Capital and
JPMorgan Chase. Kate’s areas of interest are cybersecurity,
quantum computing and advancements in Machine Learning and
Artificial Intelligence. 
Jenny Goldie-Scot
Independent non-executive Director
Member of the Risk Committee
Appointed to the Board: 19 July 2022
Jenny has spent the bulk of her career in investment banking
operations and finance in senior leadership roles at Morgan
Stanley, both in the UK and the US. She has had a specific focus
on system and process transformation and her last role was
leading a large digital transformation for Google LLC in California. 
Jenny has previously served on the board of LCH Clearnet plc
where she was chair of the Nomination Committee.
Janet Henry
Non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: 1 November 2022
Janet was appointed as HSBC’s Global Chief Economist in August
2015 and is responsible for all HSBC’s economic forecasts and
thematic economic research output globally. She is a Governor of
the UK’s National Institute of Economic and Social Research and a
member of the World Economic Forum’s Chief Economists
Community. Janet joined HSBC in 1996 in Hong Kong where she
worked as an Asian economist. She was previously HSBC’s Chief
European Economist. She is also a director of 3 College Fields
Management Company Limited.
Other Directors that served during the year
Rosemary Leith – Independent Non-executive Director. Resigned
from the Board on 16 February 2022
Company Secretary
Nicola Black:
Appointed: May 2017
Board activities during 2022
The Board’s key areas of focus during 2022 were aligned to the
four pillars of the refreshed strategic plan. In overseeing
management's execution against these four pillars, the Board
considers whether the actions being taken will deliver
improvements in customer experience and support the ambition to
transform the bank into one that is truly customer-centric:
•Focus on our Strengths – the Board considered the
transformation plans for Wealth Management, first direct and
the Branch Network. It also received regular updates on the
bank's implementation of the FCA's Consumer Duty.
•Energise for growth – the Board reviewed management's
progress in activating hybrid working and how this would
enhance the bank's culture through the lenses of customer,
colleagues and conduct. It also considered plans to develop
HSBC UK’s Societal Purpose.
•Digitise at scale – the Board reviewed the changes that had
been made to enhance IT and Cloud governance, as well as
longer-term proposals to adopt the Cloud. Consideration was
also given to the bank's Fraud strategy and capabilities. The
Board was kept informed about the UK’s plans for the financial
services industry’s transformation of Wholesale Cash and
Payments arrangements.
•Transition to net zero – the Board received an update on
progress being made against the bank's Climate Strategy and
Plan.   
The Board routinely invites senior management from Risk,
Compliance and Legal to meetings to support the discharge of its
responsibilities. The non-executive Directors meet privately with
the CEO ahead of every Board meeting and hold an in-camera
session at the end of every meeting to consider the effectiveness
of the meeting, the papers and presentations.
The Board met nine times during 2022.
Board committees
The Board has established committees to assist it in discharging
its responsibilities. Each Board committee operates within Terms
of Reference approved by the Board that set out the scope of the
delegation and responsibilities, the membership and operation of
the committee and its reporting requirements to the Board. The
Chairs of the Board committees report to each Board meeting on
their activities.
During the year and up to the date of this report, the Board's
committees were as follows:
Audit Committee
Role
The Audit Committee has been delegated responsibility for
oversight of financial reporting related matters and internal
financial controls. All the members of the committee are
independent non-executive directors.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
67
Committee activities during 2022
During the year, the committee reviewed and provided oversight
on: the HSBC UK group’s financial reporting; the integrity of
financial statements and disclosures, and management’s
application of key accounting policies and significant accounting
judgements; the transformation plans and cost management; the
financial and regulatory reporting control environment; financial
performance; liquidity, funding and capital adequacy monitoring;
the Company’s Financial Resource Plan; the nature and scope of
Internal Audit reviews; the effectiveness of the internal financial
reporting control systems; the effectiveness of the Internal Audit
function; and the external audit process.
To support the discharge of its responsibilities, the committee
routinely invites senior management from Finance, Internal Audit
and the External Auditor to its meetings. The committee also
meets separately with the External Audit Partner and Internal Audit
at least twice each year without any management present.
The committee met six times in 2022.
Risk Committee
The Risk Committee has been delegated responsibility for
oversight and monitoring of risk related matters impacting the
Company; risk governance; and internal control systems (other
than internal financial control systems). All the members of the
committee are independent non-executive directors.
Committee activities during 2022
During the year, the committee has, amongst other matters:
provided oversight over risk-related matters including financial and
non-financial risk; assessed the Company’s risk profile and how
risks are mitigated and controlled; considered current and
forward-looking risk exposures; the Company's risk appetite and
tolerance to inform the Company’s strategy and business plans
and made recommendations to the Board; reviewed the
Company’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process and
Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process and stress
testing, including the Annual Cyclical Scenario standalone
submission, and made recommendations, as appropriate, to the
Board; considered the risk management framework and
effectiveness of the non-financial internal control systems;
assessed data risk; reviewed reports from Compliance and Legal;
received updates on the FCA's Consumer Duty; and considered
the effectiveness of the Chief Risk Officer and risk management
function.
The committee routinely invites senior management from Risk,
Compliance, Finance, Legal, Internal Audit and the External
Auditor to support the discharge of its delegated responsibilities. It
also meets twice a year in a private session with each of the Chief
Risk Officer, Internal Auditor and External Audit Partner without
any management present.
The committee met seven times in 2022.
Chairman’s Nominations and Remuneration
Committee
Role
The Chairman’s Nominations and Remuneration Committee
(‘CNRC’) has been delegated responsibilities from the Board in
relation to nomination and remuneration for the Company and its
subsidiaries. The committee keeps the composition of the Board
and its committees under constant review and strives to ensure
that the membership, both individually and collectively, has the
skills, knowledge and experience necessary to oversee, challenge
and support management in the achievement of the bank's
strategic and business objectives. The committee also ensures
that HSBC UK's Board Diversity and Inclusion Policy ("Policy") is
taken into consideration in the succession planning, selection,
nomination, operation and evaluation of the Board. The Policy sets
out an ambition of 33% of the Board to be female and a minimum
of one Board Director from an ethnic minority background. The
current composition of the Board exceeds both of these targets. 
All the members of the committee are independent non-executive
directors.
Committee activities during 2022
In undertaking its responsibilities, the committee has, amongst
other things, during the year, considered: the Board succession
plan; reviewed and recommended changes to the Board's
structure, size and composition, including skills, knowledge and
diversity of the Board; assessed the independence of non-
executive Directors by reference to the criteria in legislation and
regulation and, in particular, the PRA Rulebook for Ring-fenced
Bodies; and ensured that the remuneration framework and pay
review decisions are made in line with the business strategy,
objectives, values and long-term interests of the Company.
The committee regularly invites the CEO and senior management
in HR to attend meetings to support the discharge of its delegated
responsibilities.
The committee met six times during 2022.
Executive Committee
Role
The Board delegates the management and day-to-day running of
the Company to the Executive Committee which exercises all the
powers, authorities and discretions of the Board in accordance
with such policies and directions as the Board or HSBC Group may
from time to time determine. The Executive Committee operates
as a general management committee with the Chair being the
CEO. Membership comprises the Executive Directors and the
CEO's senior management team.
Committee activities during 2022
To support this committee in discharging its responsibilities, it has
sub-delegated specific responsibilities to other committees or
meetings of executive management. There is a regular Risk
Management Meeting of the Executive Committee, chaired by the
CRO, to establish, maintain and periodically review the policy and
guidelines for the management of risk within the group. The Risk
Management Meeting also considers financial crime risk
management to ensure effective enterprise wide management of
financial crime risk within the group and to support the CEO in
discharging his financial crime risk responsibilities.
The committee met eight times in 2022.
Conflicts of interest and indemnification of
Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association grants the Board the
authority to approve Directors’ conflicts and potential conflicts of
interest.The Board has adopted a Conflicts of Interest policy and
procedures for considering and authorising conflicts. A review of
authorised situational conflicts, including the terms of
authorisation, is undertaken by the Board annually.
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s
Articles of Association, all directors are entitled to be indemnified
out of the assets of the Company in respect of claims from third
parties that may arise in connection with the performance of their
functions. Such qualifying third party indemnity provisions have
been in place during the financial year under review, and remain in
place, but have not been utilised by the Directors. All Directors
have the benefit of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
Internal control
The Board is responsible for establishing a framework of controls
to enable the assessment and management of risk and sets the
Company’s Risk Appetite Statement. This is discharged through
reviewing the effectiveness of risk management and internal
control systems and by determining the appetite and tolerance
levels for the types of risks the Company is willing to take in order
to achieve its strategic objectives for its long-term success and the
benefit of its stakeholders. For more information, please refer to
'Internal Control' in 'How we manage our risks' section on page
18.
Report of the Directors | Corporate Governance Report
68
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Employment of people with a disability
We strongly believe in providing equal opportunities for all
employees. The employment of people with a disability is included
in this commitment. The recruitment, training, development and
promotion of people with a disability are based on the aptitudes
and abilities of the individual. Should employees become disabled
during their employments with us, efforts are made to continue
their employment. Where necessary, we will provide appropriate
training, facilities and reasonable equipment to ensure that
barriers to work are removed for colleagues. Continuous work is
done to ensure individual support is provided to make home office
adjustments. Further information on Diversity and Inclusion is
included on page 6.
Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is the external auditor to the
Company. Following a tender process for the audit of HSBC
Holdings plc and its subsidiaries that took place in 2022, it was
recommended that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be reappointed
as auditors for HSBC Group entities effective for periods ending on
or after 1 January 2025. A resolution proposing the reappointment
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor of the bank and giving
authority to the Audit Committee to determine its remuneration
will be submitted to the forthcoming AGM.
Statement on Going Concern
The Board, having made appropriate enquiries, is satisfied that the
group as a whole has adequate resources to continue operations
for a period of at least 12 months from the date of this report, and
it, therefore, continues to adopt the going concern basis in
preparing the financial statements.
In making their going concern assessment, the Directors have
considered a wide range of detailed information relating to present
and potential conditions including: profitability; cash flows; capital
requirements; and capital resources. These considerations include
stressed scenarios that reflect the uncertainty in structural
changes from the Covid-19 pandemic, the Russia-Ukraine war,
disrupted supply chains globally, climate change and other top
and emerging risks, as well as from the related impacts on
profitability, capital and liquidity.
Further information relevant to the assessment is provided in the
Strategic Report and the Report of the Directors, in particular:
•A description of the group’s strategic direction;
•A summary of the group’s financial performance and a review
of performance by business;
•Reports and updates regarding regulatory and internal stress
testing;
•The group’s approach to capital management and its capital
position; and
•The top and emerging risks facing the group, as appraised by
the Directors, along with details of the group's approach to
mitigating those risks and its approach to risk management
in general.
The objectives, policies and processes for managing credit,
liquidity and market risk are set out in the 'Risk section' of the 
‘Report of the Directors' on pages 15 to 70.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
69
Directors' Report Disclosures
table
The following table sets out the disclosures required by the
Companies Act 2006, the Large and Medium-sized Companies and
Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as updated by
Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018) and other
applicable regulations, which are incorporated by reference in this
Directors' Report:
Page
Stakeholder Engagement
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172 on
page 8
Employee Engagement
Stakeholder engagement and Section 172 on
page 8
Employee Health and Safety
Strategic report 'Supporting our employees'
on page 6
Diversity & Inclusion
Strategic report 'Supporting our employees'
on page 6 and Corporate Governance Report
on page 65
Results and Dividends
Financial summary on pages 10 to 14 and
Note 6 of the Financial statements on
page 102
Segmental Analysis
Strategic report on pages 11 to 13 and Note
1.1(f) of the Financial statements on page 87
Future Developments
Strategic report 'Our strategy' on pages 5 to
7
Share Capital
Note 23 of the Financial statements on page
119
Risk Factors
Report of the Directors on pages 17 to 71
Directors' Emoluments
Note 3 of the Financial statements on page
99
Opportunities and Threats
Strategic report on pages 5 to 7 and Risk
report on pages 17 to 64
Directors
Corporate Governance Report on page 65
Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures
Note 29 of the Financial statements on
pages 124 to 125
Director Indemnities
Corporate Governance Report on page 65
Post Balance Sheet Events
Note 28 of the Financial statements page
124
The Report of the Directors comprising pages 17 to 71 was
approved by the Board on 20 February 2023 and is signed on its
behalf by:
Nicola Black
Company Secretary
HSBC UK Bank plc
Registered number 9928412
Report of the Directors | Directors' Report Disclosures
70
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Statement of directors' responsibilities in respect of the financial
statements
The directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report, the Report of the Directors and the financial statements in accordance
with applicable law and regulation.
Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared
the group and the company financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards. In preparing the
group and company financial statements, the directors have also elected to comply with International Financial Reporting Standards
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRSs issued by IASB).
Under company law, directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of
the state of affairs of the group and company and of the profit or loss of the group for that period. In preparing the financial statements,
the directors are required to:
•select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards and IFRSs issued by IASB have been followed, subject to any
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;
•make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
•prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and company will
continue in business.
The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the group and company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the group’s and
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the group and company and enable
them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors' confirmations
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Corporate Governance Report confirm that, to the best of their
knowledge:
•the group and company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting
standards and IFRSs issued by IASB, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the group and company,
and of the profit of the group; and
•the Report of the Directors includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the group
and company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.
In the case of each director in office at the date the directors’ report is approved:
•so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the group’s and company’s auditors are unaware; and
•they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit
information and to establish that the group’s and company’s auditors are aware of that information.
Approved by the Board on 20 February 2023 and signed on its behalf by: 
Nicola Black
Company Secretary
HSBC UK Bank plc
Registered number 9928412
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
71
Independent auditors’ report to the members of HSBC UK Bank plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, HSBC UK Bank plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the 'financial statements'):
•give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2022 and of the group’s
profit and the group’s and parent company’s cash flows for the year then ended;
•have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the
provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and
•have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2022 (the "Annual Report"), which comprise:
•the consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2022;
•the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2022;
•the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2022;
•the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2022;
•the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2022;
•the parent company balance sheet as at 31 December 2022;
•the parent company statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2022;
•the parent company statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and
•the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.
Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.
Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs as issued by the IASB
As explained in note 1.1(a) to the financial statements, the group and parent company, in addition to applying UK-adopted international
accounting standards, have also applied international financial reporting standards ('IFRSs') as issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board ('IASB').
In our opinion, the group and parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by
the IASB.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) ('ISAs (UK)') and applicable law. Our responsibilities
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided.
Other than those disclosed in Note 4, we have provided no non-audit services to the parent company or its controlled undertakings in the
period under audit.
Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
•HSBC UK Bank plc is a member of the HSBC Group, the ultimate parent company of which is HSBC Holdings plc. HSBC UK Bank plc
operates in the UK;
•We performed an audit of the complete financial information of one reporting unit namely HSBC UK Bank plc;
•For four further reporting units, namely Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc ('M&S'), HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited ('HIF’),
HSBC Equipment Finance (UK) Limited (‘HEF’) and Neon Portfolio Distribution DAC (‘Neon’), specific audit procedures were performed
over selected account balances; and
•As part of the audit, we performed additional risk assessment, giving consideration to relevant internal and external factors including
climate change.
Key audit matters
•Expected Credit Loss ('ECL') provision for loans and advances (group and parent).
•Valuation of the defined benefit pension surplus (group and parent).
Materiality
•Overall group materiality: £202m (2021: £106m) based on 5% of adjusted profit before tax.
•Overall parent company materiality: £200m (2021: £97m) based on 5% of adjusted profit before tax.
•Performance materiality: £151m (2021: £79m) (group) and £150m (2021: £73m) (parent company).
Independent auditors’ report to the member of HSBC UK Bank plc
72
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud)
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures
thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Recognition of income under Effective Interest Rate ('EIR') accounting, which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer included
because of the increase in our overall materiality and a reduction in the size of the associated asset therefore reducing the risk of material
misstatement over the course of 2022. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year. 
Expected credit losses ('ECL') provision for loans and advances (group and parent)
Key audit matter
Matters discussed with the Audit Committee
Determining expected credit losses ('ECL') involves management judgement
and is subject to a high degree of estimation uncertainty.
Management makes various assumptions when estimating ECL. The
significant assumptions that we focused on in our audit included those with
greater levels of management judgement and for which variations had the
most significant impact on ECL. These included:
•Assumptions made in determining forward looking economic scenarios
and their probability weightings (specifically the central and downside
scenarios given these have the most material impact on ECL); and
•Estimating expected cash flows and collateral valuations to assess the ECL
of credit impaired wholesale exposures.
Models are also important to the determination of ECL and during the year
the retail probability of default (‘PD’) models were redeveloped.
The level of estimation uncertainty and judgement has remained high during
2022 as a result of the uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical
environment, high levels of inflation and a rising interest rate environment.
This leads to uncertainty around judgements made in determining the
severity and probability weighting of macroeconomic variable forecasts
across the different economic scenarios used in ECL models, and in the
estimation of expected cash flows and collateral valuations on credit
impaired stage 3 exposures.
We held discussions with the Audit Committee covering governance and
controls over ECL. We discussed a number of areas including:
•The severity of macroeconomic scenarios, and their related probability
weightings;
•The valuation of credit impaired exposures, with focus on assumptions
made in the recoverability of significant wholesale exposures;
•The redevelopment of retail probability of default models; and
•The disclosures made in relation to ECL.
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We assessed the design and effectiveness of controls and governance over the estimation of ECLs. We observed management’s review and challenge
governance forums for (1) the determination of macroeconomic scenarios and their probability weightings, and (2) the assessment of ECL for Retail and
Wholesale portfolios, including the assessment of ECL calculated on the largest credit-impaired stage 3 exposures.
We also tested controls over:
•The input of critical data elements into source systems and the flow and transformation of critical data elements from source systems to impairment
models and management judgemental adjustments;
•Credit reviews that determine credit risk ratings (CRRs) for wholesale customers;
•Independent model validation and monitoring;
•The calculation and approval of management judgemental adjustments to modelled outcomes;
•The identification of credit-impairment triggers; and
•The calculation and approval of significant individual impairments relating to the largest wholesale credit-impaired exposures.
We involved our economic experts in assessing the significant assumptions made in determining the severity and probability weighting of macroeconomic
forecasts, with particular focus on the downside and consensus central scenarios. These assessments considered the sensitivity of ECLs to variations in
the severity and probability weighting of macroeconomic variables for different economic scenarios. We involved our modelling specialists in assessing the
appropriateness of the significant assumptions and methodologies used for models. We independently reperformed the calculations for a sample of those
models and management judgemental adjustments. We further considered whether the judgements made in selecting the significant assumptions would
give rise to indicators of possible management bias.
We involved our valuation specialists to assist in testing the valuation of collateral for a sample of wholesale credit-impaired exposures.
In addition, we performed substantive testing over:
•The compliance of ECL methodologies and assumptions with the requirements of IFRS 9;
•The assumptions and methodology underpinning the redeveloped retail PD models and independently replicated these models;
•The appropriateness and application of the quantitative and qualitative criteria used to assess significant increases in credit risk;
•A sample of critical data elements used in the year end ECL calculation;
•A sample of CRRs applied to wholesale exposures; and
•A sample of calculations made in estimating expected cash flows for certain credit-impaired wholesale exposures.
We evaluated and tested the credit risk disclosures made in the financial statements.
Relevant references in the Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Note 1: Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies 1.2(g) Impairment of amortised cost and FVOCI financial assets, page 90.
Summary of credit risk, page 29.
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates, page 33.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
73
Valuation of defined benefit pension surplus
Key audit matter
Matters discussed with the Audit Committee
The defined benefit pension scheme is in a net surplus position as at 31
December 2022 consistent with the prior year.
Defined benefit obligation (‘DBO’)
The valuation of the DBO is dependent on a number of actuarial assumptions.
We consider the discount rate, inflation rate and mortality rates to be the
most significant assumptions used in determining the DBO.
Management uses an actuarial expert to determine the valuation of the DBO
using a number of market-based inputs and other financial and demographic
assumptions.
Changes in these assumptions can have a material impact on the valuation
due to the long duration of the pension liabilities and as such the valuation is
considered to be highly judgemental.
Pension Assets
The pension scheme asset consists of various classes of pension assets,
some of which are more complex to value and therefore higher risk. These
include, infrastructure loan notes, directly held property and some more
complex pooled investment vehicles (‘PIVs’).
Valuation experts are used to determine the value of certain classes of
complex pension assets including the valuation of infrastructure loan notes
and directly held property. The valuation of complex pooled investment
vehicles is obtained from the investment managers.
The estimation of fair value for more complex pension assets is subjective
and relies on valuation models as well as unobservable inputs. Therefore,
significant judgement is required to estimate fair values.
We discussed the results of the work performed by our team (including
actuarial experts). This included how the key assumptions compared to our
independently compiled expected ranges and the assessment of the
modelling methodology adopted by management's actuarial expert.
We discussed with the Audit Committee the changes in methodology
including the rounding convention for financial assumptions and updates to
the mortality assumptions to factor in the impact of Covid-19.
For the complex scheme assets, our discussions included:
•The results of audit work which included our assessment of the valuation
methodology adopted by management's experts when valuing,
infrastructure loan notes and the property portfolios; and
•The results of the additional audit procedures which we performed to
corroborate the reasonableness of the valuations independently obtained
from the PIV investment managers.
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We tested controls over:
•The determination of the actuarial assumptions used in calculating the valuation of the DBO and the approval of those assumptions by management;
and
•The valuation of plan assets.
Our substantive testing over the defined benefit obligation included the following:
•Evaluated the objectivity and competence of management’s actuarial expert involved in the valuation of the DBO;
•Engaged our actuarial experts to assess the reasonableness of the judgements made by management and management’s actuarial expert in determining
the key financial and demographic assumptions used in the calculation of the DBO;
•Assessed the reasonableness of the assumptions using independently compiled expected ranges based on market observable indices and our market
experience; and
•Evaluated the appropriateness of the pension disclosures within the financial statements, including the disclosure regarding the sensitivity of
assumptions by comparing them to the output of our audit work.
Our substantive testing over pension assets included the following:
•Obtained independent confirmations to support the investment valuations from the investment managers for material investment balances;
•Engaged our valuation experts to independently review a sample of more complex investments including directly held property and infrastructure loan
notes; and
•In respect of more complex pooled investment vehicles, we performed one or more of the following additional procedures:
–For fair values based on net asset valuation statements from fund managers, we inspected these statements;
–Agreed valuation statements from fund managers to audited fund financial statements where they were available;
–Reviewed the investment managers’ controls reports in respect of valuation controls;
–Reviewed transaction prices close to the year end for the fund where they were available.
Relevant references in the Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Note 1: Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies 1.2(h) Employee compensation and benefits, page 93.
Note 3: Employee compensation and benefit, page 95.
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as
a whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry
in which they operate.
We performed a risk assessment, giving consideration to relevant internal and external factors, including climate change, economic risks,
relevant accounting and regulatory developments, HSBC’s strategy and any changes taking place within the group. We also considered
our knowledge and experience obtained in prior year audits.
We evaluated and challenged management's assessment of the impact of climate change risk, which is set out on page 62, including
their conclusion that there is no material impact on the financial statements. In making this evaluation we considered management's use
of stress testing and scenario analysis to arrive at the conclusion that there is no material impact on the financial statements. We
considered management's assessment on the areas in the financial statements most likely to be impacted by climate risk, including:
•the impact on ECL on loans and advances to customers, for both physical and transition risk;
•the forecast cashflows from management's five year business plan and long term growth rates used in estimating recoverable
amounts as part of impairment assessments of investments in subsidiaries, goodwill and intangible assets; and
•the impact of climate related terms on the solely payments of principal and interest test for classification and measurement of loans
and advances to customers.
Using our risk assessment, we continually assessed risks and changed the scope of our audit where necessary.
Independent auditors’ report to the member of HSBC UK Bank plc
74
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
HSBC UK Bank plc is structured into three divisions being Wealth and Personal Banking ('WPB'), Commercial Banking ('CMB') and Global
Banking and Markets ('GBM'). The divisions operate across a number of subsidiary entities in the United Kingdom. The consolidated
financial statements are an aggregation of the subsidiary entities (‘reporting units’). Each reporting unit submits their financial
information to the group in the form of a consolidation pack, which gets aggregated within the group’s main consolidation and financial
reporting system.
In establishing the overall approach to the group audit, we scoped our work using the balances included in the consolidation pack and
determined the type of work that needed to be performed over the reporting units.
As a result of our group scoping, we determined that an audit of the complete financial information of HSBC UK Bank plc was necessary,
owing to its financial significance.
We then considered the significance of other reporting units in relation to primary statement account balances. In doing this we also
considered the presence of any significant audit risks and other qualitative factors (including history of misstatements through fraud or
error). For four reporting units, specific audit procedures were performed over selected significant account balances as follows; for HIF
these were ‘Loans and advances to customers’, ‘Customer accounts’, and ‘Items in the course of collection from other Banks’; for HEF
this was ‘Loans and advances to customers’; for M&S these were ‘Loans and advances to customers’, ‘Customer accounts’,
'Prepayments, accrued income and other assets', ‘Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges’; and for Neon
this was ‘Debt securities in issue’. For the remainder of the reporting units, the risk of material misstatement was mitigated through
group audit procedures including testing of entity level controls and subsidiary level analytical review procedures.
Additionally audit procedures were performed on certain group-level account balances including goodwill.
We utilised centralised teams and a shared service centre to assist with certain aspects of our audit where it was more efficient to do so.
This included the coordination of data requests and the testing of a number of controls, IT and operational processes, and central items
such as payroll. We oversaw the nature, timing and extent of the work performed by this team and received results through a
memorandum of work performed.
For all in-scope reporting units apart from M&S, the group audit engagement partner was also the partner overseeing the audit work
performed. For the M&S reporting unit, a separate component team performed the audit of the in-scope balances, as instructed by the
group engagement team. We held regular meetings with the component team auditing the M&S reporting unit as part of our oversight of
their work. In these meetings, we discussed the significant risks identified and how these risks were addressed by the component team
through the procedures performed. We also performed a review of the documentation of the testing performed over a number of areas,
including significant risks to ensure these were aligned with our expectations.
For the parent company, we determined our scope of work using our risk assessment and parent company materiality level. Based on
these, we assessed the level of testing required on each financial statement line item in order to be able to give an opinion on the parent
company financial statements. We utilised work performed over the HSBC UK Bank plc reporting unit as part of the group audit,
performing further work where necessary, and testing parent company balances such as investments in subsidiaries.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These,
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit
procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both
individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Financial statements - group
Financial statements - parent company
Overall materiality
£202m (2021: £106m)
£200m (2021: £97m)
How we determined it
5% of adjusted profit before tax
5% of adjusted profit before tax
Rationale for benchmark
applied
Adjusted profit before tax is the primary measure used by shareholders in assessing the performance of the group and
the parent company and removes the impact of significant items that distort year-on-year comparisons. In determining
overall materiality, we have made adjustments, including for the impact of certain customer redress and restructuring
programmes as they are large items unrelated to the underlying performance of the group and parent company. The
benchmark used in 2021 was a 4-year average of adjusted profit reflecting the significant impact that Covid-19 had on
profitability.
For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range
of materiality allocated across components was £5m-£192m. Certain components were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that
was also less than our overall group materiality.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the
nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes.
Our performance materiality was 75% (2021: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £151m (2021: £79m) for the group financial
statements and £150m (2021: £73m) for the parent company financial statements.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £10m (group audit)
(2021: £5m) and £10m (parent company audit) (2021: £5m) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted
reporting for qualitative reasons.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
75
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the group's and the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis
of accounting included:
•Performing a risk assessment to identify factors that could impact the going concern basis of accounting, including risks to the
financial and operating performance of the group.
•Understanding and evaluating the group’s financial forecasts and the group’s stress testing of liquidity and regulatory capital,
including the severity of the stress scenarios that were used.
•Reading and evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures made in the financial statements in relation to going concern.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of
at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's and the parent
company's ability to continue as a going concern.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this
report.
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any
form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required
to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the
other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information,
we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic report and Report of the Directors, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK
Companies Act 2006 have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters
as described below.
Strategic report and Report of the Directors
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and the Report of
the Directors for the year ended 31 December 2022 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with
applicable legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit,
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and the Report of the Directors.
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do
so.
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations
related to Consumer Credit Act 1974, the Financial Conduct Authority's ('FCA') regulations, the Prudential Regulation Authority's ('PRA')
regulations and UK tax legislation, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial
statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the Companies
Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including
the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to increase
revenue or reduce expenditure, and management bias in accounting estimates and judgements. The group engagement team shared this
Independent auditors’ report to the member of HSBC UK Bank plc
76
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
risk assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their
work. Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:
•Challenging estimates and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to the
expected credit loss provisions of loans and advances to customers (see related key audit matter).
•Identifying and testing journal entries, including those posted with certain descriptions, posted and approved by the same individual,
backdated journals, posted by infrequent and unexpected users, posted to reverse revenue after year end and posted with unusual
account combinations.
•Agreeing financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation, review of correspondence with regulators including
the FCA and PRA, review of correspondence with the group’s external legal advisors, enquiries of management, enquiries of legal
counsel and review of internal audit reports in so far as they related to the financial statements.
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-
compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also,
the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud
may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing
techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We
will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to
enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.
Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.
Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received
from branches not visited by us; or
•certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 7 August 2017 to audit the financial
statements for the year ended 31 December 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is
6 years, covering the years ended 31 December 2017 to 31 December 2022.
Other matter
As required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these financial statements form part
of the ESEF-prepared annual financial report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance
with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). This auditors’ report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial
report has been prepared using the single electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS.
Hamish Anderson (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Birmingham
20 February 2023
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
77
Financial statements
Page
Consolidated income statement
79
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
80
Consolidated balance sheet
81
Consolidated statement of cash flows
82
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
83
HSBC UK Bank plc balance sheet
84
HSBC UK Bank plc statement of cash flows
85
HSBC UK Bank plc statement of changes in equity
86
Notes on the financial
statements
Page
1
Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
87
2
Net fee income
95
3
Employee compensation and benefits
95
4
Auditors’ remuneration
100
5
Tax
100
6
Dividends
102
7
Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
102
8
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
103
9
Derivatives
104
10
Financial investments
106
11
Assets pledged, collateral received and assets transferred
107
12
Interests in joint ventures
108
13
Investments in subsidiaries
108
14
Structured entities
108
15
Goodwill and intangible assets
109
16
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
110
17
Debt securities in issue
110
18
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
110
19
Provisions
111
20
Subordinated liabilities
112
21
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet
commitments
113
22
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
118
23
Called up share capital and other equity instruments
119
24
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments, guarantees
and contingent assets
120
25
Finance lease receivables
121
26
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
121
27
Related party transactions
121
28
Events after the balance sheet date
124
29
HSBC UK Bank plc’s subsidiaries and joint ventures
124
Financial statements
78
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December
2022
2021
Notes
£m
£m
Net interest income
6,203
4,650
–  interest income1,2,3
7,592
5,072
–  interest expense
(1,389)
(422)
Net fee income
2
1,245
1,080
–  fee income
1,493
1,329
–  fee expense
(248)
(249)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
384
318
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
36
15
Gains less losses from financial investments
37
101
Other operating income
47
86
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
7,952
6,250
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
(482)
989
Net operating income
7,470
7,239
Employee compensation and benefits4
3
(1,079)
(1,022)
General and administrative expenses4
(2,271)
(2,316)
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets
(164)
(174)
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets
(318)
(247)
Total operating expenses
(3,832)
(3,759)
Operating profit
3,638
3,480
Profit before tax
3,638
3,480
Tax expense
5
(762)
(1,112)
Profit for the year
2,876
2,368
Attributable to:
–  ordinary shareholders of the parent company
2,871
2,363
–  non-controlling interests
5
5
Profit for the year
2,876
2,368
1  Interest income recognised on financial assets measured at amortised cost is £7,415m (2021: £4,926m).
2  Interest income recognised on financial assets measured at FVOCI is £166m (2021: £130m).
3  Interest income calculated using the effective interest method comprises interest recognised on financial assets measured at either amortised cost
or fair value through other comprehensive income.
4  During 2021, 3,607 full-time equivalent employees that were fully dedicated to HSBC UK Bank plc transferred from HSBC Global Services (UK)
Limited to HSBC UK Bank plc. As a result of the employee transfer, associated costs for the three months to 31 March 2021 were reported under
'General and administrative expenses' and subsequently reported under 'Employee compensation and benefits'.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
79
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
2022
2021
£m
£m
Profit for the year
2,876
2,368
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met:
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
(300)
(89)
–  fair value losses
(385)
(9)
–  fair value gains transferred to the income statement on disposal
(37)
(101)
–  expected credit recoveries  recognised in the income statement
(1)
(4)
–  income taxes
123
25
Cash flow hedges
(1,234)
(91)
–  fair value losses
(1,884)
(115)
–  fair value (gains)/losses reclassified to the income statement
180
(20)
–  income taxes
470
44
Exchange differences
(2)
(1)
–  other exchange differences
(2)
(1)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability
(1,023)
(510)
–  before income taxes
(1,603)
(471)
–  income taxes1
580
(39)
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax
(2,559)
(691)
Total comprehensive income for the year
317
1,677
Attributable to:
–  ordinary shareholders of the parent company
312
1,672
–  non-controlling interests
5
5
Total comprehensive income for the year
317
1,677
1The income tax credit of £580m (2021: charge (£39m)) arising on Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability, includes an income tax credit
of £134m in 2022 arising upon the remeasurement of deferred tax following the substantive enactment of legislation to reduce the UK banking
surcharge rate from 8% to 3% with effect from 1 April 2023 and includes an income tax charge of £179m in 2021 arising upon the
remeasurement of deferred tax following the substantive enactment of legislation to increase the main rate of UK corporation tax from 19% to
25% with effect from 1 April 2023.
Financial statements
80
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Consolidated balance sheet
at 31 December
2022
2021
Notes
£m
£m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
94,407
112,478
Items in the course of collection from other banks
353
299
Financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
7
108
79
Derivatives
9
546
64
Loans and advances to banks
6,357
1,914
Loans and advances to customers
204,143
195,526
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
7,988
Financial investments
10
16,092
14,377
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
16
8,762
9,136
Interests in joint ventures
12
9
9
Goodwill and intangible assets
15
4,258
4,193
Total assets
342,441
346,063
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
10,721
11,180
Customer accounts
281,095
281,870
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,333
10,438
Items in the course of transmission to other banks
308
151
Derivatives
9
304
292
Debt securities in issue
17
1,299
900
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
18
3,543
1,674
Current tax liabilities
173
802
Provisions
19
424
495
Deferred tax liabilities
5
666
1,969
Subordinated liabilities
20
12,349
12,487
Total liabilities
320,215
322,258
Equity
Called up share capital
23
—
—
Share premium account
23
9,015
9,015
Other equity instruments
23
2,196
2,196
Other reserves
6,121
7,657
Retained earnings
4,834
4,877
Total shareholders’ equity
22,166
23,745
Non-controlling interests
60
60
Total equity
22,226
23,805
Total liabilities and equity
342,441
346,063
The accompanying notes on pages 87 to 125, and the audited sections in: the 'Financial summary' on pages 10 to 14 and the ‘Report of
the Directors’ on pages 17 to 71 form an integral part of these financial statements.
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 20 February 2023 and signed on its behalf by:
John David Stuart
Director
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
81
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December
2022
2021
£m
£m
Profit before tax
3,638
3,480
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
482
421
Net gain from investing activities
(37)
(101)
Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges
575
(911)
Provisions including pensions
(78)
123
Share-based payment expense
17
16
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax
(204)
(30)
Elimination of exchange differences1
1,032
(33)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Change in net trading securities and derivatives
(2,174)
(97)
Change in loans and advances to banks and customers
(9,182)
(3,717)
Change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
894
(5,503)
Change in financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value
(29)
(53)
Change in other assets
(2,219)
728
Change in deposits by banks and customer accounts
(1,234)
33,169
Change in repurchase agreements – non-trading
(1,104)
4,288
Change in debt securities in issue
399
34
Change in other liabilities
1,052
(1,233)
Contributions paid to defined benefit plans
(21)
(195)
Tax paid
(1,499)
53
Net cash from operating activities
(9,692)
30,439
Purchase of financial investments
(10,386)
(12,468)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments
8,571
17,000
Net cash flows from the purchase and sale of property, plant and equipment
(41)
(53)
Net investment in intangible assets
(382)
(347)
Net cash from investing activities
(2,238)
4,132
Subordinated loan capital issued2
—
4,978
Subordinated loan capital repaid2
—
(2,079)
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company and non-controlling interests
(1,934)
(752)
Net cash from financing activities
(1,934)
2,147
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
(13,864)
36,718
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan
114,134
77,422
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents
49
(6)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
100,319
114,134
Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
–  cash and balances at central banks
94,407
112,478
–  items in the course of collection from other banks
353
299
–  loans and advances to banks of one month or less
5,285
857
–  reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less
312
—
–  treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months
268
475
–  cash collateral and net settlement accounts
2
176
–  less: items in the course of transmission to other banks
(308)
(151)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
100,319
114,134
Interest received was £7,054m (2021: £5,135m) and interest paid was £1,172m (2021: £444m).
1Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as
details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
2Subordinated liabilities changes during the year are attributable to cash flows from issuance of securities of £nil (2021: £4,978m) and repayments
of £nil (2021: £(2,079)m). Non-cash changes during the year included foreign exchange losses of £556m (2021: £25m).
3At 31 December 2022 £4,700m (2021: £nil) was not available for use by the group, £4,700m (2021: £nil) related to mandatory deposits at central
banks.
Financial statements
82
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
Other reserves
Called up
share
capital and
share
premium
Other
equity
instru-
ments
Retained
earnings
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash flow
hedging
reserve
Group re-
organisa-
tion
reserve2
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2022
9,015
2,196
4,877
56
(90)
7,691
23,745
60
23,805
Profit for the year
—
—
2,871
—
—
—
2,871
5
2,876
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)
—
—
(1,023)
(302)
(1,234)
—
(2,559)
—
(2,559)
–  debt instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
—
—
—
(300)
—
—
(300)
—
(300)
–  cash flow hedges
—
—
—
—
(1,234)
—
(1,234)
—
(1,234)
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/
liability
—
—
(1,023)
—
—
—
(1,023)
—
(1,023)
–  exchange differences
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
(2)
—
(2)
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
1,848
(302)
(1,234)
—
312
5
317
Dividends to shareholders
—
—
(1,929)
—
—
—
(1,929)
(5)
(1,934)
Other movements1
—
—
38
—
—
—
38
—
38
At 31 Dec 2022
9,015
2,196
4,834
(246)
(1,324)
7,691
22,166
60
22,226
At 1 Jan 2021
9,015
2,196
3,749
146
1
7,691
22,798
60
22,858
Profit for the year
—
—
2,363
—
—
—
2,363
5
2,368
Other comprehensive income
(net of tax)
—
—
(510)
(90)
(91)
—
(691)
—
(691)
–  debt instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
—
—
—
(89)
—
—
(89)
—
(89)
–  cash flow hedges
—
—
—
—
(91)
—
(91)
—
(91)
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/
liability
—
—
(510)
—
—
—
(510)
—
(510)
–  exchange differences
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
(1)
—
(1)
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
1,853
(90)
(91)
—
1,672
5
1,677
Dividends to shareholders
—
—
(747)
—
—
—
(747)
(5)
(752)
Other movements1
—
—
22
—
—
—
22
—
22
At 31 Dec 2021
9,015
2,196
4,877
56
(90)
7,691
23,745
60
23,805
1Relates to £9m pension assets transfer from HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited and HSBC Bank plc (2021: £20m) and share based payments cost
of £29m in 2022 (2021: £2m).
2The Group reorganisation reserve is an equity reserve which was used to recognise the contribution of equity reserves associated with the ring
fenced businesses that were notionally transferred from HSBC Bank plc.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
83
HSBC UK Bank plc balance sheet
at 31 December
2022
2021
Notes
£m
£m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks
94,407
112,477
Items in the course of collection from other banks
154
132
Financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
7
108
79
Derivatives
9
546
64
Loans and advances to banks
9,304
4,405
Loans and advances to customers
199,666
191,208
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
7,988
Financial investments
10
16,092
14,377
Investments in subsidiaries
13
1,010
1,014
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
16
8,527
8,861
Interests in joint ventures
12
5
5
Goodwill and intangible assets
15
1,185
1,128
Total assets
338,410
341,738
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
11,619
12,095
Customer accounts
279,575
280,023
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,333
10,438
Items in the course of transmission to other banks
304
148
Derivatives
9
304
292
Debt securities in issue
17
1,091
675
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
18
3,330
1,514
Current tax liabilities
135
760
Provisions
19
386
442
Deferred tax liabilities
5
690
2,001
Subordinated liabilities
20
12,349
12,487
Total liabilities
319,116
320,875
Equity
Called up share capital
23
—
—
Share premium account
23
9,015
9,015
Other equity instruments
23
2,196
2,196
Other reserves
3,678
5,214
Retained earnings
4,405
4,438
Total equity
19,294
20,863
Total liabilities and equity
338,410
341,738
Profit after tax for the year was £2,882m (2021: £2,201m).
The accompanying notes on pages 87 to 125, and the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors’ on pages 17 to 71 form an integral
part of these financial statements.
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 20 February 2023 and signed on its behalf by:
John David Stuart
Director
Financial statements
84
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
HSBC UK Bank plc statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December
2022
2021
£m
£m
Profit before tax
3,599
3,265
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
473
397
Net gain from investing activities
(37)
(101)
Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges
457
(801)
Provisions including pensions
(93)
114
Share-based payment expense
16
15
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax
(204)
(30)
Elimination of exchange differences1
1,032
(33)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Change in net trading securities and derivatives
(2,174)
(97)
Change in loans and advances to banks and customers
(9,130)
(4,163)
Change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
894
(5,503)
Change in financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value
(29)
(53)
Change in other assets
(2,188)
693
Change in deposits by banks and customer accounts
(924)
33,604
Change in repurchase agreements – non-trading
(1,104)
4,288
Change in debt securities in issue
416
34
Change in other liabilities
1,013
(1,202)
Contributions paid to defined benefit plans
(21)
(195)
Tax paid
(1,460)
58
Net cash from operating activities
(9,464)
30,290
Purchase of financial investments
(10,386)
(12,468)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments
8,571
17,000
Net cash flows from the purchase and sale of property, plant and equipment
(64)
(44)
Net investment in intangible assets
(375)
(343)
Net cash from investing activities
(2,254)
4,145
Subordinated loan capital issued2
—
4,978
Subordinated loan capital repaid2
—
(2,000)
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company and non-controlling interests
(1,929)
(747)
Net cash from financing activities
(1,929)
2,231
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
(13,647)
36,666
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan
114,114
77,454
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents
49
(6)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
100,516
114,114
Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
–  cash and balances at central banks
94,407
112,477
–  items in the course of collection from other banks
154
132
–  loans and advances to banks of one month or less
5,677
1,002
–  reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less
312
—
–  treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months
268
475
–  cash collateral and net settlement accounts
2
176
–  less: items in the course of transmission to other banks
(304)
(148)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
100,516
114,114
Interest received was £6,671m (2021: £4,827m), interest paid was £1,154m (2021: £417m) and dividends received were £161m (2021:
£57m).
1Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on line-by-line basis, as
details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
2Subordinated liabilities changes during the year are attributable to cash flows from issuance of securities of £nil (2021: £4,978m) and repayments
of £nil (2021: £(2,000)m). Non-cash changes during the year included foreign exchange losses of £556m (2021: £25m).
3At 31 December 2022, £4,700m (2021: £nil) was not available for use by the bank, £4,700m (2021: £nil) related to mandatory deposits at central
banks.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
85
HSBC UK Bank plc statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
Other reserves
Called up
share capital
and share
premium
Other
equity
instruments
Retained
earnings
Financial
assets at
FVOCI reserve
Cash flow
hedging
reserve
Group re-
organisation2
reserve
Total
share-
holders’
equity
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2022
9,015
2,196
4,438
56
(90)
5,248
20,863
Profit for the year
—
—
2,882
—
—
—
2,882
Other comprehensive expense (net of tax)
—
—
(1,023)
(302)
(1,234)
—
(2,559)
–  debt instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
—
—
—
(300)
—
—
(300)
–  cash flow hedges
—
—
—
—
(1,234)
—
(1,234)
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability
—
—
(1,023)
—
—
—
(1,023)
–  exchange differences
—
—
—
(2)
—
—
(2)
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
1,859
(302)
(1,234)
—
323
Dividends to shareholders
—
—
(1,929)
—
—
—
(1,929)
Other movements1
—
—
37
—
—
—
37
At 31 Dec 2022
9,015
2,196
4,405
(246)
(1,324)
5,248
19,294
At 1 Jan 2021
9,015
2,196
3,473
146
1
5,248
20,079
Profit for the year
—
—
2,201
—
—
—
2,201
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)
—
—
(510)
(90)
(91)
—
(691)
–  debt instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
—
—
—
(89)
—
—
(89)
–  cash flow hedges
—
—
—
—
(91)
—
(91)
–  remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability
—
—
(510)
—
—
—
(510)
–  exchange differences
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
(1)
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
1,691
(90)
(91)
—
1,510
Dividends to shareholders
—
—
(747)
—
—
—
(747)
Other movements1
—
—
21
—
—
—
21
At 31 Dec 2021
9,015
2,196
4,438
56
(90)
5,248
20,863
1Relates to £9m pension assets transfer from HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited and HSBC Bank plc (2021: £20m) and share based payments cost
of £28m in 2022 (2021: £1m).
2The Group reorganisation reserve is an equity reserve which was used to recognise the contribution of equity reserves associated with the ring
fenced businesses that were notionally transferred from HSBC Bank plc.
Financial statements
86
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Notes on the financial statements
1
Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
1.1Basis of preparation
(a)Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
The consolidated financial statements of HSBC UK and the separate financial statements of the bank comply with UK-adopted
international accounting standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. These financial statements are also prepared
in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB, including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there are no
applicable differences from IFRSs as issued by the IASB for the periods presented. There were no unendorsed standards effective for the
year ended 31 December 2022 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements.
Standards adopted during the year ended 31 December 2022
There were no new accounting standards or interpretations that had a significant effect on HSBC UK in 2022. Accounting policies have
been consistently applied.
(b)Future accounting developments
Minor amendments to IFRSs
The IASB has not published any minor amendments to IFRSs which are effective from 1 January 2022 that are applicable to HSBC UK.
However, the IASB has published a number of minor amendments to IFRSs that are effective from 1 January 2023 and 1 January 2024.
The group expects they will have an insignificant effect, when adopted, on the consolidated financial statements of the group and the
separate financial statements of the bank.
New IFRSs
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ was issued in May 2017, with amendments to the standard issued in June 2020 and December 2021.
Following the amendments, IFRS 17 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and has been adopted
in its entirety for use in the UK. However, it is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the
group and the separate financial statements of the bank.
(c)Foreign currencies
The functional currency of the bank is sterling, which is also the presentational currency of the consolidated financial statements of
the group.
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange on the date of the transaction. Assets and liabilities denominated
in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date except non-monetary assets and liabilities measured
at historical cost, which are translated using the rate of exchange at the initial transaction date. Exchange differences are included in
other comprehensive income or in the income statement depending on where the gain or loss on the underlying item is recognised.
(d)Presentation of information
Certain disclosures required by IFRSs have been included in the audited sections of this Annual Report and Accounts 2022 as follows:
•disclosures concerning the nature and extent of risks relating to financial instruments are included in the ‘Report of the Directors |
Risk’ on pages 17 to 65; and
•capital disclosures are included in the ‘Report of the Directors | Risk’ on pages 59 to 61. 
In publishing the parent company financial statements together with the group financial statements, the bank has taken advantage of the
exemption in Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and related notes.
(e)Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and judgements about future conditions. In view of the inherent
uncertainties and the high level of subjectivity involved in the recognition or measurement of items highlighted as the critical accounting
estimates and judgements in section 1.2 below, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from those on
which management’s estimates are based. This could result in materially different estimates and judgements from those reached by
management for the purposes of these financial statements. Management’s selection of the group’s accounting policies that contain
critical estimates and judgements reflects the materiality of the items to which the policies are applied and the high degree of judgement
and estimation uncertainty involved.
Management has considered the impact of climate-related risks on HSBC’s financial position and performance. While the effects of
climate change are a source of uncertainty, as at 31 December 2022 management do not consider there to be a material impact on our
critical judgements and estimates from the physical, transition and other climate-related risks in the short to medium term. In particular
management has considered the known and observable potential impact of climate-related risks of associated judgements and estimates
in our value in use calculations.
(f)Segmental analysis
HSBC UK's chief operating decision-maker is the group Chief Executive, supported by the group Executive Committee, and operating
segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the group Chief Executive and the group Executive
Committee.
Measurement of segmental assets, liabilities, income and expenses is in accordance with the group’s accounting policies. Segmental
income and expenses include transfers between segments and these transfers are conducted at arm’s length. Shared costs are included
in segments on the basis of the actual recharges made.
The types of products and services from which each reportable segment derives its revenue are discussed in the ‘Strategic report | Our
global businesses’.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
87
(g)Going concern
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the group and bank have the resources
to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information
relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital
resources. These considerations include stressed scenarios that reflect the uncertainty in structural changes from the Covid-19 pandemic,
the Russia-Ukraine war, disrupted supply chains globally, climate change and other top and emerging risks, as well as from the related
impacts on profitability, capital and liquidity.
1.2Summary of significant accounting policies
(a)Consolidation and related policies
Investments in subsidiaries
Where an entity is governed by voting rights, the group consolidates when it holds, directly or indirectly, the necessary voting rights to
pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the assessment of control is more complex and requires judgement of other
factors, including having exposure to variability of returns, power to direct relevant activities and whether power is held as agent or
principal.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The amount of non-controlling interest is measured either at fair
value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The election is made for each
business combination.
The bank's investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment losses.
Goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which goodwill is
monitored for internal management purposes. The group‘s CGUs are based on the business lines described in the Strategic Report.
Impairment testing is performed once a year, or whenever there is an indication of impairment, by comparing the recoverable amount of
a CGU with its carrying amount.
Goodwill is included in a disposal group if the disposal group is a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated or it is an operation within
such a CGU. The amount of goodwill included in a disposal group is measured on the basis of the relative values of the operation
disposed of and the portion of the CGU retained.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The review of goodwill for impairment reflects management’s best estimate of the future cash flows of the CGUs and the rates used to discount these cash
flows, both of which are subject to uncertain factors as follows:
Judgements
Estimates
•The accuracy of forecast cash flows is
subject to a high degree of uncertainty in
volatile market conditions. Where such
circumstances are determined to exist,
management re-tests goodwill for
impairment more frequently than once a
year when indicators of impairment exist.
This ensures that the assumptions on
which the cash flow forecasts are based
continue to reflect current market
conditions and management’s best
estimate of future business prospects.
•The future cash flows of the CGUs are sensitive to the cash flows projected for the periods for which
detailed forecasts are available and to assumptions regarding the long-term pattern of sustainable cash
flows thereafter. Forecasts are compared with actual performance and verifiable economic data, but they
reflect management’s view of future business prospects at the time of the assessment.
•The rates used to discount future expected cash flows can have a significant effect on their valuation,
and are based on the costs of equity assigned to individual CGUs. The cost of equity percentage is
generally derived from a capital asset pricing model and the market implied cost of equity, which
incorporates inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables, including the risk-free
interest rate and a premium for the risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are subject to
fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond management’s control.
•Key assumptions used in estimating goodwill impairment are described in Note 15.
The group does not consider there to be a significant risk of a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the goodwill balance in the
next financial year but does consider this to be an area that is inherently judgemental.
Interests in associates and joint arrangements
Joint arrangements are investments in which the group, together with one or more parties, has joint control. Depending on the group’s
rights and obligations, the joint arrangement is classified as either a joint operation or a joint venture. The group classifies investments in
entities over which it has significant influence, and that are neither subsidiaries nor joint arrangements, as associates.
The group recognises its share of the assets, liabilities and results in a joint operation. Investments in associates and interests in joint
ventures are recognised using the equity method. The attributable share of the results and reserves of joint ventures and associates is
included in the consolidated financial statements of the group, based on either financial statements made up to 31 December, or pro-
rated amounts adjusted for any material transactions or events occurring between the date the financial statements are available and   
31 December.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are assessed at each reporting date and tested for impairment when there is an indication
that the investment may be impaired. Goodwill on acquisition of interests in joint ventures and associates is not tested separately for
impairment, but is assessed as part of the carrying amount of the investment.
(b)    Income and expense
Operating income
Interest income and expense
Interest income and expense for all financial instruments, excluding those classified as held for trading are recognised in ‘Interest income’
and ‘Interest expense’ in the income statement using the effective interest method.
Interest on credit-impaired financial assets is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose
of measuring the impairment loss.
Notes on the financial statements
88
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Non-interest income and expense
The group generates fee income from services provided at a fixed price over time, such as account service and card fees, or when it
delivers a specific transaction at a point in time, such as broking services and import/export services. With the exception of certain
performance fees, all other fees are generated at a fixed price. Fund management and performance fees can be variable depending on
the size of the customer portfolio and the group’s performance as fund manager. Variable fees are recognised when all uncertainties are
resolved. Fee income is generally earned from short-term contracts with payment terms that do not include a significant financing
component.
The group acts as principal in the majority of contracts with customers, with the exception of broking services. For most brokerage
trades, the group acts as agent in the transaction and recognises broking income net of fees payable to other parties in the arrangement.
The group recognises fees earned on transaction-based arrangements at a point in time when it has fully provided the service to the
customer. Where the contract requires services to be provided over time, income is recognised on a systematic basis over the life of the
agreement.
Where the group offers a package of services that contains multiple non-distinct performance obligations, such as those included in
account service packages, the promised services are treated as a single performance obligation. If a package of services contains distinct
performance obligations, such as those including both account and insurance services, the corresponding transaction price is allocated to
each performance obligation based on the estimated stand-alone selling prices.
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities,
and usually the date when shareholders approve the dividend for unlisted equity securities.
The group buys and sells currencies to customers, as principal and presents the results of this activity, including the related gains and
losses from changes in foreign exchange rates, as trading.
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss includes the following:
•‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’: This comprises net trading income, which
includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading and other
financial instruments managed on a fair value basis, together with the related interest income, expense and dividends, excluding the
effect of changes in the credit risk of liabilities managed on a fair value basis. It also includes all gains and losses from changes in the
fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or
loss.
•‘Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss’: This includes interest
on instruments that fail the SPPI test, see (d).
(c)Valuation of financial instruments
All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of a financial instrument
on initial recognition is generally its transaction price (that is, the fair value of the consideration given or received). However, if there is a
difference between the transaction price and the fair value of financial instruments whose fair value is based on a quoted price in an
active market or a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets, the group recognises the difference as a trading gain
or loss at inception (a ‘day 1 gain or loss’). In all other cases, the entire day 1 gain or loss is deferred and recognised in the income
statement over the life of the transaction either until the transaction matures or is closed out or the valuation inputs become observable.
The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured on an individual basis. Financial instruments are classified into one of three
fair value hierarchy levels, described in Note 7, ‘Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value’.
(d)    Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Financial assets that are held to collect the contractual cash flows and which contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates
to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Such financial assets include most loans
and advances to banks and customers and some debt securities. In addition, most financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost.
The group accounts for regular way amortised cost financial instruments using trade date accounting. The carrying value of these
financial assets at initial recognition includes any directly attributable transactions costs.
Non-trading reverse repurchase, repurchase and similar agreements
When debt securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain on the
balance sheet and a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Securities purchased under commitments to resell
(‘reverse repos’) are not recognised on the balance sheet and an asset is recorded in respect of the initial consideration paid. Non-trading
repos and reverse repos are measured at amortised cost. The difference between the sale and repurchase price or between the purchase
and resale price is treated as interest and recognised in net interest income over the life of the agreement.
Finance lease receivables
Agreements which transfer to counterparties substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of assets are classified as
finance leases. They are recorded at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease, less any impairment allowance. The net
investment in finance leases represents the sum of the minimum payments receivable (gross investment in the lease) discounted at the
rate of interest implicit in the lease. Initial direct costs incurred in arranging the lease, less any fee income related to the lease, are
included in the initial measurement of the net investment.
(e)Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Financial assets held for a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling and which contain
contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are measured at FVOCI.
These comprise primarily debt securities. They are recognised on the trade date when the group enters into contractual arrangements to
purchase and are normally derecognised when they are either sold or redeemed. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value and
changes therein (except for those relating to impairment, interest income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses) are
recognised in other comprehensive income until the assets are sold. Upon disposal, the cumulative gains or losses in other
comprehensive income are recognised in the income statement as ‘Gains less losses from financial instruments’. Financial assets
measured at FVOCI are included in the impairment calculations set out below and impairment is recognised in profit or loss.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
89
(f)Derivatives
Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of underlying items such as equities, interest rates or other
indices. Derivatives are recognised initially and are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are classified as
assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. This includes embedded derivatives in financial
liabilities, which are bifurcated from the host contract when they meet the definition of a derivative on a stand-alone basis.
Hedge accounting
When derivatives are not part of fair value designated relationships, if held for risk management purposes they are designated in hedge
accounting relationships where the required criteria for documentation and hedge effectiveness are met. The group uses these
derivatives or, where allowed, other non-derivative hedging instruments in fair value hedges or cash flow hedges as appropriate to the
risk being hedged.
Fair value hedge
Fair value hedge accounting does not change the recording of gains and losses on derivatives and other hedging instruments, but results
in recognising changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or liabilities attributable to the hedged risk that would not otherwise be
recognised in the income statement. If a hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting is
discontinued and the cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised to the income statement on a
recalculated effective interest rate, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case it is recognised in the income
statement immediately.
Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of gains and losses on hedging instruments is recognised in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion
of the change in fair value of derivative hedging instruments that are part of a cash flow hedge relationship is recognised immediately in
the income statement within ‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’. The accumulated
gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement in the same periods in which the
hedged item affects profit or loss. When a hedge relationship is discontinued, or partially discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss
recognised in other comprehensive income remains in equity until the forecast transaction is recognised in the income statement. When
a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is
immediately reclassified to the income statement.
(g)Impairment of amortised cost and FVOCI financial assets
ECL are recognised for loans and advances to banks and customers, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements, other financial assets
held at amortised cost, debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income ('FVOCI'), and certain loan
commitments and financial guarantee contracts. At initial recognition, an allowance (or provision in the case of some loan commitments
and financial guarantees) is required for ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months, or less, where the
remaining life is less than 12 months (’12-month ECL’). In the event of a significant increase in credit risk, an allowance (or provision) is
required for ECL resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of the financial instrument (‘lifetime ECL’). Financial
assets where 12-month ECL is recognised are considered to be ‘stage 1’; financial assets which are considered to have experienced a
significant increase in credit risk are in ‘stage 2’; and financial assets for which there is objective evidence of impairment so are
considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired are in ‘stage 3’. POCI are treated differently as set out below.
Credit impaired (stage 3)
The group determines that a financial instrument is credit impaired and in stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily
whether contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days, there are other indications that the
borrower is unlikely to pay such as that a concession has been granted to the borrower for economic or legal reasons relating to the
borrower’s financial condition, or the loan is otherwise considered to be in default.
If such unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even where
regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on 180 days past due. Therefore, the definitions of credit impaired and default are
aligned as far as possible so that stage 3 represents all loans that are considered defaulted or otherwise credit impaired.
Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost amount, i.e. gross carrying amount less ECL
allowance.
Write-off
Financial assets (and the related impairment allowances) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic
prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In
circumstances where the net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further
recovery, write-off may be earlier.
Forbearance
Loans are identified as forborne and classified as either performing or non-performing when HSBC UK modifies the contractual terms due
to financial difficulty of the borrower. Non-performing forborne loans are stage 3 and classified as non-performing until they meet the
cure criteria, as specified by applicable credit risk policy (for example, when the loan is no longer in default and no other indicators of
default have been present for at least 12 months). Any amount written off as a result of any modification of contractual terms upon
entering forbearance would not be reversed.
In 2022, HSBC UK adopted the EBA Guidelines on the application of definition of default for our retail portfolios, which affects credit risk
policies and our reporting in respect of the status of loans as credit impaired principally due to forbearance (or curing thereof). Further
details are provided under 'Forborne loans and advances' on page 27.
Performing forborne loans are initially stage 2 and remain classified as forborne until they meet applicable cure criteria (for example, they
continue to not be in default and no other indicators of default are present for a period of at least 24 months). At this point, the loan is
either stage 1 or stage 2 as determined by comparing the risk of a default occurring at the reporting date (based on the modified
contractual terms) and the risk of a default occurring at initial recognition (based on the original, unmodified contractual terms).
Notes on the financial statements
90
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
A forborne loan is derecognised if the existing agreement is cancelled and a new agreement is made on substantially different terms, or if
the terms of an existing agreement are modified such that the forborne loan is a substantially different financial instrument. Any new
loans that arise following derecognition events in these circumstances would generally be classified as POCI and will continue to be
disclosed as forborne.
Loan modifications other than forborne loans
Loan modifications that are not identified as forborne are considered to be commercial restructuring. Where a commercial restructuring
results in a modification (whether legalised through an amendment to the existing terms or the issuance of a new loan contract) such
that HSBC UK rights to the cash flows under the original contract have expired, the old loan is derecognised and the new loan is
recognised at fair value. The rights to cash flows are generally considered to have expired if the commercial restructure is at market rates
and no payment-related concession has been provided. Modifications of certain higher credit risk wholesale loans are assessed for
derecognition having regard to changes in contractual terms that either individually or in combination are judged to result in a
substantially different financial instrument. Mandatory and general offer loan modifications that are not borrower-specific, for example
market-wide customer relief programmes generally do not result in derecognition, but their stage allocation is determined considering all
available and supportable information under our ECL impairment policy. Changes made to these financial instruments that are
economically equivalent and required by interest rate benchmark reform do not result in the derecognition or a change in the carrying
amount of the financial instrument, but instead require the effective interest rate to be updated to reflect the change of the interest rate
benchmark.
Significant increase in credit risk (stage 2)
An assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition is performed at each reporting period by
considering the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument. The assessment explicitly or
implicitly compares the risk of default occurring at the reporting date compared with that at initial recognition, taking into account
reasonable and supportable information, including information about past events, current conditions and future economic conditions. The
assessment is unbiased, probability-weighted, and to the extent relevant, uses forward-looking information consistent with that used in
the measurement of ECL. The analysis of credit risk is multifactor. The determination of whether a specific factor is relevant and its
weight compared with other factors depends on the type of product, the characteristics of the financial instrument and the borrower.
Therefore, it is not possible to provide a single set of criteria that will determine what is considered to be a significant increase in credit
risk and these criteria will differ for different types of lending, particularly between retail and wholesale. However, unless identified at an
earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when 30 days past due. In addition,
wholesale loans that are individually assessed, which are typically corporate and commercial customers, and included on a watch or
worry list, are included in stage 2.
For wholesale portfolios, the quantitative comparison assesses default risk using a lifetime PD which encompasses a wide range of
information including the obligor’s CRR, macro-economic condition forecasts and credit transition probabilities. For origination CRRs up
to 3.3, significant increase in credit risk is measured by comparing the average PD for the remaining term estimated at origination with
the equivalent estimation at the reporting date. The quantitative measure of significance varies depending on the credit quality at
origination as follows:
Origination CRR
Significance trigger – PD that increases by
0.1-1.2
15 bps
2.1-3.3
30 bps
For CRRs greater than 3.3 that are not impaired, a significant increase in credit risk is considered to have occurred when the origination
PD has doubled. The significance of changes in PD was informed by expert credit risk judgement, referenced to historical credit
migrations and to relative changes in external market rates.
For loans originated prior to the implementation of IFRS 9, the origination PD does not include adjustments to reflect expectations of
future macroeconomic conditions since these are not available without the use of hindsight. In the absence of this data, origination PD
must be approximated assuming through-the-cycle PDs and through-the-cycle migration probabilities, consistent with the instrument’s
underlying modelling approach and the CRR at origination. For these loans, the quantitative comparison is supplemented with additional
CRR deterioration-based thresholds, as set out in the table below:
Origination CRR
Additional significance criteria – Number of CRR grade notches deterioration
required to identify as significant credit deterioration (stage 2) (> or equal to)
0.1
5 notches
1.1-4.2
4 notches
4.3-5.1
3 notches
5.2-7.1
2 notches
7.2-8.2
1 notch
8.3
0 notch
Further information about the 23-grade scale used for CRR can be found on page 27 – Risk rating scales.
For Retail portfolios, default risk is assessed using a reporting date 12-month PD derived from credit scores, which incorporate all
available information about the customer. This PD is adjusted for the effect of macroeconomic forecasts for periods longer than
12 months and is considered to be a reasonable approximation of a lifetime PD measure. Retail exposures are first segmented into
homogenous portfolios, generally by country, product and brand. Within each portfolio, the stage 2 accounts are defined as accounts
with an adjusted 12-month PD greater than the average 12-month PD of loans in that portfolio 12 months before they become 30 days
past due. The expert credit risk judgement is that no prior increase in credit risk is significant. This portfolio-specific threshold therefore
identifies loans with a PD higher than would be expected from loans that are performing as originally expected and higher than that
which would have been acceptable at origination. It therefore approximates a comparison of origination to reporting date PDs.
As additional data becomes available, the retail transfer criteria approach continues to be refined to utilise a more relative approach for
certain portfolios. These enhancements take advantage of the increase in origination related data in the assessment of significant
increases in credit risk by comparing remaining lifetime PD to the comparable remaining term lifetime PD at origination based on
portfolio-specific origination segments. These enhancements resulted in significant migrations of loans to customers gross carrying
amounts from stage 1 to stage 2, but did not have a significant impact on the overall ECL for these portfolios in 2022 due to low loan-to-
value ratios.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
91
Unimpaired and without significant increase in credit risk (stage 1)
ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months ('12-month ECL') are recognised for financial instruments
that remain in stage 1.
Purchased or originated credit impaired
Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses are considered to be POCI.
This population includes new financial instruments recognised in most cases following the derecognition of forborne loans. The amount
of change in lifetime ECL for a POCI loan is recognised in profit or loss until the POCI loan is derecognised, even if the lifetime ECL are
less than the amount of ECL included in the estimated cash flows on initial recognition.
Movement between stages
Financial assets can be transferred between the different categories (other than POCI) depending on their relative increase in credit risk
since initial recognition. Financial instruments are transferred out of stage 2 if their credit risk is no longer considered to be significantly
increased since initial recognition based on the assessments described above. In the case of non-performing forborne loans, such
financial instruments are transferred out of stage 3 when they no longer exhibit any evidence of credit impairment and meet the curing
criteria as described above.
Measurement of ECL
The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are unbiased and probability-weighted, and incorporate all available information
which is relevant to the assessment including information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable
forecasts of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. In addition, the estimation of ECL should take into account the
time value of money and considers other factors such as climate-related risks.
In general, the group calculates ECL using three main components: a PD, a LGD and the EAD.
The 12-month ECL is calculated by multiplying the 12-month PD, LGD and EAD. Lifetime ECL is calculated using the lifetime PD instead.
The 12-month and lifetime PDs represent the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months and the remaining maturity of the
instrument respectively.
The EAD represents the expected balance at default, taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet
date to the default event together with any expected drawdowns of committed facilities. The LGD represents expected losses on the EAD
given the event of default, taking into account, among other attributes, the mitigating effect of collateral value at the time it is expected
to be realised and the time value of money.
The group makes use of the Basel II IRB framework where possible, with recalibration to meet the differing IFRS 9 requirements as set
out in the following table:
Model
Regulatory capital
IFRS 9
PD
Through the cycle (represents long-run average PD throughout a
full economic cycle).
The definition of default includes a backstop of 90+ days past due,
although this has been modified to 180+ days past due for some
portfolios, particularly UK and US mortgages.
Point in time (based on current conditions, adjusted to take into
account estimates of future conditions that will impact PD).
Default backstop of 90+ days past due for all portfolios.
EAD
Cannot be lower than current balance.
Amortisation captured for term products.
LGD
Downturn LGD (consistent losses expected to be suffered during a
severe but plausible economic downturn).
Regulatory floors may apply to mitigate risk of underestimating
downturn LGD due to lack of historical data.
Discounted using cost of capital.
All collection costs included.
Expected LGD (based on estimate of loss given default including the
expected impact of future economic conditions such as changes in
value of collateral).
No floors.
Discounted using the original effective interest rate of the loan.
Only costs associated with obtaining/selling collateral included.
Other
Discounted back from point of default to balance sheet date.
While 12-month PDs are recalibrated from Basel II models where possible, the lifetime PDs are determined by projecting the 12-month
PD using a term structure. For the wholesale methodology, the lifetime PD also takes into account credit migration, i.e. a customer
migrating through the CRR bands over its life.
The ECL for wholesale stage 3 is determined on an individual basis using a DCF methodology. The expected future cash flows are based
on the credit risk officer’s estimates at the reporting date, reflecting reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of future
recoveries and expected future receipts of interest. Collateral is taken into account if it is likely that the recovery of the outstanding
amount will include realisation of collateral based on its estimated fair value of collateral at the time of expected realisation, less costs for
obtaining and selling the collateral.
The cash flows are discounted at a reasonable approximation of the original effective interest rate. For significant cases, cash flows under
four different scenarios are probability-weighted by reference to the economic scenarios applied more generally by the group and the
judgement of the credit risk officer in relation to the likelihood of the workout strategy succeeding or receivership being required. For less
significant cases, the effect of different economic scenarios and work-out strategies is approximated and applied as an adjustment to the
most likely outcome.
Period over which ECL is measured
Expected credit loss is measured from the initial recognition of the financial asset. The maximum period considered when measuring ECL
(be it 12-month or lifetime ECL) is the maximum contractual period over which the group is exposed to credit risk. However, where the
financial instrument includes both a drawn and undrawn commitment and the contractual ability to demand repayment and cancel the
undrawn commitment does not serve to limit the group’s exposure to credit risk to the contractual notice period, the contractual period
does not determine the maximum period considered. Instead, ECL is measured over the period the group remains exposed to credit risk
that is not mitigated by credit risk management actions. This applies to retail overdrafts and credit cards, where the period is the average
time taken for stage 2 exposures to default or close as performing accounts, determined on a portfolio basis and ranging from between
two and six years. In addition, for these facilities it is not possible to identify the ECL on the loan commitment component separately from
Notes on the financial statements
92
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
the financial asset component. As a result, the total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL
exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision. For wholesale overdraft
facilities, credit risk management actions are taken no less frequently than on an annual basis.
Forward-looking economic inputs
The group applies multiple forward-looking global economic scenarios determined with reference to external forecast distributions
representative of its view of forecast economic conditions. This approach is considered sufficient to calculate unbiased expected loss in
most economic environments. In certain economic environments, additional analysis may be necessary and may result in additional
scenarios or adjustments, to reflect a range of possible economic outcomes sufficient for an unbiased estimate. The detailed
methodology is disclosed in 'Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates' on page 33.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The calculation of the group’s ECL under IFRS 9 requires the group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant are
set out below:
Judgements
Estimates
•Defining what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk.
•Determining the lifetime and point of initial recognition of overdrafts and credit cards.
•Selecting and calibrating the PD, LGD and EAD models, which support the calculations,
including making reasonable and supportable judgements about how models react to current
and future economic conditions.
•Selecting model inputs and economic forecasts, including determining whether sufficient and
appropriately weighted economic forecasts are incorporated to calculate unbiased expected loss.
•Making management judgemental adjustments to account for late breaking events, model and
data limitations and deficiencies, and expert credit judgements.
•The section ‘Measurement uncertainty and
sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’, marked as
audited on pages 33 to 37, sets out the
assumptions used in determining ECL, and
provides an indication of the sensitivity of the result
to the application of different weightings being
applied to different economic assumptions.
(h)Employee compensation and benefits
Share-based payments
The group enters into both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payment arrangements with its employees as compensation for
the provision of their services.
The vesting period for these schemes may commence before the legal grant date if the employees have started to render services in
respect of the award before the legal grant date, where there is a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement.
Expenses are recognised when the employee starts to render service to which the award relates.
Cancellations result from the failure to meet a non-vesting condition during the vesting period, and are treated as an acceleration of
vesting recognised immediately in the income statement. Failure to meet a vesting condition by the employee is not treated as a
cancellation, and the amount of expense recognised for the award is adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest.
Post-employment benefit plans
The group operates a pension plan which provides defined benefit and defined contribution pensions.
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as the employees render service.
Defined benefit pension obligations are calculated using the projected unit credit method. The net charge to the income statement mainly
comprises the service cost and the net interest on the net defined benefit asset or liability, and is presented in operating expenses.
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, return on plan assets (excluding
interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income. The
net defined benefit asset or liability represents the present value of defined benefit obligations reduced by the fair value of plan assets
(see policy (c)), after applying the asset ceiling test, where the net defined benefit surplus is limited to the present value of available
refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan.
The costs of obligations arising from other post-employment plans are accounted for on the same basis as defined benefit pension plans.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The most significant critical accounting estimates relate to the determination of key assumptions applied in calculating the defined benefit pension
obligation.
Judgements
Estimates
•A range of assumptions could be applied, and different assumptions could significantly
alter the defined benefit obligation and the amounts recognised in profit or loss or OCI.
•The calculation of the defined benefit pension obligation includes assumptions with
regard to the discount rate, inflation rate, pension payments and deferred pensions, pay
and mortality. Management determines these assumptions in consultation with the
plan’s actuaries.
•Key assumptions used in calculating the defined benefit pension obligation and the
sensitivity of the calculation to different assumptions are described in Note 3.
(i)Tax
Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates
to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in the same statement in
which the related item appears.
Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable profit for the year and on any adjustment to tax payable in respect of
previous years. The group provides for potential current tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to
the tax authorities.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
93
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet, and the
amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates expected to apply in the
periods as the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled.
Current and deferred tax are calculated based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date.
(j)Provisions, contingent liabilities and guarantees
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle a present legal or
constructive obligation that has arisen as a result of past events and for which a reliable estimate can be made.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The recognition and measurement of provisions requires the group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant are
set out below:
Judgements
Estimates
•Determining whether a present obligation exists. Professional advice is
taken on the assessment of litigation and similar obligations.
•Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters typically require a
higher degree of judgement than other types of provisions. When matters
are at an early stage, accounting judgements can be difficult because of
the high degree of uncertainty associated with determining whether a
present obligation exists, and estimating the probability and amount of
any outflows that may arise. As matters progress, management and legal
advisers evaluate on an ongoing basis whether provisions should be
recognised, revising previous estimates as appropriate. At more advanced
stages, it is typically easier to make estimates around a better defined set
of possible outcomes.
•Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters remain very
sensitive to the assumptions used in the estimate. There could be a
wider range of possible outcomes for any pending legal proceedings,
investigations or inquiries. As a result it is often not practicable to
quantify a range of possible outcomes for individual matters. It is also
not practicable to meaningfully quantify ranges of potential outcomes in
aggregate for these types of provisions because of the diverse nature
and circumstances of such matters and the wide range of uncertainties
involved.
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities, which include certain guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security, and contingent liabilities
related to legal proceedings or regulatory matters, are not recognised in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the
probability of settlement is remote.
Financial guarantee contracts
Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts that are not classified as insurance contracts are recorded initially at their fair value,
which is generally the fee received or present value of the fee receivable.
(k)Impairment of non-financial assets
Software under development is tested for impairment at least annually. Other non-financial assets are property, plant and equipment,
intangible assets (excluding goodwill) and right-of-use assets. They are tested for impairment at the individual asset level when there is
indication of impairment at that level, or at the CGU level for assets that do not have a recoverable amount at the individual asset level. In
addition, impairment is also tested at the CGU level when there is indication of impairment at that level. For this purpose, CGUs are
considered to be the principal operating legal entities divided by global business.
Impairment testing compares the carrying amount of the non-financial asset or CGU with its recoverable amount, which is the higher of
the fair value less costs of disposal or the value in use. The carrying amount of a CGU comprises the carrying values of its assets and
liabilities, including non-financial assets that are directly attributable to it and non-financial assets that can be allocated to it on a
reasonable and consistent basis. Non-financial assets that cannot be allocated to an individual CGU are tested for impairment at an
appropriate grouping of CGUs. The recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal of the CGU, which
is determined by independent and qualified valuers where relevant, and the value in use, which is calculated based on appropriate inputs
(see Note 15).
When the recoverable amount of a CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement to the
extent that the impairment can be allocated on a pro-rata basis to the non-financial assets by reducing their carrying amounts to the
higher of their respective individual recoverable amount or nil. Impairment is not allocated to the financial assets in a CGU.
Impairment loss recognised in prior periods for non-financial assets is reversed when there has been a change in the estimate used to
determine the recoverable amount. The impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount of the non-financial assets
would not exceed the amount that would have been determined (net of amortisation or depreciation) had no impairment loss been
recognised in prior periods.
(l)Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject
to an insignificant risk of change in value. Such investments are normally those with less than three months' maturity from the date of
acquisition.
Notes on the financial statements
94
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
2
Net fee income
Year ended
31 Dec
31 Dec
2022
2021
Net fee income by product
£m
£m
Account services
257
276
Funds under management
114
126
Cards
580
410
Credit facilities
130
140
Imports/exports
30
33
Insurance agency commission
25
59
Receivables finance
96
90
Other
261
195
Fee income
1,493
1,329
Less: fee expense
(248)
(249)
Net fee income
1,245
1,080
Net fee income by global business
Wealth and Personal Banking
590
514
Commercial Banking
879
755
Global Banking and Markets
(222)
(188)
Corporate Centre
(2)
(1)
Net fee income includes £1,129m of fees earned on financial assets that are not at fair value through profit or loss (other than amounts
included in determining the effective interest rate) (2021: £1,094m), £174m of fees payable on financial liabilities that are not at fair value
through profit of loss (other than amounts included in determining the effective interest rate) (2021: £126m), £118m of fees earned on
trust and other fiduciary activities (2021: £11m).
3
Employee compensation and benefits
2022
20211
£m
£m
Wages and salaries
971
903
Social security costs
106
97
Post-employment benefits
2
22
Year ended 31 Dec
1,079
1,022
Average number of persons employed by the group during the year
20222
20211,2
Wealth and Personal Banking
15,923
16,458
Commercial Banking
4,491
4,932
Global Banking and Markets
54
51
Corporate Centre
33
6
Year ended 31 Dec
20,501
21,447
1During 2021, 3,607 full-time equivalent employees that were fully dedicated to HSBC UK Bank plc transferred from HSBC Global Services (UK)
Limited to HSBC UK Bank plc. As a result of the employee transfer, associated costs for the three months to 31 March 2021 were reported under
'General and administrative expenses' and subsequently reported under 'Employee compensation and benefits'.
2  Average number of headcount staff in corporate centre are allocated to the respective the global businesses. The allocation is on the basis of
amounts charged to the respective global business.
Share-based payments
The share-based payment income statement charge is recognised in wages and salaries as follows:
2022
2021
£m
£m
Restricted share awards
8
7
Savings-related and other share award option plans
9
10
Year ended 31 Dec
17
17
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
95
HSBC Group share awards
Award
Policy
Deferred share awards
(including annual incentive
awards, LTI awards delivered
in shares) and GPSP
An assessment of performance over the relevant period ending on 31 December is used to determine the amount of the
award to be granted.
•Deferred awards generally require employees to remain in employment over the vesting period and are generally not
subject to performance conditions after the grant date.
•Deferred share awards generally vest over a period of three, five or seven years.
•Vested shares may be subject to a retention requirement post-vesting.
•Awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions.
International Employee Share
Purchase Plan (‘ShareMatch’)
The plan was first introduced in Hong Kong in 2013 and now includes employees based in 31 jurisdictions.
•Shares are purchased in the market each quarter up to a maximum value of £750, or the equivalent in local currency.
•Matching awards are added at a ratio of one free share for every three purchased.
•Matching awards vest subject to continued employment and the retention of the purchased shares for a maximum
period of two years and nine months.
Movement on HSBC Group share awards
2022
2021
Number
Number
(000s)
(000s)
Restricted share awards outstanding at 1 Jan
2,457
1,525
Additions during the year
1,976
2,101
Released in the year
(1,404)
(1,137)
Forfeited in the year
(48)
(32)
Restricted share awards outstanding at 31 Dec
2,981
2,457
Weighted average fair value of awards granted (£)
4.03
4.11
HSBC Group share option plans
Plans
Policy
Savings-related share option
plans (‘Sharesave’)
•Eligible employees can save up to £500 per month with the option to use the savings to acquire shares.
•These are generally exercisable within six months following either the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of
a three-year or five-year contract, respectively.
•The exercise price is set at a 20% (2021: 20%) discount to the market value immediately preceding the date of invitation.
Calculation of fair values
The fair values of share options are calculated using a Black-Scholes model. The fair value of a share award is based on the share price at
the date of the grant.
Movement on HSBC Group share option plans
Savings-related
share option plans
Number
WAEP1
(000s)
£
Outstanding at 1 Jan 2022
64,073
2.85
Granted during the year
4,523
4.30
Exercised during the year
(1,517)
3.56
Expired during the year
(1,360)
4.95
Forfeited during the year
(5,369)
2.94
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2022
60,350
2.88
–  of which exercisable
1,761
4.35
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)
2.23
Outstanding at 1 Jan 2021
59,815
2.96
Granted during the year
16,434
5.28
Exercised during the year
(1,693)
3.69
Expired during the year
(488)
4.13
Forfeited during the year
(9,995)
3.60
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2021
64,073
2.85
–  of which exercisable
2,702
3.98
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)
2.97
1Weighted average exercise price.
Post-employment benefit plans
We operate a pension plan for our employees called the HBUK section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the plan’), which has
both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme was fully sectionalised in 2018 to meet the
requirements of the Banking Reform Act.
The Pension risk section on page 58 contains details about the policies and practices associated with the plan. Climate-related risks on
page 21 provides details of how the trustee of our employee pension plan, the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, manages climate risk.
Notes on the financial statements
96
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
The defined benefit section was closed to future benefit accrual in 2015, with defined benefits earned by employees at that date
continuing to be linked to their salary while they remain employed by the HSBC Group. The plan is overseen by an independent corporate
trustee, who has a fiduciary responsibility for the operation of the plan. Its assets are held separately from the assets of the group.
The investment strategy of the plan is to hold the majority of assets in bonds, with the remainder in a diverse range of investments. It
also includes some interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate risk, inflation swaps to reduce inflation risk and longevity swaps to reduce
the impact of longer life expectancy. For further details of the measures to manage the market volatility experienced during the second
half of 2022, see Treasury risk on page 55.
The plan is subject to the statutory funding objective requirements of the UK Pensions Act 2004, which requires that it be funded to at
least the level of technical provisions (an actuarial estimate of the assets needed to provide for the benefits already built up under the
plan). Where a funding valuation is carried out and identifies a deficit, the employer and trustee are required to agree to a deficit recovery
plan.
The latest funding valuation of the plan at 31 December 2019 was carried out by Colin G Singer of Willis Towers Watson Limited, who is
a Fellow of the UK Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, using the projected unit credit method. At that date, the market value of the plan’s
assets was £31.1bn and this exceeded the value placed on its liabilities on an ongoing basis by £2.5bn, giving a funding level of 109%.
These figures include defined contribution assets amounting to £2.4bn. The funding valuation is used to judge the amount of cash
contributions the group needs to put into the pension scheme. It will always be different to the IAS 19 accounting surplus, which is an
accounting rule concerning employee benefits and shown on the balance sheet of our financial statements. The main differences
between the assumptions used for assessing the liabilities for this funding valuation and those used for IAS19 are that an element of
prudence is contained in the funding assumptions for discount rate, inflation rate and life expectancy. The next funding valuation will be
performed in 2023, with an effective date 31 December 2022. The plan is estimated to remain in a comfortable surplus relative to funding
liabilities as at end 2022, based on assumptions consistent with those used to determine the funding liabilities for the 2019 valuation.
The actuary also assessed the value of the liabilities if the HBUK section of the plan were to have been stopped and an insurance
company asked to secure all future pension payments. This is generally larger than the amount needed on the ongoing basis described
above because an insurance company would use more prudent assumptions which allow for reserves and include a more prudent
allowance for the future administrative expenses of the plan. Under this approach, the amount of assets needed was estimated to be
£33bn at 31 December 2019.
The Trust Deed gives the ability for HSBC UK to take a refund of surplus assets after the plan has been run down such that no further
beneficiaries remain. In assessing whether a surplus is recoverable HSBC UK has considered its right to obtain a future refund together
with the rights of third parties such as trustees. On this basis, any net surplus in the HBUK section of the plan is recognised in HSBC UK’s
financial statements.   
Guaranteed Minimum Pension Equalisation
Following a judgment issued by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales in 2018, we estimated the financial effect of equalising
benefits in respect of guaranteed minimum pensions (‘GMP’) equalisation, and any potential conversion of GMPs into non-GMP benefits,
to be an approximate 0.9% increase in the plan’s liabilities for members of the plan, or £187m. This was recognised in the Income
Statement in 2018. A further judgment by the High Court on 20 November 2020 ruled that GMPs should be also equalised for those who
had previously transferred benefits from the plan to another arrangement, with £13m consequently being recognised in 2020. In 2022 the
trustee and Company agreed to adopt a simplified approach for all members to implement GMP equalisation. This resulted in an increase
to the liabilities of £5m and has been recognised as a past service cost through P&L.
Income statement charge
2022
2021
£m
£m
Defined benefit pension plans
(95)
(44)
Defined contribution pension plans
97
66
Pension plans
2
22
Year ended 31 Dec
2
22
Defined benefit pension plans
Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans
Fair value of plan
assets
Present value of defined
benefit obligations
Net defined benefit
assets/(liabilities)
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2022
30,578
(23,833)
6,745
Service cost
—
(25)
(25)
–  current service cost
—
(10)
(10)
–  past service cost
—
(15)
(15)
Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)
571
(443)
128
Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
(9,343)
7,740
(1,603)
–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
(9,343)
—
(9,343)
–  actuarial losses financial assumptions
—
8,561
8,561
–  actuarial gain demographic assumptions
—
(100)
(100)
–  actuarial gain experience adjustments
—
(721)
(721)
Transfers to/from the scheme
36
(27)
9
Benefits paid
(992)
992
—
Other movements1
3
—
3
At 31 Dec 2022
20,853
(15,596)
5,257
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
97
Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans (continued)
Fair value of plan
assets
Present value of defined
benefit obligations
Net defined benefit
assets/(liabilities)
£m
£m
£m
At 1 Jan 2021
31,130
(24,173)
6,957
Service cost
—
(40)
(40)
–  current service cost
—
(10)
(10)
–  past service cost
—
(30)
(30)
Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)
446
(344)
102
Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income
(274)
(197)
(471)
–  return on plan assets (excluding interest income)
(274)
—
(274)
–  actuarial losses financial assumptions
—
444
444
–  actuarial gain demographic assumptions
—
(325)
(325)
–  actuarial gain experience adjustments
—
(316)
(316)
Transfers to/from the scheme
113
(93)
20
Benefits paid
(1,014)
1,014
—
Other movements1
177
—
177
At 31 Dec 2021
30,578
(23,833)
6,745
1Other movements of Fair value of plan assets includes contributions by HSBC UK of £20m (2021: £195m), less administrative costs £17m (2021:
£18m).
HSBC UK expects to make total contributions of £11m to the pension scheme during 2023, which reflects the costs of providing defined
benefit risk benefits to defined contribution members of the section. Benefits expected to be paid from the plan to retirees over each of
the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are as follows:
Benefits expected to be paid from plan
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028–2032
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The plan1
1,024
1,058
1,093
1,128
1,165
6,423
1The duration of the defined benefit obligation is 13.2 years under the disclosure assumptions adopted (2021: 17.3 years).
Fair value of plan assets by asset classes
At 31 Dec 2022
At 31 Dec 2021
Value
Quoted market price
in active market
No quoted market
price in active market
Value
Quoted market price
in active market
No quoted market
price in active market
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The plan
Fair value of plan assets
20,853
11,550
9,303
30,578
26,799
3,779
–  equities1
93
—
93
146
4
142
–  bonds fixed income2
4,386
4,002
384
13,399
12,894
505
–  bonds index linked
7,869
7,869
—
13,418
13,418
—
–  derivatives
998
—
998
1,377
—
1,377
–  property
700
—
700
808
—
808
–  other3
6,807
(321)
7,128
1,430
483
947
1  Includes £93m (2021: £142m) in relation to private equities.
2  Bonds fixed income, includes £(705)m (2021: £(360)m) in relation to repurchase agreements.
3  Other includes £7,128m (2021: £947m) of unquoted pooled investment vehicles, the majority of the underlying assets are invested in bonds.
Post-employment defined benefit plan actuarial financial assumptions
HSBC UK determines the discount rates to be applied to its obligations in consultation with the plan's local actuaries, on the basis of
current average yields of high quality (AA-rated or equivalent) debt instruments with maturities consistent with those of the defined
benefit obligations.
Key actuarial assumptions for the plan
Discount
rate
Inflation
rate (RPI)
Inflation
rate (CPI)
Rate of increase
for pensions
Rate of pay
increase
%
%
%
%
%
UK
At 31 Dec 2022
4.93
3.39
2.84
3.27
3.34
At 31 Dec 2021
1.90
3.45
3.20
3.30
3.45
Notes on the financial statements
98
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Mortality tables and average life expectancy at age 60 for the plan
Mortality
table
Life expectancy at age 60 for
a male member currently:
Life expectancy at age 60 for
a female member currently:
Aged 60
Aged 40
Aged 60
Aged 40
UK
At 31 Dec 2022
SAPS S31
27.1
28.6
28.4
29.9
At 31 Dec 2021
SAPS S31
27.3
28.8
28.5
30.1
1  Self-administered pension scheme (‘SAPS’) S3 table, with different tables and multipliers adopted based on gender, pension amount and member
status, reflecting the Scheme’s actual mortality experience. Improvements are projected in accordance with the Continuous Mortality
Investigation's CMI 2021 core projection model with an initial addition to improvement of 0.25% per annum, a long-term rate of improvement of
1.25% per annum and a 5% weighting to 2020 and 2021 mortality experience reflecting updated long-term view on mortality improvements post-
pandemic.
The effect of changes in key assumptions on the plan
Impact on HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme Obligation1
Financial impact of increase
Financial impact of decrease
2022
2021
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
Discount rate – increase/decrease of 0.25%
(483)
(988)
509
1,053
Inflation rate (RPI/CPI) – increase/decrease of 0.25%
387
895
(371)
(724)
Pension payments and deferred pensions – increase/decrease of 0.25%
457
936
(431)
(870)
Pay – increase/decrease of 0.25%
8
15
(8)
(15)
Change in mortality – increase of 1 year
390
1,025
(405)
N/A
1Sensitivities allow for HSBC UK’s convention of rounding pension assumptions during 2022 to the nearest 0.01% (2021: 0.05%). The degree of
rounding has been increased to align with market practice.
The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this in
unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit
obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the
projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit asset
recognised in the balance sheet.
The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the prior period.
Directors’ emoluments
The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of the Company, computed in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as amended by
statutory instrument 2008 No.410, were:
2022
2021
£000
£000
Fees paid to non-executive Directors
1,406
1,568
Salaries and other emoluments1
2,418
2,735
Annual incentives2
1,160
716
Long-term incentives3
781
477
Year ended 31 Dec
5,765
5,496
1Salaries and other emoluments include Fixed Pay Allowances.
2Discretionary annual incentives for the Executive Directors are based on a combination of individual and corporate performance and are
determined by the Remuneration Committee of the Company’s ultimate parent company, HSBC Holdings plc. Incentive awards made to Executive
Directors are delivered in the form of cash and HSBC Holdings plc shares. The total amount shown is comprised of £580,071 (2021: £357,846) in
cash and £580,071 (2021: £357,846) in Restricted Shares, which is the upfront portion of the annual incentive granted in respect of performance
year 2022.
3The amount shown is comprised of £364,848 (2021: £256,463) in deferred cash and £416,541 (2021: £220,507) in deferred Restricted Shares.
These amounts relate to the portion of the awards that will vest following the substantial completion of the vesting condition attached to these
awards in 2022. The total deferral period of deferred cash and share awards is no less than five years up to a maximum of seven years. Grants
with a five-year deferral vest in five equal tranches on each anniversary of the grant date on a pro-rate basis. Grants with a seven-year deferral vest
in five equal tranches on each anniversary from the third anniversary of the grant date on a pro-rata basis. The deferral periods and pro-rata
calculations are in line with the requirements set out in the Remuneration rules applicable to Material Risk Takers. The share awards are subject to
a retention period of six months to one year upon vesting. Details of the Plans are contained within the Directors’ Remuneration Report of HSBC
Holdings plc.
No Directors exercised share options over HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares during the year (2021: no Directors).
Awards were made to two Directors under HSBC Holdings plc long-term incentive plans in respect of qualifying services rendered in
2022 (2021: 2). During 2022, 2 Directors received shares in respect of awards in HSBC Holdings plc long-term incentive plans that vested
during the year (2021: 2).
Retirement benefits accrued to 1 Director during the year in respect of their qualifying services (2021: no Directors). No Directors received
cash in lieu of pension contributions during the year in respect of their qualifying services (2021: 3). Cash received in lieu of pension is
included in the salary and other emoluments disclosure in the table above.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
99
Of these aggregate figures, the following amounts are attributable to the highest paid Director:
2022
2021
£000
£000
Salaries and other emoluments
1,771
1,753
Annual incentives1
890
596
Long-term incentives2
602
407
Year ended 31 Dec
3,263
2,756
1Awards made to the highest paid Director are delivered in the form of cash and HSBC Holdings plc shares. The amount shown is comprised of
£445,071 (2021: £297,846) in cash and £445,071 (2021: £297,846) in Restricted Shares.
2The amount shown is comprised of £294,214 (2021: £218,698) in deferred cash and £307,398 (2021: £188,070) in deferred Restricted Shares.
These amounts represent a portion of the total award that will vest following satisfaction of the vesting condition attached to the 2022
awards. The total period of deferral for these cash and share awards is seven years with pro-rata vesting in five equal tranches between
the third and seventh anniversary of the date granted. The vested share awards are then subject to a one-year retention period.
The highest paid Director received shares in respect of qualifying services under an HSBC Holdings plc long term incentive plan.
Pension contributions of £nil were made by the Company in respect of services by the highest paid Director during the year (2021: £nil).
4
Auditors’ remuneration
2022
2021
£m
£m
Audit fees payable to PwC
5.4
5.4
Other audit fees payable
2.8
2.7
Year ended 31 Dec
8.2
8.1
Fees payable by the group to PwC
2022
2021
£m
£m
Audit fees for HSBC UK Bank plc‘s statutory audit1
4.3
4.4
Fees for other services provided to the group
3.9
3.7
–  audit of the group‘s subsidiaries2
1.1
1.0
–  audit-related assurance services3
1.9
2.0
–  other assurance services4
0.9
0.7
Year ended 31 Dec
8.2
8.1
1Fees payable to PwC for the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of the group and the separate financial statements of HSBC
UK Bank plc. They exclude amounts payable for the statutory audit of the bank’s subsidiaries which have been included in ‘Fees for other services
provided to the group’.
2Including fees payable to PwC for the statutory audit of the bank’s subsidiaries.
3Including services for assurance and other services that relate to statutory and regulatory filings, including comfort letters and interim and quarter
reviews.
4Including assurance reviews of PRA regulatory reporting returns.
No fees were payable to PwC as principal auditor for the following types of services: internal audit services and services related to
litigation, recruitment and remuneration.
In addition to the above, the estimated fees paid to PwC by third parties associated with HSBC UK amounted to £0.7m. In these cases,
HSBC UK was connected with the contracting party and may therefore have been involved in appointing PwC. These fees arose from
services such as reviewing the financial position of corporate concerns that borrow from HSBC UK.
Fees payable for non-audit services for HSBC UK Bank plc are not disclosed separately because such fees are disclosed on a
consolidated basis for the group.
5
Tax
Tax expense
2022
2021
£m
£m
Current tax
876
836
–  for this year
880
852
–  adjustments in respect of prior years
(4)
(16)
Deferred tax
(114)
276
–  origination and reversal of temporary differences
52
54
–  effect of changes in tax rates
(172)
203
–  adjustments in respect of prior years
6
19
Year ended 31 Dec1
762
1,112
1  In addition to amounts recorded in the income statement, a tax credit of £1,173m (2021: credit of £23m) was recorded directly to equity.
The tax rate applying to HSBC UK Bank plc and its banking subsidiaries was 27%, comprising 19% UK corporation tax rate plus 8%
surcharge tax rate on UK banking profits. The tax rate applicable for non-banking entities is 19% (2021: 19%).
Notes on the financial statements
100
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Tax reconciliation
The tax charged to the income statement differs from the tax expense that would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation
tax rate as follows:
2022
2021
£m
%
£m
%
Profit before tax
3,638
3,480
Tax expense
Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 19.00% (2021: 19.00%)
691
19.0
661
19.0
Items increasing the tax charge in 2022:
–  UK banking surcharge
278
7.6
266
7.6
–  UK bank levy
9
0.2
9
0.3
– non-deductible costs in respect of regulatory and legal matters
—
—
4
0.1
–  adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities
2
0.1
3
0.1
–  other permanent disallowables
4
0.1
1
0.1
Items reducing tax charge in 2022:
–  change in tax rates
(172)
(4.7)
203
5.8
–  deductions for AT1 coupon payments
(39)
(1.1)
(32)
(0.9)
–  non-deductible UK customer redress
(11)
(0.3)
(3)
(0.1)
Year ended 31 Dec
762
20.9
1,112
32.0
The effective tax rate for the year was 20.9% (2021: 32%). The effective tax rate is reduced by 4.7% by a credit arising from the
remeasurement of the group's deferred tax balances following the substantive enactment of legislation to reduce the UK banking
surcharge rate from 8% to 3%, with effect from 1 April 2023. The prior year effective tax rate of 32% was higher than the UK rate of
corporation tax for banking entities of 27% following enactment of legislation to increase the main rate of UK corporation tax from 19%
to 25% from 1 April 2023. This had increased the prior year effective tax rate by 5.8%.
Movement of deferred tax assets and liabilities
Loan
impairment
provisions
Cash flow
hedges
FVOCI
reserves
Defined
benefit
pension
Fixed and
intangible
assets
Other
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The group
At 1 Jan 2022
122
45
(26)
(2,226)
102
14
(1,969)
Income statement
(30)
—
—
174
(18)
(12)
114
Other comprehensive income
—
470
118
580
—
20
1,188
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
—
1
—
—
—
—
1
At 31 Dec 2022
92
516
92
(1,472)
84
22
(666)
Assets
92
516
92
—
84
22
806
Liabilities
—
—
—
(1,472)
—
—
(1,472)
At 1 Jan 2021
123
1
(52)
(1,879)
118
12
(1,677)
Income statement
1
—
—
(272)
(16)
11
(276)
Other comprehensive income
—
44
23
(76)
(7)
(16)
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
(2)
—
3
1
—
(2)
—
At 31 Dec 2021
122
45
(26)
(2,226)
102
14
(1,969)
Assets
122
45
—
—
102
14
283
Liabilities
—
—
(26)
(2,226)
—
—
(2,252)
Loan
impairment
provisions
Cash flow
hedges
FVOCI
reserves
Defined
benefit
pension
Fixed and
intangible
assets
Other
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The bank
At 1 Jan 2022
115
45
(29)
(2,226)
80
14
(2,001)
Income statement
(30)
—
—
174
(12)
(9)
123
Other comprehensive income
—
470
118
580
—
20
1,188
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
—
1
—
—
—
(1)
—
At 31 Dec 2022
85
516
89
(1,472)
68
24
(690)
Assets
85
516
89
—
68
24
782
Liabilities
—
—
—
(1,472)
—
—
(1,472)
At 1 Jan 2021
114
1
(52)
(1,879)
95
11
(1,710)
Income statement
1
—
—
(272)
(15)
10
(276)
Other comprehensive income
—
44
23
(76)
—
(7)
(16)
Foreign exchange and other adjustments
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
At 31 Dec 2021
115
45
(29)
(2,226)
80
14
(2,001)
Assets
115
45
—
—
80
14
254
Liabilities
—
—
(29)
(2,226)
—
—
(2,255)
Management has assessed the likely availability of future taxable profits against which to recover the deferred tax assets of the bank and
the group, taking into consideration the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, past business performance and forecasts of
future business performance. Management is satisfied that there is sufficient evidence to support recognition of all deferred tax assets.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
101
6
Dividends
On 14 February 2023, the Directors resolved to pay an interim dividend of £539m to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company in
respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2022. No liability is recognised in the financial statements in respect of this dividend.
Dividends to the shareholder of the parent company
2022
2021
£ per share
£m
£ per share
£m
Dividends paid on ordinary shares
Interim dividend in respect of the previous year
9,820
491
—
—
Interim dividend in respect of the current year
25,919
1,296
12,659
633
Total
35,739
1,787
12,659
633
Total coupons on capital securities classified as equity
2022
2021
First call date
£m
£m
Undated Subordinated Additional Tier 1 instruments
–  £1,096m
Dec 2019
70
57
–  £1,100m
Dec 2024
72
57
Total
142
114
7
Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
Control framework
Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent
of the risk taker.
Where fair values are determined by reference to externally quoted prices or observable pricing inputs to models, independent price
determination or validation is used.
For fair values determined using valuation models, the control framework includes development or validation by independent support
functions of the model logic, inputs, model outputs and adjustments. Valuation models are subject to a process of due diligence before
becoming operational and are calibrated against external market data on an ongoing basis.
Changes in fair value are generally subject to a profit and loss analysis process and are disaggregated into high-level categories including
portfolio changes, market movements and other fair value adjustments.
Fair value hierarchy
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined according to the following hierarchy:
•Level 1 – valuation technique using quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active
markets that can be accessed at the measurement date.
•Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active
markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where
all significant inputs are observable.
•Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one
or more significant inputs are unobservable.
Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation
2022
2021
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
The group and bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Recurring fair value measurements at 31 Dec
Assets
Financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value
through profit or loss
72
—
36
108
65
14
—
79
Derivatives
14
532
—
546
1
63
—
64
Financial investments
10,757
175
—
10,932
13,979
398
—
14,377
Liabilities
Derivatives
—
304
—
304
1
291
—
292
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Transfers into and
out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency. There were no
transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2022 and 2021.
Fair value adjustments
Fair value adjustments are adopted when the group determines there are additional factors considered by market participants that are
not incorporated within the valuation model. Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition
of profits or losses within the income statement, such as when models are enhanced and therefore fair value adjustments may no longer
be required.
Notes on the financial statements
102
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Fair value valuation bases
Equities
The fair value of equity investment is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile,
prospects and other factors. If necessary, adjustments are made to the net asset value of funds to obtain the best estimate of fair value.
8
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value and bases of valuation
Fair value
Carrying
amount
Quoted market
price Level 1
Observable inputs
Level 2
Significant unobservable
inputs Level 3
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The group
At 31 Dec 2022
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
6,357
—
6,357
—
6,357
Loans and advances to customers
204,143
—
—
199,957
199,957
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
—
7,406
—
7,406
Financial investments – at amortised cost
5,160
4,772
—
—
4,772
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
10,721
—
10,721
—
10,721
Customer accounts
281,095
—
281,095
—
281,095
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,333
—
9,333
—
9,333
Debt securities in issue
1,299
—
1,094
185
1,279
Subordinated liabilities
12,349
—
11,765
—
11,765
At 31 Dec 2021
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
1,914
—
1,914
—
1,914
Loans and advances to customers
195,526
—
224
195,922
196,146
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,988
—
7,988
—
7,988
Financial investments – at amortised cost
—
—
—
—
—
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
11,180
—
11,180
—
11,180
Customer accounts
281,870
—
281,870
—
281,870
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
10,438
—
10,438
—
10,438
Debt securities in issue
900
—
675
217
892
Subordinated liabilities
12,487
—
12,686
—
12,686
The bank
At 31 Dec 2022
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
9,304
—
9,296
—
9,296
Loans and advances to customers
199,666
—
—
195,606
195,606
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,406
—
7,406
—
7,406
Financial investments held at amortised cost
5,160
4,772
—
—
4,772
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
11,619
—
11,619
—
11,619
Customer accounts
279,575
—
279,575
—
279,575
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,333
—
9,333
—
9,333
Debt securities in issue
1,091
—
1,094
—
1,094
Subordinated liabilities
12,349
—
11,765
—
11,765
At 31 Dec 2021
Assets
Loans and advances to banks
4,405
—
4,406
—
4,406
Loans and advances to customers
191,208
—
224
191,617
191,841
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
7,988
—
7,988
—
7,988
Financial investments held at amortised cost
—
—
—
—
—
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
12,095
—
12,095
—
12,095
Customer accounts
280,023
—
280,022
—
280,022
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
10,438
—
10,438
—
10,438
Debt securities in issue
675
—
675
—
675
Subordinated liabilities
12,487
—
12,686
—
12,686
Other financial instruments not carried at fair value are typically short term in nature and reprice to current market rates frequently.
Accordingly, their carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. They include cash and balances at central banks and
items in the course of collection from and transmission to other banks, all of which are measured at amortised cost.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
103
Valuation
Fair value is an estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that the group expects to flow from an
instrument’s cash flow over its expected future life. Our valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no
observable market prices are available may differ from those of other companies.
Loans and advances to banks and customers
To determine the fair value of loans and advances to banks and customers, loans are segregated, as far as possible, into portfolios of
similar characteristics. Fair values are based on observable market transactions, when available. When they are unavailable, fair values
are estimated using valuation models incorporating a range of input assumptions. These assumptions may include: forward-looking
discounted cash flow models, taking account of expected customer prepayment rates, using assumptions that HSBC UK believes are
consistent with those that would be used by market participants in valuing such loans; and new business rates estimates for similar
loans.
The fair value of loans reflects expected credit losses at the balance sheet date and the fair value effect of repricing between origination
and the balance sheet date. For credit impaired loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows over the time period
they are expected to be recovered.
Deposits by banks and customer accounts
The fair values of deposits are approximated by their carrying value.
Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities
Fair values are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices
for similar instruments. When quoted market prices are unavailable, these instruments are valued using valuation techniques, the inputs
for which are derived from observable market data and, where relevant, assumptions in respect of unobservable inputs.
Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
Fair values approximate carrying amounts as balances are generally short dated.
Financial investments
The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are
determined using valuation techniques that incorporate the prices and future earnings streams of equivalent quoted securities.
9
Derivatives
Notional contract amounts and fair values of derivatives by product contract type held
Notional contract amount
Fair value – Assets
Fair value – Liabilities
Trading
Hedging
Trading
Hedging
Total
Trading
Hedging
Total
The group and bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Foreign exchange
21,892
106
145
—
145
83
8
91
Interest rate
37,231
46,121
1,265
1,298
2,563
1,326
1,049
2,375
Gross total fair values
59,123
46,227
1,410
1,298
2,708
1,409
1,057
2,466
Offset (Note 22)
(2,162)
(2,162)
At 31 Dec 2022
59,123
46,227
1,410
1,298
546
1,409
1,057
304
Foreign exchange
19,845
106
58
—
58
171
10
181
Interest rate
10,998
37,179
478
265
743
479
369
848
Gross total fair values
30,843
37,285
536
265
801
650
379
1,029
Offset (Note 22)
(737)
(737)
At 31 Dec 2021
30,843
37,285
536
265
64
650
379
292
The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes and derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting indicate
the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk. 
Use of derivatives
We undertake derivative activity for two primary purposes: to create risk management solutions for commercial clients and to manage
and hedge our own balance sheet risks.
Hedge accounting derivatives
The group applies hedge accounting to manage the following risks: interest rate risk and foreign exchange risks. Further details on how
these risks arise and how they are managed by the group can be found in the 'Risk review'.
Hedge risk components
The group designates a portion of cash flows of a financial instrument or a group of financial instruments for a specific interest rate or
foreign currency risk component in a fair value or cash flow hedge. The designated risks and portions are either contractually specified or
otherwise separately identifiable components of the financial instrument that are reliably measurable. Risk-free or benchmark interest
rates generally are regarded as being both separately identifiable and reliably measurable, except for the IBOR Reform transition where
the group designates Alternative Benchmark Rates as the hedged risk which may not have been separately identifiable upon initial
designation, provided the group reasonably expects it will meet the requirement within 24 months from the first designation date. The
designated risk component accounts for a significant portion of the overall changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged items.
Fair value hedges
The group enters into fixed-for-floating-interest-rate swaps to manage the exposure to changes in fair value due to movements in market
interest rates on certain fixed rate financial instruments which are not measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Notes on the financial statements
104
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Hedging instrument by hedged risk
Hedging Instrument
Carrying amount
Notional amount1
Assets
Liabilities
Balance sheet
Presentation
Change in fair value2
Hedged risk
£m
£m
£m
£m
Interest rate3
18,520
1,297
837
Derivatives
723
At 31 Dec 2022
18,520
1,297
837
723
Interest rate3
14,628
256
251
Derivatives
(90)
At 31 Dec 2021
14,628
256
251
(90)
1The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions
outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
2Used in effectiveness testing; comprising the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
3The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes inflation risk.
Hedged item by hedged risk
Hedged item
Ineffectiveness
Carrying
amount
Accumulated fair value hedge adjustments included
in carrying amount2
Change in
fair value1
Recognised
in profit and
loss
Profit and loss
presentation
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Balance sheet
presentation
Hedged risk
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Interest rate4
9,937
(912)
Financial
investments
measured at fair
value through other
comprehensive
income
(1,300)
2
Net income from
financial instruments
held for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
1,250
(112)
Loans and advances
to customers
(110)
5,326
(573)
Subordinated
Liabilities3
689
At 31 Dec 2022
11,187
5,326
(1,024)
(573)
(721)
2
Interest rate4
9,075
14
Financial
investments
measured at fair
value through other
comprehensive
income
(226)
1
Net income from
financial instruments
held for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
397
—
Loans and advances
to customers
(3)
—
122
Subordinated
Liabilities3
320
At 31 Dec 2021
9,472
—
14
122
91
1
1Used in effectiveness assessment; comprising amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
2The accumulated amount of fair value adjustments remaining in the statement of financial position for hedged items that have ceased to be
adjusted for hedging gains and losses were assets/(liabilities) of £(12)m (2021: £19m) for FVOCI and liabilities of £(111)m for Loans and advances
to customers (2021: £nil).
3The notional amount of non-dynamic fair value hedges is equal to £5,901m (2021: £5,444m), of which the weighted-average maturity date is
August 2027 and the weighted average swap rate is 1.28% (2021: 1.39%). These hedges are all internal to HSBC Group and hedges internal
funding between Group and HSBC UK.
4The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes inflation risk.
The hedged item is either the benchmark interest rate risk portion within the fixed rate of the hedged item or the full fixed rate and it is
hedged for changes in fair value due to changes in the benchmark interest rate risk.
HSBC UK applies macro fair value hedging for interest rate risk exposures on portfolios of fixed rate mortgages. These are considered to
be dynamic hedges and both the hedged items and the hedging instruments are adjusted on a monthly basis when the existing hedging
relationship is terminated and a new one designated. The hedged items and hedging instruments are adjusted to reflect changes in the
size and maturity profile of the hedged portfolio.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk including but not limited to the discount rates used for calculating the fair
value of derivatives, hedges using instruments with a non-zero fair value and notional and timing differences between the hedged items
and hedging instruments.
The disclosures for the group are the same as the disclosures for the bank.
Cash flow hedges
The group’s cash flow hedging instruments consist principally of interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps that are used to manage
the variability in future interest cash flows of non-trading financial assets and liabilities, arising due to changes in market interest rates
and foreign-currency basis.
The group applies macro cash flow hedging for interest-rate risk exposures on portfolios of replenishing current and forecasted issuances
of non-trading assets and liabilities that bear interest at variable rates, including rolling such instruments. The amounts and timing of
future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities on the
basis of their contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate cash flows
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
105
representing both principal balances and interest cash flows across all portfolios are used to determine the effectiveness and
ineffectiveness. Macro cash flow hedges are considered to be dynamic hedges.
The group also hedges the variability in future cash-flows on foreign-denominated financial assets and liabilities arising due to changes in
foreign exchange market rates with cross-currency swaps, these are considered dynamic hedges. 
Hedging instrument by hedged risk
Hedging Instrument
Hedged Item
Ineffectiveness
Carrying amount
Change in
fair value2
Change in
fair value3
Recognised in
profit and loss
Profit and loss
presentation
Notional
amount1
Assets
Liabilities
Balance sheet
presentation
Hedged risk
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Foreign currency
106
—
8
Derivatives
(8)
(8)
—
Net income from
financial
instruments held
for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
Interest rate
27,601
1
212
Derivatives
(1,876)
(1,876)
—
At 31 Dec 2022
27,707
1
220
(1,884)
(1,884)
—
Foreign currency
106
—
10
Derivatives
(7)
(7)
—
Net income from
financial
instruments held
for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
Interest rate
22,551
9
118
Derivatives
(108)
(108)
—
At 31 Dec 2021
22,657
9
128
(115)
(115)
—
1The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions
outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
2Used in effectiveness testing; comprising the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
3Used in effectiveness assessment; comprising amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk, including but not limited to timing differences between the hedged items and
hedging instruments and hedges using instruments with a non-zero fair value.
The disclosures for the group are the same as the disclosures for the bank.
Reconciliation of equity and analysis of other comprehensive income by risk type
Interest rate
Foreign Currency
£m
£m
Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2022
(89)
(1)
Fair value gains/(losses)
(1,876)
(8)
Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:
–  hedged items that have affected profit or loss
170
10
Income taxes
470
—
Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2022
(1,325)
1
Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2021
1
—
Fair value gains/(losses)
(108)
(7)
Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:
–  hedged items that have affected profit or loss
(26)
6
Income taxes
44
—
Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2021
(89)
(1)
10
Financial investments
Carrying amount of financial investments
The group and bank
2022
2021
£m
£m
Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
10,932
14,377
–  treasury and other eligible bills
512
1,252
–  debt securities
10,419
13,125
–  equity securities
1
—
Debt instruments measured at amortised cost
5,160
—
–  treasury and other eligible bills
448
—
–  debt securities
4,712
—
At 31 Dec
16,092
14,377
Notes on the financial statements
106
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
11
Assets pledged, collateral received and assets transferred
Assets pledged
Financial assets pledged as collateral
The group and bank
2022
2021
£m
£m
Debt securities
8,375
4,804
Loans and advances to banks
4,700
—
Loans and advances to customers
14,598
13,440
Other
294
349
Assets pledged at 31 Dec
27,967
18,593
The amount of assets pledged to secure liabilities may be greater than the book value of assets utilised as collateral. For example, where
assets are placed with a custodian or a settlement agent that has a floating charge over all the assets placed to secure any liabilities
under settlement accounts.
These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions including, where relevant,
standard securities lending and borrowing, repurchase agreements and derivative margining. The group places both cash and non-cash
collateral in relation to derivative transactions.
Financial assets pledged as collateral that the counterparty has the right to sell or repledge
The group and bank
2022
2021
£m
£m
Financial investments
7,536
4,478
At 31 Dec
7,536
4,478
Collateral received
The fair value of assets accepted as collateral, relating primarily to standard securities lending, reverse repurchase agreements and
derivative margining, that the group and the bank is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default was £10,084m (2021:
£9,402m). The group and the bank is obliged to return equivalent securities. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual
and customary to standard securities lending, reverse repurchase agreements and derivative margining. The fair value of financial assets
accepted as collateral by the group and the bank that have been sold or repledged is £5,967m (2021: £7,953m).
Assets transferred
The assets pledged include transfers to third parties that do not qualify for derecognition, notably secured borrowings such as debt
securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and securities lent under securities lending agreements and
mortgages to collateralise the covered bond programme. For secured borrowings, the transferred asset collateral continues to be
recognised in full and a related liability, reflecting the group’s obligation to repurchase the assets for a fixed price at a future date is also
recognised on the balance sheet.
Where securities are swapped, the transferred asset continues to be recognised in full. There is no associated liability as the non-cash
collateral received is not recognised on the balance sheet. The group is unable to use, sell or pledge the transferred assets for the
duration of these transactions, and remains exposed to interest rate risk and credit risk on these pledged assets. The counterparty’s
recourse is not limited to the transferred assets.
Transferred financial assets not qualifying for full derecognition and associated financial liabilities
2022
2021
Carrying amount of:
Carrying amount of:
Transferred assets
Associated liabilities
Transferred assets
Associated liabilities
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
Repurchase agreements
5,064
4,367
2,630
2,608
Securities lending agreements
2,472
—
1,848
—
The bank
Repurchase agreements
5,064
4,367
2,630
2,608
Securities lending agreements
2,472
—
1,848
—
Other sales (recourse for full amount)
1,245
499
—
—
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
107
12
Interests in joint ventures
Vaultex UK Limited is a joint venture of the bank and the group. Vaultex UK Limited is incorporated in England and its principal activity is
that of cash management services. At 31 December 2022, the group had a 50% interest in the £10m issued equity capital (2021: 50%).
For further detail see Note 29.
13
Investments in subsidiaries
Main subsidiaries of HSBC UK Bank plc
Country of
incorporation
or registration
HSBC UK Bank plc’s
interest in equity capital
Share
class
%
HSBC Equipment Finance (UK) Limited
England and Wales
100.00
Ordinary £1
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited
England and Wales
100.00
Ordinary £1
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc
England and Wales
100.00
Ordinary £1
All the above prepare their financial statements up to 31 December.
Details of all group subsidiaries, as required under Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, are set out in Note 29. The principal country
of operation is the same as the country of incorporation.
Impairment testing of investments in subsidiaries
At each reporting period end, HSBC UK Bank plc reviews investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment. An impairment is
recognised when the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount for that investment.
The recoverable amount is the higher of the investment’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The value in use is
calculated by discounting management’s cash flow projections for the investment.
•The cash flow projections for each investment are based on the latest approved forecast profitability plans and minimal capital levels
required to support the business operations of each entity and a long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in
perpetuity.
•A long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the free cash flows in perpetuity.
•The growth rate reflects inflation and is based on the long-term average for the UK.
•The rate used to discount the cash flows is based on the cost of capital assigned to each investment, which is derived using a CAPM
and market implied cost of equity. CAPM depends on a number of inputs reflecting financial and economic variables, including the
risk-free rate and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are based on the market’s
assessment of the economic variables and management’s judgement.
During 2022, an impairment of £4m (2021: £Nil) was recognised on the bank's investment in HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited, due to a
reduction in the net assets of the entity.
No further impairments were recognised as a result of the impairment in subsidiaries test performed in 2022.
14
Structured entities
The group is involved with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities through the securitisation of financial assets and
investment funds, established either by the group or a third party.
Consolidated structured entities
Total assets of the group’s consolidated structured entities, split by entity type:
Securitisations
Other
Total
£m
£m
£m
At 31 Dec 2022
315
502
817
At 31 Dec 2021
348
—
348
Securitisations
The group uses a structured entity to securitise customer loans and advances to diversify its sources of funding for asset origination and
capital efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by the group to the structured entity synthetically, and the structured
entity issues debt securities to investors.
Other
HSBC UK Covered Bonds LLP was established to participate in a covered bond programme (regulated by the RCB regulations) and
provides a direct, unsubordinated and unconditional guarantee for the payment of interest and principal due from the bank to covered
bondholders under the programme. The entity is consolidated as the Bank has the decision-making power over its activities.
Unconsolidated structured entities
The term ‘unconsolidated structured entities’ refers to all structured entities not controlled by the group. The group enters into
transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions and for specific
investment opportunities.
The group's interest in unconsolidated structured entities consist of unit holdings in four funds managed by a third party within the wider
HSBC Group. The group's unit holdings are held to facilitate customer transactions and are recognised as Other assets with a carrying
value and maximum exposure to loss at 31 December 2022 of £0.2m (2021: £0.2m). The total assets of the funds at 31 December 2022
were £1.1bn (2021: £1.2bn). The group has no liabilities or commitments in respect of the funds.
Notes on the financial statements
108
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
15
Goodwill and intangible assets
The group
The bank
2022
2021
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
Goodwill
3,285
3,285
223
223
Other intangible assets1
973
908
962
905
At 31 Dec
4,258
4,193
1,185
1,128
1  Included within the group's other intangible assets is internally generated software with a net carrying value of £973m (2021: £908m). During the
year, capitalisation of internally generated software is £382m (2021: £347m), impairment was £45m (2021: £18m) and amortisation is £273m
(2021: £229m). The amortisation and impairment of intangible assets totalled for the group £318m (2021: £247m).
Impairment testing
The group’s annual impairment test in respect of goodwill allocated to each CGU is performed at 1 October each year. A review for
indicators of impairment is undertaken at 30 June and 31 December. At 31 December 2022, this review did not identify any indicators of
impairment. As a result, no impairment test has been performed at 31 December 2022.
Basis of the recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of all CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated was equal to its VIU at each respective testing date. The VIU is
calculated by discounting management’s cash flow projections for the CGU. At 1 October 2022, all CGUs supporting goodwill had a VIU
larger than their respective carrying amounts. The key assumptions used in the VIU calculation for each CGU are discussed below.
Key assumptions in VIU calculation
Goodwill at
1 Oct 2022
Discount rate
Growth rate
beyond initial cash
flow projections
Goodwill at
1 Oct 2021
Discount rate
Growth rate
beyond initial cash
flow projections
Cash-generating unit
£m
%
%
£m
%
%
WPB
2,046
9.6
2.1
2,046
9.8
2.0
CMB
1,239
8.6
2.1
1,239
7.9
2.0
Total
3,285
3,285
The group’s CGUs do not carry on their balance sheets any significant intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.
Management’s judgement in estimating the cash flows of a CGU
The cash flow projections for each CGU are based on the forecast profitability plans approved by management and minimal capital levels
required to support the business operations of a CGU. Management challenges and endorses planning assumptions in light of internal
capital allocation decisions necessary to support HSBC UK’s strategy, current market conditions and macroeconomic outlook including
climate risk. For the 1 October 2022 impairment test, cash flow projections until the end of 2027 were considered, in line with internal
planning horizon. As required by IFRSs, estimates of future cash flows exclude estimated cash inflows or outflows that are expected to
arise from restructuring initiatives before an entity has a constructive obligation to carry out the plan, and would therefore have
recognised a provision for restructuring costs.
Discount Rate
The rate used to discount the cash flows is based on the cost of equity assigned to each CGU, which is derived using a CAPM and
market implied cost of equity. The impacts of climate-risk are included to the extent that they are observable in discount rates and asset
prices.
Long-term growth rate
The long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity because of the long-term perspective within the group of
business units making up the CGUs. The long-term growth rate reflects inflation for the UK.
Sensitivities of key assumptions in calculating VIU
At 1 October 2022, there were no CGUs deemed sensitive to reasonably possible adverse changes in key assumptions supporting the
recoverable amounts. In making an estimate of reasonably possible changes to assumptions, management considers the available
evidence in respect of each input into the VIU calculation, such as the external range of discount rates observable, historical performance
against forecast and risks attaching to the key assumptions underlying cash flow projections.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
109
16
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
The group
The bank
2022
2021
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
Prepayments and accrued income
986
660
1,011
661
Settlement accounts
9
10
9
10
Cash collateral and margin receivables
222
284
222
284
Endorsements and acceptances
49
78
49
78
Employee benefit assets (Note 3)
5,257
6,745
5,257
6,745
Right-of-use assets
171
222
158
210
Other accounts
1,610
625
1,439
467
Owned property, plant and equipment
458
512
382
406
At 31 Dec
8,762
9,136
8,527
8,861
For the group, prepayments, accrued income and other assets include £1,871m (2021: £1,405m), and for the bank £1,901m (2021:
£1,405m) of financial assets, of which are measured at amortised cost. Other accounts includes a receivable of £71m (2021: £71m)
arising from our profit and loss sharing arrangement with Marks & Spencer plc, which is tested for impairment in line with our
accounting policy on the impairment of non-financial assets.
17
Debt securities in issue
The group
The bank
2022
2021
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
Bonds and medium-term notes1
358
376
150
151
Covered bonds
499
—
499
—
Other debt securities in issue2
442
524
442
524
At 31 Dec
1,299
900
1,091
675
1  The group's Bonds and medium-term notes includes £208m (2021: £225m) issued by structured entities.
2  Other debt securities in issue consists of commercial paper and certificates of deposits.
18
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
The group
The bank
2022
2021
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
Accruals and deferred income
645
418
615
379
Settlement accounts
81
2
81
2
Cash collateral and margin payable
234
—
234
—
Endorsements and acceptances
51
78
51
78
Lease liabilities
198
243
184
231
Other liabilities
2,334
933
2,165
824
At 31 Dec
3,543
1,674
3,330
1,514
For the group, accruals, deferred income and other liabilities include £3,362m (2021: £1,533m), and for the bank £3,269m
(2021: £1,464m) of financial liabilities, the majority of which are measured at amortised cost.
Notes on the financial statements
110
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
19
Provisions
Restructuring
costs2
Legal
proceedings and
regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation3,4
Other
provisions
Total
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2022
22
39
256
96
413
Additions
65
5
38
33
141
Amounts utilised
(20)
(10)
(75)
(6)
(111)
Unused amounts reversed
(27)
(2)
(83)
(25)
(137)
Exchange and other movements
23
—
6
(16)
13
At 31 Dec 2022
63
32
142
82
319
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2022
82
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements
23
At 31 Dec 2022
105
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 2021
495
At 31 Dec 2022
424
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2021
93
64
588
11
756
Additions
49
27
120
40
236
Amounts utilised
(82)
(48)
(375)
(2)
(507)
Unused amounts reversed
(38)
(4)
(74)
(8)
(124)
Exchange and other movements
—
—
(3)
55
52
At 31 Dec 2021
22
39
256
96
413
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2021
223
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements
(141)
At 31 Dec 2021
82
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 2020
979
At 31 Dec 2021
495
1Contractual commitments include the provision for contingent liabilities measured under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments in respect of financial
guarantees and the expected credit loss provision on off-balance sheet guarantees and commitments.
2Restructuring costs include charges received from HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited, which do not form part of the balance sheet provision
movement.
3Additional provisions of £38m (2021: £120m) were recorded in the consolidated income statement under net interest income £20m (2021: £27m),
net fee income £2m (2021: £10m) and operating expenses £16m (2021: £83m).
4Release of £83m (2021: £74m) were recorded in the consolidated income statement under net interest income £36m (2021: £34m), operating
expense £43m (2021: £35m) and net fee income £4m (2021: £5m).
Restructuring
costs2
Legal
proceedings
and regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation3,4
Other
provisions
Total
The bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2022
22
39
205
96
362
Additions
65
5
33
33
136
Amounts utilised
(20)
(10)
(62)
(6)
(98)
Unused amounts reversed
(27)
(2)
(76)
(25)
(130)
Exchange and other movements
23
—
7
(16)
14
At 31 Dec 2022
63
32
107
82
284
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2022
80
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements
22
At 31 Dec 2022
102
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 2021
442
At 31 Dec 2022
386
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
111
Restructuring
costs2
Legal proceedings
and regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation3,4
Other
provisions
Total
The bank
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2021
93
64
486
11
654
Additions
49
27
101
40
217
Amounts utilised
(82)
(48)
(315)
(2)
(447)
Unused amounts reversed
(38)
(4)
(64)
(8)
(114)
Exchange and other movements
—
—
(3)
55
52
At 31 Dec 2021
22
39
205
96
362
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2021
216
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements
(136)
At 31 Dec 2021
80
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 2020
870
At 31 Dec 2021
442
1Contractual commitments include the provision for contingent liabilities measured under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments in respect of financial
guarantees and the expected credit loss provision on off-balance sheet guarantees and commitments.
2Restructuring costs include charges received from HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited, which do not form part of the balance sheet provision
movement.
3Additional provisions of £33m (2021: £101m) were recorded in the HSBC UK income statement under net interest income £15m (2021: £23m),
net fee income £2m (2021: £10m) and operating expenses £16m (2021: £68m).
4Release of £76m (2021: £64m) under customer remediation was recorded in HSBC UK income statement under net interest income £29m (2021:
£35m), operating expense £43m (2021: £24m) and net fee income £4m (2021: £5m).
Customer remediation
Payment protection insurance
At 31 December 2022, £74m (31 December 2021: £128m) of the customer remediation provision relates to the estimated liability for
redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of PPI policies in previous years. Payments totalling £27m were made during 2022, and
additional provision reductions were made of £27m.
Although the deadline for bringing complaints has passed, customers can still commence litigation for PPI mis-selling. Provision has been
made for the best estimate of any obligation to pay compensation in respect of future litigation. However, the volume and merits of
future litigation, and the amount of any compensation to be paid, remain uncertain and based upon a number of assumptions.
Restructuring costs
The restructuring costs provision is for costs associated with the group’s transformation programme.
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
Further details of 'Legal proceedings and regulatory matters' are set out in Note 26. Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or
tribunal proceedings brought against the group (whether by way of claim or counterclaim), or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result
in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings. Regulatory matters refer to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in
response to the actions of, regulatory or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing.
20
Subordinated liabilities
Subordinated liabilities
The group
The bank
2022
2021
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
At amortised cost
12,349
12,487
12,349
12,487
–  subordinated liabilities1
12,349
12,487
12,349
12,487
At 31 Dec
12,349
12,487
12,349
12,487
1Includes £9.3bn (2021: £9.5bn) of eligible debt issued to meet our Minimum requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities applicable from
1 January 2020.
Subordinated liabilities rank behind senior obligations and generally count towards the capital base of the group. Capital securities may
be called and redeemed by the group subject to prior notification to and consent of the PRA.
The balance sheet amounts disclosed below are presented on an IFRS basis and do not reflect the amount that the instruments
contribute to regulatory capital principally due to regulatory amortisation and regulatory eligibility limits. 
Notes on the financial statements
112
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Subordinated liabilities of the group
Carrying amount
2022
2021
First call date
Maturity date
£m
£m
Capital instruments
Tier 2 instruments
£550m
HSBC UK Bank plc Subordinated Floating Loan 20281
Jul 2023
Jul 2028
550
550
$840m
HSBC UK Bank plc Subordinated Floating Loan 20282
Jul 2023
Jul 2028
697
620
£100m
HSBC UK Bank plc 2.8594% Subordinated Loan 2029
Mar 2024
Mar 2029
100
100
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc Subordinated Floating Loan 20303
Jul 2025
Jul 2030
1,000
1,000
£650m
HSBC UK Bank plc Subordinated Floating Loan 20334
Sep 2028
Sep 2033
650
650
£79m
HSBC UK Bank plc 2.1250% Subordinated Loan 2031
Mar 2026
Mar 2031
79
79
Other instruments
Subordinated loan instruments not eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital
$2000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 0.9760% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2025
May 2024
May 2025
1,558
1,455
£350m
HSBC UK Bank plc 1.8777% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2025
Oct 2024
Oct 2025
350
350
£150m
HSBC UK Bank plc 2.1003% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2025
Oct 2024
Oct 2025
150
150
€500m
HSBC UK Bank plc MREL eligible Subordinated Floating Loan 20265
Sep 2025
Sep 2026
449
427
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 1.1250% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2026
Nov 2025
Nov 2026
1,000
1,000
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 1.7500% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2027
Jul 2026
Jul 2027
998
998
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 3.0000% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2028
Jul 2027
Jul 2028
880
1,009
£1,000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 1.7500% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2029
Aug 2028
Aug 2029
1,000
1,000
$3000m
HSBC UK Bank plc 3.9730% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2030
May 2029
May 2030
2,259
2,346
£750m
HSBC UK Bank plc 3.0000% MREL eligible Subordinated Loan 2030
May 2029
May 2030
629
753
At 31 Dec
12,349
12,487
1The distribution rate is Sonia plus 1.60%.
2The distribution rate is SOFR plus 1.83%.
3The distribution rate is Sonia plus 1.89%.
4The distribution rate is Sonia plus 2.14%.
5The distribution rate is three month Euribor plus 1.00%
21
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
The following table provides an analysis of consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by residual
contractual maturity at the balance sheet date. These balances are included in the maturity analysis as follows:
•Trading derivatives are included in the ‘Due not more than 1 month’ time bucket, because trading balances are typically held for short
periods of time.
•Financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as equity securities) are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time
bucket. Undated or perpetual instruments are classified based on the contractual notice period which the counterparty of the
instrument is entitled to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated or perpetual contracts are included in the ‘Due
over 5 years’ time bucket.
•Non-financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket.
•Loan and other credit-related commitments are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be drawn down.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
113
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The group
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
94,407
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
94,407
Items in the course of collection from other
banks
353
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
353
Financial assets mandatorily measured at
fair value
72
—
—
—
—
—
—
36
108
Derivatives
84
1
1
1
—
2
117
340
546
Loans and advances to banks
5,283
—
1,074
—
—
—
—
—
6,357
Loans and advances to customers
16,645
10,575
8,753
6,128
5,462
18,412
34,746
103,422
204,143
–  personal
6,195
2,254
1,843
1,888
1,851
7,059
20,301
96,363
137,754
–  corporate and commercial
10,178
8,033
6,650
4,071
3,469
10,732
13,978
6,809
63,920
–  financial
272
288
260
169
142
621
467
250
2,469
Reverse repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
573
3,012
1,749
1,322
750
—
—
—
7,406
Financial investments
300
1,200
70
137
131
529
3,874
9,851
16,092
Accrued income and other financial assets
1,614
179
52
19
3
—
—
—
1,867
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2022
119,331
14,967
11,699
7,607
6,346
18,943
38,737
113,649
331,279
Non-financial assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11,162
11,162
Total assets at 31 Dec 2022
119,331
14,967
11,699
7,607
6,346
18,943
38,737
124,811
342,441
Financial liabilities
Deposits by banks
393
30
—
—
—
—
10,298
—
10,721
Customer accounts1
275,777
2,558
997
381
1,016
360
6
—
281,095
–  personal
177,548
767
391
296
828
348
2
—
180,180
–  corporate and commercial
94,229
1,606
532
77
174
12
4
—
96,634
–  financial
4,000
185
74
8
14
—
—
—
4,281
Repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
9,333
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9,333
Items in the course of transmission to other
banks
308
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
308
Derivatives
83
2
—
6
17
33
74
89
304
Debt securities in issue
44
398
—
150
—
—
707
—
1,299
Accruals and other financial liabilities
2,061
351
235
94
13
39
535
36
3,364
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
1,247
—
2,158
4,406
4,538
12,349
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2022
287,999
3,339
1,232
1,878
1,046
2,590
16,026
4,663
318,773
Non-financial liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,442
1,442
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2022
287,999
3,339
1,232
1,878
1,046
2,590
16,026
6,105
320,215
Off-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitments
70,263
39
—
10
—
24
124
23
70,483
–  personal
42,059
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
42,059
–  corporate and commercial
27,094
39
—
10
—
24
124
23
27,314
–  financial
1,110
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,110
Notes on the financial statements
114
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments (continued)
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The group
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
112,478
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
112,478
Items in the course of collection from other
banks
299
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
299
Financial assets mandatorily measured at
fair value
65
—
—
—
—
—
—
14
79
Derivatives
58
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
64
Loans and advances to banks
857
—
1,057
—
—
—
—
—
1,914
Loans and advances to customers
16,717
9,830
7,932
5,965
5,551
17,836
34,353
97,342
195,526
–  personal
6,880
2,117
1,846
1,868
1,819
7,060
19,208
89,753
130,551
–  corporate and commercial
9,497
7,449
5,885
3,955
3,610
10,508
14,627
7,311
62,842
–  financial
340
264
201
142
122
268
518
278
2,133
Reverse repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
318
555
2,379
3,494
1,242
—
—
—
7,988
Financial investments
854
622
290
475
102
1,233
2,298
8,503
14,377
Accrued income and other financial assets
1,276
102
19
3
3
—
—
—
1,403
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2021
132,922
11,109
11,677
9,937
6,898
19,069
36,651
105,865
334,128
Non-financial assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11,935
11,935
Total assets at 31 Dec 2021
132,922
11,109
11,677
9,937
6,898
19,069
36,651
117,800
346,063
Financial liabilities
Deposits by banks
862
18
—
—
—
—
10,300
—
11,180
Customer accounts1
279,674
861
422
286
362
260
5
—
281,870
–  personal
175,815
558
267
209
274
258
4
—
177,385
–  corporate and commercial
99,838
287
102
46
88
2
1
—
100,364
–  financial
4,021
16
53
31
—
—
—
—
4,121
Repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
9,938
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
10,438
Items in the course of transmission to other
banks
151
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
151
Derivatives
172
—
—
—
—
19
22
79
292
Debt securities in issue
250
275
—
150
—
—
225
—
900
Accruals and other financial liabilities
1,110
176
23
14
13
47
93
49
1,525
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
1,170
5,558
5,759
12,487
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2021
292,157
1,830
445
450
375
1,496
16,203
5,887
318,843
Non-financial liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,415
3,415
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2021
292,157
1,830
445
450
375
1,496
16,203
9,302
322,258
Off-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitments
70,205
1
2
50
—
18
164
—
70,440
–  personal
39,889
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39,889
–  corporate and commercial
29,464
1
2
50
—
18
164
—
29,699
–  financial
852
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
852
1'Customer accounts' includes £137,319m (2021: £137,853m) insured by guarantee schemes.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
115
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The bank
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
94,407
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
94,407
Items in the course of collection from other
banks
154
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
154
Financial assets mandatorily measured at
fair value
72
—
—
—
—
—
—
36
108
Derivatives
84
1
1
1
—
2
117
340
546
Loans and advances to banks
5,675
370
1,588
145
145
486
895
—
9,304
Loans and advances to customers
20,286
7,041
7,218
6,157
5,391
18,036
32,667
102,870
199,666
–  personal
4,147
1,988
1,740
1,790
1,759
6,741
19,869
96,334
134,368
–  corporate and commercial
9,978
4,589
5,099
3,981
3,297
10,078
11,510
6,173
54,705
–  financial
6,161
464
379
386
335
1,217
1,288
363
10,593
Reverse repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
573
3,012
1,749
1,322
750
—
—
—
7,406
Financial investments
300
1,200
70
137
131
530
3,874
9,850
16,092
Accrued income and other financial assets
1,652
164
52
19
3
—
7
—
1,897
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2022
123,203
11,788
10,678
7,781
6,420
19,054
37,560
113,096
329,580
Non-financial assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8,830
8,830
Total assets at 31 Dec 2022
123,203
11,788
10,678
7,781
6,420
19,054
37,560
121,926
338,410
Financial liabilities
Deposits by banks
911
50
65
45
55
115
10,378
—
11,619
Customer accounts1
274,258
2,558
997
381
1,015
360
6
—
279,575
–  personal
176,657
767
391
296
828
348
2
—
179,289
–  corporate and commercial
93,220
1,606
532
77
173
12
4
—
95,624
–  financial
4,381
185
74
8
14
—
—
—
4,662
Repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
9,333
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9,333
Items in the course of transmission to other
banks
304
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
304
Derivatives
83
2
—
6
17
33
74
89
304
Debt securities in issue
44
398
—
150
—
—
499
—
1,091
Accruals and other financial liabilities
1,993
341
231
94
12
37
529
32
3,269
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
1,247
—
2,158
4,406
4,538
12,349
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec
2022
286,926
3,349
1,293
1,923
1,099
2,703
15,892
4,659
317,844
Non-financial liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,272
1,272
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2022
286,926
3,349
1,293
1,923
1,099
2,703
15,892
5,931
319,116
Off-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitments
57,179
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
57,179
–  personal
31,527
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
31,527
–  corporate and commercial
24,560
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
24,560
–  financial
1,092
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,092
Notes on the financial statements
116
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments (continued)
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
The bank
Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
112,477
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
112,477
Items in the course of collection from other
banks
132
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
132
Financial assets mandatorily measured at
fair value
65
—
—
—
—
—
—
14
79
Derivatives
58
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
64
Loans and advances to banks
1,002
295
1,483
125
135
475
890
—
4,405
Loans and advances to customers
18,992
6,767
7,170
5,948
5,519
17,491
32,353
96,968
191,208
–  personal
5,028
1,862
1,744
1,772
1,727
6,747
18,797
89,725
127,402
–  corporate and commercial
9,359
4,227
4,885
3,851
3,505
9,818
12,373
6,872
54,890
–  financial
4,605
678
541
325
287
926
1,183
371
8,916
Reverse repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
318
555
2,379
3,494
1,242
—
—
—
7,988
Financial investments
854
622
290
475
102
1,232
2,298
8,504
14,377
Accrued income and other financial assets
1,287
92
19
3
3
—
—
—
1,404
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2021
135,185
8,331
11,341
10,045
7,001
19,198
35,541
105,492
332,134
Non-financial assets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9,604
9,604
Total assets at 31 Dec 2021
135,185
8,331
11,341
10,045
7,001
19,198
35,541
115,096
341,738
Financial liabilities
Deposits by banks
1,468
73
55
25
30
55
10,389
—
12,095
Customer accounts1
277,826
861
422
286
362
260
6
—
280,023
–  personal
174,723
558
267
209
274
258
4
—
176,293
–  corporate and commercial
98,743
287
102
46
87
2
2
—
99,269
–  financial
4,360
16
53
31
1
—
—
—
4,461
Repurchase agreements
–  non-trading
9,938
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
10,438
Items in the course of transmission to other
banks
148
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
148
Derivatives
172
—
—
1
—
18
22
79
292
Debt securities in issue
250
275
—
150
—
—
—
—
675
Accruals and other financial liabilities
1,066
167
20
13
12
44
88
45
1,455
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
1,171
5,558
5,758
12,487
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2021
290,868
1,876
497
475
404
1,548
16,063
5,882
317,613
Non-financial liabilities
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,262
3,262
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2021
290,868
1,876
497
475
404
1,548
16,063
9,144
320,875
Off-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitments
56,733
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
56,733
–  personal
29,223
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
29,223
–  corporate and commercial
26,743
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
26,743
–  financial
767
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
767
1‘Customer accounts’ includes £136,451m (2021: £136,791m) insured by guarantee schemes.
Contractual maturity of financial liabilities
The following table shows, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and future coupon payments (except for
derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives). For this reason, balances in the table below do not agree directly with those in our
consolidated balance sheet and the bank's balance sheet. Undiscounted cash flows payable in relation to hedging derivative liabilities
are classified according to their contractual maturities. Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the ‘Due not more
than 1 month’ time bucket and not by contractual maturity.
In addition, loans and other credit-related commitments, financial guarantees and similar contracts are generally not recognised on our
balance sheet. The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under loan and other credit-related commitments and financial
guarantees are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be called.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
117
Cash flows payable under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
Due not more
than 1 month
Due over 1
month but not
more than 3
months
Due over 3
months but not
more than 1
year
Due over 1
year but not
more than 5
years
Due over 5
years
Total
The group
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Deposits by banks
406
57
121
10,942
—
11,526
Customer accounts
275,781
2,561
2,401
370
—
281,113
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,346
—
—
—
—
9,346
Derivatives
84
16
286
308
354
1,048
Debt securities in issue
44
405
173
882
—
1,504
Subordinated liabilities
29
56
1,485
7,369
4,683
13,622
Other financial liabilities
2,174
326
335
584
39
3,458
287,864
3,421
4,801
20,455
5,076
321,617
Loan and other credit-related commitments
70,263
39
10
148
23
70,483
Financial guarantees
1,148
—
—
—
—
1,148
At 31 Dec 2022
359,275
3,460
4,811
20,603
5,099
393,248
Proportion of cash flows payable in period %
92
1
1
5
1
100
Deposits by banks
862
18
2
10,310
—
11,192
Customer accounts
279,674
861
1,071
265
—
281,871
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,938
500
—
—
—
10,438
Derivatives
171
19
—
135
354
679
Debt securities in issue
250
282
169
324
—
1,025
Subordinated liabilities
24
48
216
7,588
5,856
13,732
Other financial liabilities
1,262
170
50
154
54
1,690
292,181
1,898
1,508
18,776
6,264
320,627
Loan and other credit-related commitments
70,205
1
52
182
—
70,440
Financial guarantees
1,102
—
—
—
—
1,102
At 31 Dec 2021
363,488
1,899
1,560
18,958
6,264
392,169
Proportion of cash flows payable in period %
93
—
—
5
2
100
The bank
Deposits by banks
925
78
289
11,145
—
12,437
Customer accounts
274,261
2,561
2,401
370
—
279,593
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,346
—
—
—
—
9,346
Derivatives
84
16
286
308
354
1,048
Debt securities in issue
44
399
155
591
—
1,189
Subordinated liabilities
29
56
1,485
7,369
4,683
13,622
Other financial liabilities
2,106
319
330
576
35
3,366
286,795
3,429
4,946
20,359
5,072
320,601
Loan and other credit-related commitments
57,179
—
—
—
—
57,179
Financial guarantees
1,148
—
—
—
—
1,148
At 31 Dec 2022
345,122
3,429
4,946
20,359
5,072
378,928
Proportion of cash flows payable in period %
91
1
1
5
2
100
Deposits by banks
1,468
73
112
10,455
—
12,108
Customer accounts
277,827
861
1,071
265
—
280,024
Repurchase agreements – non-trading
9,938
500
—
—
—
10,438
Derivatives
171
19
—
135
354
679
Debt securities in issue
250
275
151
—
—
676
Subordinated liabilities
24
48
216
7,588
5,856
13,732
Other financial liabilities
1,216
164
46
147
50
1,623
290,894
1,940
1,596
18,590
6,260
319,280
Loan and other credit-related commitments
56,733
—
—
—
—
56,733
Financial guarantees
1,102
—
—
—
—
1,102
At 31 Dec 2021
348,729
1,940
1,596
18,590
6,260
377,115
Proportion of cash flows payable in period %
92
1
—
5
2
100
22
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
In the offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities, the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when the offsetting criteria is
met. This is achieved when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net
basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 
In the following table, the ‘Amounts not set off in the balance sheet’ include transactions where:
•the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with the group and a master netting or similar arrangement is in place with a right to set
off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfied; and
•cash and non-cash collateral (debt securities) has been received/pledged for derivatives and reverse repurchase/repurchase, stock
borrowing/lending and similar agreements to cover net exposure in the event of a default or other predetermined events.
The effect of over-collateralisation is excluded.
Notes on the financial statements
118
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
‘Amounts not subject to enforceable master netting agreements’ include contracts executed in jurisdictions where the rights of set off
may not be upheld under the local bankruptcy laws, and transactions where a legal opinion evidencing enforceability of the right of offset
may not have been sought, or may have been unable to obtain.
For risk management purposes, the net amounts of loans and advances to customers are subject to limits, which are monitored and the
relevant customer agreements are subject to review and updated, as necessary, to ensure that the legal right of offset remains
appropriate.
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements
Amounts not
subject to
enforceable
netting
arrangements4
Total
Amounts not set off in
the balance sheet
Net
amount
Gross
amounts
Amounts
offset
Net
amounts
in the
balance
sheet
Financial
instruments,
including
non-cash
collateral5
Cash
collateral
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Financial assets
Derivatives (Note 9)
2,708
(2,162)
546
(288)
(234)
24
—
546
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements
classified as:
–  non-trading assets
10,937
(3,531)
7,406
(7,406)
—
—
—
7,406
Loans and advances to customers2
5,555
(2,175)
3,380
(2,786)
—
594
—
3,380
At 31 Dec 2022
19,200
(7,868)
11,332
(10,480)
(234)
618
—
11,332
Derivatives (Note 9)
801
(737)
64
(49)
—
15
—
64
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements
classified as:
–  non-trading assets
8,311
(323)
7,988
(7,988)
—
—
—
7,988
Loans and advances to customers2
5,018
(1,977)
3,041
(2,457)
—
584
—
3,041
At 31 Dec 2021
14,130
(3,037)
11,093
(10,494)
—
599
—
11,093
Financial liabilities
Derivatives1 (Note 9)
2,466
(2,162)
304
(41)
(218)
45
—
304
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified as:
–  non-trading liabilities
12,864
(3,531)
9,333
(9,333)
—
—
—
9,333
Customer accounts3
9,057
(2,175)
6,882
(2,786)
—
4,096
2
6,884
At 31 Dec 2022
24,387
(7,868)
16,519
(12,160)
(218)
4,141
2
16,521
Derivatives1 (Note 9)
1,029
(737)
292
(33)
(261)
(2)
—
292
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified as:
–  non-trading liabilities
10,761
(323)
10,438
(10,438)
—
—
—
10,438
Customer accounts3
7,673
(1,977)
5,696
(2,457)
—
3,239
1
5,697
At 31 Dec 2021
19,463
(3,037)
16,426
(12,928)
(261)
3,237
1
16,427
1At 31 December 2022, the amount of cash margin paid that had been offset against the gross derivatives liabilities was £1,123m (2021: £219m).
2At 31 December 2022, the total amount of 'Loans and advances to customers' recognised on the balance sheet was £204,143m (2021:
£195,526m) of which £3,380m (2021: £3,041m) was subject to offsetting.
3At 31 December 2022, the total amount of 'Customer accounts' recognised on the balance sheet was £281,095m (2021: £281,870m) of which
£6,882m (2021: £5,696m) was subject to offsetting.
4These exposures continue to be secured by financial collateral, but we may not have sought or been able to obtain a legal opinion evidencing
enforceability of the right of offset.
5The disclosure has been enhanced in 2022 to support consistency across HSBC Group entities. All financial instruments (whether recognised on
our balance sheet or as non-cash collateral received or pledged) are presented within ‘financial instruments, including non-cash collateral‘, as
balance sheet classification has no effect on the rights of set-off associated with financial instruments. Comparative data have been re-presented
accordingly.
23
Called up share capital and other equity instruments
Called up share capital and share premium
HSBC UK Bank plc ordinary shares of £1.00 each, issued and fully paid
2022
2021
Number
£m
Number
£m
At 1 Jan and 31 Dec
50,002
—
50,002
—
HSBC UK Bank plc share premium
2022
2021
£m
£m
At 31 Dec
9,015
9,015
Total called up share capital and share premium
2022
2021
£m
£m
At 31 Dec
9,015
9,015
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
119
Other equity instruments
HSBC UK Bank plc additional tier 1 instruments
2022
2021
£m
£m
£1,096m
Undated Subordinated Additional Tier 1 instrument issued 2014 (Callable December 2019 onwards)
1,096
1,096
£1,100m
Undated Subordinated Additional Tier 1 instrument issued 2014 (Callable December 2024 onwards)
1,100
1,100
At 31 Dec
2,196
2,196
The bank has issued capital instruments that are included in the group’s capital base as fully CRR II compliant additional tier 1 capital.
Interest on these instruments will be due and payable only at the sole discretion of the bank, and the bank has sole and absolute
discretion at all times and for any reason to cancel (in whole or in part) any interest payment that would otherwise be payable on any
date. There are limitations on the payment of principal, interest or other amounts if such payments are prohibited under UK banking
regulations, or other requirements, if the bank has insufficient distributable items or if the bank fails to satisfy the solvency condition as
defined in the instruments terms.
The instruments are undated and are repayable, at the option of the bank, in whole at the initial call date, or on any Interest Payment
Date after the initial call date. In addition, the instruments are repayable at the option of the bank in whole for certain regulatory or tax
reasons. Any repayments require the prior notification to and consent of the PRA. These instruments rank pari passu with the bank’s
most senior class or classes of issued preference shares and therefore ahead of ordinary shares. These instruments will be written down
in whole, together with any accrued but unpaid interest if either the group’s solo or consolidated Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio falls
below 7.00%.
24
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments, guarantees and contingent assets
The group
The bank
2022
2021
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
Guarantees and other contingent liabilities:
–  financial guarantees1
1,148
1,102
1,148
1,102
–  performance and other guarantees
2,530
2,192
2,530
2,192
At 31 Dec
3,678
3,294
3,678
3,294
Commitments2:
–  documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions
52
134
52
134
–  forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed
327
236
102
—
–  standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend
70,104
70,071
57,025
56,599
At 31 Dec
70,483
70,441
57,179
56,733
1Financial guarantees contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred
because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due, in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. The amounts
in the above table are nominal principal amounts.
2Includes £68bn (2021: £67bn) for the group and £54bn (2021: £54bn) for the bank of commitments to which the impairment requirements in
IFRS 9 are applied where the group and bank has become party to an irrevocable commitment.
The preceding table discloses the nominal principal amounts of off-balance sheet liabilities and commitments for the group, which
represents the maximum amounts at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. As a significant portion of
guarantees and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not
indicative of future liquidity requirements. The expected credit loss provision relating to guarantees and commitments under IFRS 9 is
disclosed in Note 19.
The majority of the guarantees have a term of less than one year, while guarantees with terms of more than one year are subject to the
group's annual credit review process.
Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings, regulatory and other matters against group companies are excluded from this note
but are disclosed in Note 26.
Financial Services Compensation Scheme
The FSCS provides compensation, up to certain limits, to eligible customers of financial services firms that are unable, or likely to be
unable, to pay claims against them. The FSCS may impose a further levy on HSBC UK to the extent the industry levies imposed to date
are not sufficient to cover the compensation due to customers in any future possible collapse. The ultimate FSCS levy to the industry as a
result of a collapse cannot be estimated reliably. It is dependent on various uncertain factors including the potential recovery of assets by
the FSCS, changes in the level of protected products (including deposits and investments) and the population of FSCS members at the
time. In December 2022, the FCA announced that it expects to review various elements of the scheme to ensure consumers are
appropriately and proportionately protected, with costs distributed across industry levy payers in a fair and sustainable way, with a view
to deliver the majority of changes by the end of the 2023/24 financial year.
UK branches of HSBC overseas entities
In December 2017, HM Revenue & Customs (‘HMRC’) challenged the VAT status of certain UK branches of HSBC overseas entities. In Q1
2019, HMRC reaffirmed its assessment that the UK branches are ineligible to be members of the UK VAT group and HSBC filed appeals.
In February 2022, the Upper Tribunal issued a judgment addressing several preliminary legal issues, which was partially in favour of
HMRC and partially in favour of HSBC. The case will now return to the First-tier Tax Tribunal for full trial and we await confirmation of the
trial window. Since January 2018, HSBC's returns have been prepared on the basis that the UK branches are not in the UK VAT group. In
the event that HSBC is successful, HSBC will seek a refund of this VAT, of which £170m in estimated to be attributable to HSBC UK Bank
plc.
Notes on the financial statements
120
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
25
Finance lease receivables
The group leases a variety of assets to third parties under finance leases, including transport assets, property and general plant and
machinery. At the end of lease terms, assets may be sold to third parties or leased for further terms. Rentals are calculated to recover the
cost of assets less their residual value, and earn finance income.
2022
2021
Total future
minimum
payments
Unearned
finance income
Present Value
Total future
minimum
payments
Unearned
finance income
Present Value
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Lease receivables1
–  No later than one year
1,256
(87)
1,169
1,232
(61)
1,171
–  One to two years
878
(62)
816
818
(41)
777
–  Two to three years
680
(40)
640
553
(27)
526
–  Three to four years
387
(24)
363
353
(16)
337
–  Four to five years
176
(14)
162
177
(10)
167
–  Later than 5 years
330
(57)
273
314
(52)
262
31 Dec2
3,707
(284)
3,423
3,447
(207)
3,240
1Finance leases receivables are disclosed within ‘Loans and advances to customers’ in the balance sheet.
2ECL of £23m (2021: £52m) is held in respect of loans and advances under Finance lease receivables.
26
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
The group is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters
described below, the group considers that none of these matters are material. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance
with the accounting policies set out in Note 1. While the outcomes of legal proceedings and regulatory matters are inherently uncertain,
management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of these matters at
31 December 2022. Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and quantified. Any
provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. It is not practicable to provide an aggregate
estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.
Film finance litigation
In June 2020, two separate investor groups issued claims against HSBC UK (as successor to HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited ('PBGB')) in
the High Court of England and Wales in connection with PBGB’s role in the development of Eclipse film finance schemes. These actions
are ongoing.
In April 2021, HSBC UK (as successor to PBGB) was served with a claim issued in the High Court of England and Wales in connection
with PBGB’s role in the development of the Zeus film finance schemes. In October 2022, this claim was discontinued.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable to predict the resolution of the pending matters, including the timing or any
possible impact on HSBC UK, which could be significant.
PPI
Although the FCA deadline for bringing PPI complaints has passed, customers can still commence litigation for PPI mis-selling. Further
details are contained in Note19.
Other regulatory investigations, reviews and litigation
HSBC UK and/or certain of its affiliates are also subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by various regulators and
competition and law enforcement authorities, as well as litigation, in connection with various matters relating to the firm’s businesses
and operations, including:
•an investigation by the PRA in connection with depositor protection arrangements in the UK; and
•an investigation by the FCA in connection with collections and recoveries operations in the UK.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be
significant.
27
Related party transactions
The immediate and ultimate parent company of the group is HSBC Holdings plc, which is incorporated in England.
Copies of the Group financial statements may be obtained from the following address:
HSBC Holdings plc
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
The group’s related parties include the parent, fellow subsidiaries, joint ventures, post-employment benefit plans for HSBC UK
employees, KMP of the Company and its ultimate parent company, HSBC Holdings plc, close family members of KMP and entities which
are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced by KMP or their close family members.
Particulars of transactions between the group and its related parties are tabulated below in accordance with IAS 24 ‘Related party
disclosures’. The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest amounts outstanding during the year are considered to be the most
meaningful information to represent the amount of the transactions and outstanding balances during the year.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
121
Key Management Personnel
The KMP of the Company are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
activities of the Company and the group, and include the Directors of the Company, certain senior executives of the Company, directors
of HSBC Holdings plc and certain senior executives of HSBC Holdings plc. The emoluments of those KMP who are not directors or senior
executives of the Company are paid by other Group companies who make no recharge to the Company. It is therefore not possible to
make a reasonable apportionment of their emoluments in respect of services they have provided to the Company during the year.
Accordingly, no emoluments in respect of these KMP are included in the following disclosure.
The table below represents the compensation for KMP (Directors and certain senior executives) of the Company in exchange for services
rendered to the Company for the period they served during the year.
Compensation of Key Management Personnel
2022
2021
£000
£000
Short-term employee benefits
9,306
8,009
Post-employment benefits
12
10
Other long-term employee benefits
1,179
520
Share-based payments
2,046
1,231
Year ended 31 Dec
12,543
9,770
Advances and credits, guarantees and deposit balances during the year with Key Management Personnel1
2022
2021
Balance at 31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding during
year
Balance at 31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding during
year
£m
£m
£m
£m
Advances and credits
10
11
12
13
Deposits
8
27
8
27
1Includes close family members and entities which are controlled or jointly controlled by KMP or their close family members.
The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions
did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
In addition to the requirements of IAS 24, particulars of advances (loans and quasi-loans), credits and guarantees entered into by the
bank and its subsidiaries with Directors of the Company are required to be disclosed pursuant to section 413 of the Companies Act 2006.
Under the Companies Act, there is no requirement to disclose transactions with other KMP.
Transactions with Directors: advances, credits and guarantees (Companies Act 2006)
2022
2021
Balance at 31 Dec
Balance at 31 Dec
£000
£000
Loans
6,677
6,785
Other related parties
Transactions and balances during the year with KMP of the bank’s ultimate parent company1,2
2022
2021
Balance at 31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding during
the year
Balance at 31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding during
the year
£m
£m
£m
£m
Advances and credits
2
6
6
8
Deposits
12
30
13
18
1Excludes those who are also KMP of the Company.
2 Includes close family members and entities which are controlled or jointly controlled by the KMP or their close family members.
The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and
security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions
did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
Transactions and balances during the year with the joint venture
2022
2021
Balance at 31 Dec
Highest balance during
the year
Balance at 31 Dec
Highest balance during
the year
£m
£m
£m
£m
Unsubordinated amounts due from the joint venture
74
115
70
114
Amounts due to joint venture
42
43
33
75
Guarantees and commitments
219
244
107
294
The group provides certain banking and financial services to its joint venture, including loans, overdrafts, interest and non-interest-
bearing deposits and current accounts. Details of the interest in the joint venture are given in Note 12.
Notes on the financial statements
122
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
The group’s transactions and balances during the year with HSBC Holdings plc and subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc
2022
2021
Due to/from HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
Due to/from HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Assets
Derivatives
—
—
49
161
—
—
31
87
Loans and advances to banks
—
—
528
872
—
—
827
932
Reverse repos
—
—
—
3,085
—
—
—
213
Prepayments and accrued income
—
—
9
17
—
—
2
27
Other assets
1
1
935
935
—
2
180
284
Total related party assets at
31 Dec
1
1
1,521
5,070
—
2
1,040
1,543
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
—
—
378
1,238
—
—
795
1,250
Customer accounts
—
—
2,104
2,104
—
—
1
4
Repos
—
—
511
1,610
—
—
126
126
Other liabilities
40
40
278
432
32
95
138
190
Accruals & Deferred Income
89
140
5
40
71
98
4
97
Derivatives
—
—
42
84
—
—
66
145
Subordinated liabilities
12,349
12,648
—
—
12,487
12,590
—
10,015
Total related party liabilities at
31 Dec
12,478
12,828
3,318
5,508
12,590
12,783
1,130
11,827
Due to/from HSBC Holdings plc
Due to/from subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc
2022
2021
2022
2021
£m
£m
£m
£m
Income statement
Interest income
—
—
5
(3)
Interest expense
325
181
4
83
Fee income
—
—
80
66
Fee expense
—
—
48
45
Other operating income
—
—
11
11
General and administrative expenses
48
40
1,823
1,783
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
The bank's transactions and balances during the year with HSBC UK Bank plc subsidiaries, HSBC Holdings plc and subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
2022
2021
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC UK Bank
plc subsidiaries
Due to/from
HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings
plc
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC UK Bank plc
subsidiaries
Due to/from HSBC
Holdings plc
Due to/from
subsidiaries of
HSBC Holdings plc
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
31 Dec
Highest
balance
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Assets
Derivatives
—
—
—
—
49
161
—
—
—
—
31
87
Loans and advances to banks
2,953
2,966
—
—
527
871
2,495
2,500
—
—
827
932
Loans and advances to customers
8,232
8,313
—
—
—
—
6,822
6,822
—
—
—
—
Reverse repos
—
—
—
—
—
3,085
—
—
—
—
—
213
Prepayments and accrued income
37
37
—
—
9
17
12
15
—
—
2
27
Other assets
1,040
1,068
1
1
935
935
1,029
1,042
—
2
179
284
Total related party assets at 31 Dec
12,262
12,384
1
1
1,520
5,069
10,358
10,379
—
2
1,039
1,543
Liabilities
Deposits by banks
898
1,053
—
—
378
1,238
915
1,927
—
—
795
1,250
Customer accounts
381
381
—
—
2,104
2,104
339
379
—
—
1
1
Repos
—
—
—
—
511
1,610
—
—
—
—
126
126
Derivatives
—
—
—
—
42
84
—
—
—
—
66
145
Other liabilities
11
23
40
40
274
428
17
39
32
95
134
182
Accruals & Deferred Income
5
10
89
140
5
40
3
7
71
98
4
97
Subordinated liabilities
—
—
12,349
12,648
—
—
—
—
12,487
12,590
—
9,936
Total related party liabilities at 31 Dec
1,295
1,467
12,478
12,828
3,314
5,504
1,274
2,352
12,590
12,783
1,126
11,737
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
123
Post-employment benefit plans
The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme has placed deposits of £59m (2021: £58m) with HSBC UK, earning interest of £0.1m (2021: £nil).
The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates
and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
28
Events after the balance sheet date
These accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 20 February 2023 and authorised for issue.
On 14 February 2023, the Directors resolved to pay an interim dividend to ordinary shareholders of £539m in respect of the financial year
ending 31 December 2022. No liability is recognised in the financial statements in respect of this dividend.
In its assessment of events after the balance sheet date, HSBC UK has considered and concluded that no material events have occurred
resulting in adjustments to the financial statements.
29
HSBC UK Bank plc’s subsidiaries and joint ventures
In accordance with section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a list of HSBC UK Bank plc subsidiaries and joint ventures, the registered
office address and the effective percentage of equity owned at 31 December 2022 is disclosed below.
Unless otherwise stated, the share capital comprises ordinary or common shares which are held by HSBC UK Bank plc subsidiaries. The
ownership percentage is provided for each undertaking. The undertakings below are consolidated by HSBC UK Bank plc unless otherwise
indicated.
HSBC UK Bank plc's registered office address is:
HSBC UK Bank plc
1 Centenary Square
Birmingham B1 1HQ
United Kingdom
Notes on the financial statements
124
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Subsidiaries
The undertakings below are consolidated by HSBC UK Bank plc.
Unless otherwise stated the place of incorporation is England and
Wales.
Subsidiaries
% of share class
held by immediate
parent company (or
by HSBC UK Bank
plc where this
varies)
Footnotes
Assetfinance December (F) Limited
100.00
3
Assetfinance June (D) Limited
100.00
3
Assetfinance March (D) Limited
100.00
3
Assetfinance September (G) Limited
100.00
3
B&Q Financial Services Limited
100.00
1, 4
Canada Square Nominees (UK) Limited
100.00
1, 4
HSBC Bank Pension Trust (UK) Limited
100.00
1, 4
HSBC Branch Nominee (UK) Limited
100.00
1, 3
HSBC UK Covered Bonds LLP
N/A
0, 3
HSBC Equipment Finance (UK) Limited
100.00
1, 3
HSBC Executor & Trustee Company (UK)
Limited
100.00
3
HSBC Finance Limited
100.00
1, 4
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited
100.00
1, 3
HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited
100.00
1, 4
HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited
100.00
1, 4
HSBC UK Client Nominee Limited
100.00
1, 3
HSBC Wealth Client Nominee Limited
100.00
1, 3
John Lewis Financial Services Limited
100.00
1, 4
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc
100.00
1, 6
Marks and Spencer Unit Trust Management
Limited
100.00
1, 6
Midland Bank (Branch Nominees) Limited
100.00
1, 3
Midland Nominees Limited
100.00
3
St Cross Trustees Limited
100.00
3
Turnsonic (Nominees) Limited
100.00
3
Joint venture
The undertaking below is a Joint Venture and equity accounted.
Joint venture
% of share class
held by immediate
parent company
(or by HSBC UK
Bank plc where this
varies)
Footnotes
Vaultex UK Limited
50.00
2, 7
Footnotes
0
Where an entity is governed by voting rights, HSBC consolidates
when it holds – directly or indirectly – the necessary voting rights
to pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the
assessment of control is more complex and requires judgement
of other factors, including having exposure to variability of
returns, power to direct relevant activities, and whether power is
held as an agent or principal. HSBC’s consolidation policy is
described in Note 1.2(a)
1
Directly held by HSBC UK Bank plc
2
Financial year ended 30 September 2022
Registered Offices
3
1 Centenary Square, Birmingham, United Kingdom, B1 1HQ
4
8 Canada Square, London, United Kingdom, E14 5HQ
5
21 Farncombe Road, Worthing, United Kingdom, BN11 2BW
6
Kings Meadow Chester Business Park, Chester, United Kingdom,
CH99 9FB
7
All Saints Triangle, Caledonian Road, London, United Kingdom,
N1 9UT
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
125
Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
Return on equity and return on tangible equity
RoTE is computed by adjusting the reported equity for goodwill and intangibles. The adjustment to reported results and reported equity
excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. We provide RoTE in addition to RoE as a way of assessing our performance,
which is closely aligned to our capital position. The measures are calculated in US Dollars in line with the standard HSBC Group wide
calculation methodology.
The following table details the adjustments made to the reported results and equity:
Return on Equity and Return on Tangible Equity
Year ended
31 Dec
31 Dec
2022
2021
$m
$m
Profit
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company
3,385
3,090
Significant items (net of tax)
341
280
Adjusted profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company
3,726
3,370
Equity
Average shareholders’ equity
28,757
31,541
Additional Tier 1
(2,722)
(2,999)
Average ordinary shareholders’ equity
26,035
28,542
Effect of goodwill and other intangibles (net of deferred tax)
(5,249)
(5,680)
Average tangible ordinary shareholders' equity
20,786
22,862
Ratio
%
%
Return on equity
13.0
10.8
Return on average tangible equity
16.3
13.5
Adjusted return on average tangible equity1
17.9
14.7
1Under IAS 19 HSBC UK holds a pension fund surplus, and records pension income in the Income Statement. The IAS 19 pension fund surplus
increases Tangible Equity but not CET1. In the event that the IAS 19 pension fund surplus was zero, Tangible equity and profit would reduce, and
Adjusted RoTE would be 19.7% (2021: 17.4%); we refer to this as Pension Adjusted RoTE.
Other information
126
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
Abbreviations
Currencies
£
British pound sterling
€
Euro
$
United States dollar
Abbreviations
A
AGM
Annual General Meeting
AIEA
Average interest-earning assets
ALCO
Asset and Liability Management Committee
AML
Anti-money laundering
AT1
Additional tier 1
B
Basel
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel III
Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and
liquidity rules
BB
Business Banking
BoE
Bank of England
Bps
Basis points. One basis point is equal to one hundredth of a
percentage point
C
CAPM
Capital asset pricing model
CBDC
Central Bank Digital Currencies
CBES
Climate Biennial Exploratory Scenario
CEO
Chief Executive Officer
CET1
Common equity tier 1
CFO
Chief Financial Officer
CGU
Cash-generating Unit
CMB
Commercial Banking
CODM
Chief Operating Decision Maker
CRR
Customer risk rating
CRR II
Revised Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive, as
implemented
CPI
Consumer Price Index
D
DBS
Digital Business Services
DCF
Discounted cash flows
DPD
Days past due
DRA
Dynamic Risk Assessment
E
EAD
Exposure at default
EBA
European Banking Authority
EC
European Commission
ECL
Expected credit losses. In the income statement, ECL is
recorded as a change in expected credit losses and other
credit impairment charges. In the balance sheet, ECL is
recorded as an allowance for financial instruments to which
only the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied.
EIR
Effective interest rate
Eonia
Euro Overnight Index Average
ESG
Environmental, social and governance
EU
European Union
Euribor
Euro interbank offered rate
EVE
Economic value of equity
EPC
Energy Performance Certificate
F
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority (UK)
FSCS
Financial Services Compensation Scheme
FTE
Full-time equivalent staff
FVOCI
Fair value through other comprehensive income
FX
Foreign exchange
FY
Full Year
G
GAAP
Generally accepted accounting principles
GBM
Global Banking and Markets
GDP
Gross domestic product
GMP
Guaranteed Minimum Pension
GPSP
Group Performance Share Plans
group
HSBC UK Bank plc together with its subsidiary
undertakings
Group
HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiary
undertakings
GTRF
Global Trade and Receivables Finance
H
HQLA
High-quality liquid assets
HSBC Group
HSBC Holdings plc together with its subsidiary
undertakings
HSBC Holdings
plc
HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC UK
HSBC UK
HSBC UK Bank plc together with its subsidiary
undertakings
HIF
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited
HEF
HSBC Equipment Finance (UK) Limited
HR
Human Resources
I
IAS
International Accounting Standards
IASB
International Accounting Standards Board
Ibor
Interbank offered rate
ICAAP
Internal capital adequacy assessment process
IFRSs
International Financial Reporting Standards
ILAAP
Internal liquidity adequacy assessment process
IRRBB
Interest rate risk in the banking book
IRB
Internal ratings-based
IT
Information technology
K
KMP
Key management personnel
KPI
Key performance indicator
L
LC
Large Corporates
LCR
Liquidity coverage ratio
LFRF
Liquidity and Funding Risk management Framework
LGD
Loss given default
Libor
London interbank offered rate
LTI
Long-term incentive
LTV
Loan to value
M
MME
Mid-Market Enterprises
MREL
EU minimum requirements for own funds and eligible
liabilities
M&S
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc
N
NII
Net interest income
NPS
Net Promoter Score
NSFR
Net stable funding ratio
Neon
Neon Portfolio Distribution DAC
O
OCI
Other comprehensive income
P
PD
Probability of default
PLCA
Purpose Led Conduct Approach
POCI
Purchased or originated credit impaired
PPA
Power Purchase Agreement
PPI
Payment protection insurance
PRA
Prudential Regulation Authority
PwC
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its network of firms
R
RAS
Risk Appetite Statement
Revenue
Net operating income before change in expected credit
losses and other credit impairment charges/Loan
impairment charges and other credit provisions, also
referred to as revenue
RFR
Risk-free rate
RMM
Risk Management Meeting
RoE
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity
RoTE
Return on average tangible equity
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
127
RPI
Retail Price Index
RWA
Risk-weighted asset
S
SBB
Small Business Banking
SICR
Significant increase in credit risk
SME
Small and medium-sized enterprise
SOFR
Secured Overnight Financing Rate
Sonia
Sterling Overnight Index Average
SPPI
Solely payments of principal and interest
STD
Standardised Approach
U
UK
United Kingdom
US
United States of America
V
VaR
Value at risk
VAT
Value-added tax
VIU
Value in use
W
WPB
Wealth and Personal Banking
Y
YoY
Year-on-year
Other information
128
HSBC UK Bank plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022
HSBC UK Bank plc
1 Centenary Square
Birmingham B1 1HQ
United Kingdom
Telephone: 03456 040 626
www.hsbc.co.uk